BEYOND THE MEDIA MATRIX
BREAKING THROUGH THE
MATRIX OF THE CORPORATE MEDIA TO REVEAL THE WORLD AS IT REALLY
IS
THE GLOBAL OLIGARCHY
The world is run by a vastly powerful
and wealthy British-American-European oligarchy of international
bankers and dynastic families which controls much of the wealth
of the world. This cabal dominates the largest banks and corporations,
manipulates national currencies and economies, controls the media
of most nations, and commands the earth's resources. Their wealth
and power originated in the middle ages and expanded over the
centuries, and today they reign supreme.
Few people are aware of the power
and global influence of these oligarchs because they dominate
the major media. As a result, instead of informing us, the media
feeds us a steady diet of entertainment, disinformation and lies
- to distract us and misdirect us - so that the oligarchy can
achieve its plan to dominate the globe.
We see the world through the lens
of the major media - for most people that means television. Books,
newspapers, magazines, radio, and the internet play a role in
informing people, but the vast majority of people around the world
get their information from television. And, if those who own the
global media conglomerates, and those who run the television networks
and cable channels, decide to feed us disinformation and lies
that serve the agendas of those in control, then, instead of being
told the truth, we will learn not about the real world, but about
the world they wish us to see, one that will serve their plan
for global control.
Unless we reach beyond the media
matrix to find sources that tell us the truth, authoritarian world
government run by this powerful oligarchy will become a reality,
and we will all be proles in a George Orwell totalitarian world.
A GLOBAL OLIGARCHY CONTROLS
THE WORLD
Through interlocking Boards of
DIrectors and stock ownership, and acting through private clubs,
societies and institutions, often in secret, a vastly wealthy
and powerful global oligarchy of dynastic families, banks and
corporations, rule the world, owning outright or controlling:
CENTRAL BANKS
LARGEST PRIVATE BANKS
MAINSTREAM MEDIA (AND MUCH OF THE ALTERNATIVE AND PROGRESSIVE
MEDIA)
MOST INLFUENTIAL TAX-EXEMPT FOUNDATIONS
MOST INFLUENTIAL THINK TANKS
MAJOR UNIVERSITIES AND OTHER EDUCATONAL INSTITUTIONS
LARGEST ENVIRONMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS
POLITICIANS AND POLITICAL PARTIES
NATIONAL ECONOMIES
NATIONAL CURRENCIES
MAJOR STOCK MARKETS
LARGEST TRANSNATIONAL CORPORATIONS
LARGEST INSURANCE CORPORATIONS
LARGEST PHARMACEUTICAL CORPORATIONS
LARGEST ENERGY CORPORATIONS
MAJOR ENERGY RESOURCES INCLUDING OIL AND GAS
GOLD, DIAMOND AND ESSENTIAL MINERAL MINING AND DISTRIBUTION CARTELS
AGRICULTURAL LAND
WATER AND WATER SYSTEMS
LARGEST WEAPONS MANUFACTURERS
DRUG-MONEY LAUNDERING NETWORKS
INTERNATIONAL DRUG TRAFFICKING NETWORKS
THE GLOBAL OLIGARCHY'S
INSTITUTIONS, CLUBS & SOCIETIES
The global oligarchy sets its agendas
and coordinates its policies by way of secret clubs and societies,
and some well-known as well as some less-well-known global instiutions.
UNITED NATIONS
NATO
WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION (WTO)
WORLD BANK
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND (IMF)
COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS (CFR)
TRILATERAL COMMISSION (TC)
BILDERBERG GROUP
CHATHAM HOUSE / ROYAL INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFFAIRS (RIIA)
BUSINESS ROUNDTABLE
BROOKINGS INSTITUTION
RAND CORPORATION
HERITAGE FOUNDATION
AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INSTITUTE
CATO INSTITUTE
COMMITTEE OF 300
CLUB OF THE ISLES
PILGRIMS SOCIETY
CLUB OF ROME
WORLD WILDLIFE FUND (WWF)/1001 CLUB
EUROPEAN ROYAL DYNASTIC
HOUSES
In Europe today there are only
ten monarchies left, but they have enormous wealth and power (dating
back to the Middle Ages)
HOUSE OF WINDSOR (Great Britain
and Northern Ireland)
NETHERLANDS
BELGIUM
LIECHTENSTEIN
LUXEMBOURG
SPAIN
DENMARK
NORWAY
SWEDEN
MONACO
INTERNATIONAL BANKING
FAMILIES
Eight families own the majority
of stock in every private central bank in the world including
the Federal Reserve.
ROTHSCHILD
ROCKEFELLER
KUHN LOEB
WARBURG
LAZARD
LEHMAN
GOLDMAN SACHS
ISRAEL MOSES SEIF
CENTRAL BANKS
Almost all sovereign nations in
the world have central banks that are controlled by a global banking
oligarchy made up of the largest private banks and a few international
banking families.
BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS
(BIS)
(the central bank of central banks - located in Basel, Switzerland)
BANK OF ENGLAND (Great Britain)
FEDERAL RESERVE (United States)
THE CENTRAL BANK OF ALMOST EVERY COUNTRY IN THE WORLD
The ten private banks listed below
own the majority of shares in the Federal Reserve, and therefore
control it.
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF LONDON
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF BERLIN
WARBURG BANK OF HAMBURG
WARBURG BANK OF AMSTERDAM
LAZARD BROTHERS OF PARIS
ISRAEL MOSES SEIF BANK OF ITALY
KUHN LOEB BANK OF NEW YORK
GOLDMAN SACHS OF NEW YORK
J. P. MORGAN CHASE BANK OF NEW YORK
LEHMAN BROTHERS OF NEW YORK
Before the September 11, 2001 attacks,
the countries listed below did not have privately-owned
central banks.
Their banks were government-owned and -controlled.
AFGHANISTAN
IRAQ
SUDAN
LIBYA
CUBA
NORTH KOREA
IRAN
BRAZIL
VENEZUELA
INDIA
CHINA
Following the September 11, 2001
attacks in the United States, the countries below experienced
"regime change" - orchestrated by the United States
and its Western allies - as part of the "War on Terror".
As a result, these countries, which previously had government-owned
central banks, now have central banks that are controlled by a
private global banking oligarchy.
AFGHANISTAN
IRAQ
LIBYA
SUDAN (split into North and South Sudan)
INTERNATIONAL BANKING
CONGLOMERATES
WORLD'S 25 LARGEST
BANKS - 2012
DEUSTCHE BANK
HSBC
BNP PARABIS
INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA
MITUBISHI
CREDIT AGRICOLE
BARCLAYS GROUP
ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND
JPMORGAN CHASE
BANK OF AMERICA
CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK
MIZUHO FINANCIAL GROUP
BANK OF CHINA
CITIGROUP
AGRICULTURAL BANK OF CHINA
ING GROUP
BANCO SANTANDER
SUMITOMO MITSUI FINANCIAL GROUP
SOCIETE GENERALE
UBS
LLOYDS BANKING GROUP
GROUP BCPE
WELLS FARGO
UNICREDIT
CREDIT SUISSE
TRANSNATIONAL CORPORATIONS
There are more than more than 40,000
transnational corporations in the world.
More than fifty of the largest one-hundred economies in the world
are corporations.
Transnational corporations hold ninety percent of all technology
and product patents worldwide.
Transnational corporations are involved in 70 percent of world
trade.
Hundreds of corporations own the
stocks and bonds of each other - they collectively own themselves.
Hence, it becomes nearly impossible to trace the roots of ownership
and control. From their relative obscurity, they wield enormous
control over national and global economies.
These corporations emerged even larger and more powerful after
the 2008 economic meltdown.
THE TRANSNATIONAL CORPORATIONS
THAT HAVE THE GREATEST CONTROL OVER THE GLOBAL ECONOMY - 2011
A scientific study on the global
financial system was undertaken at the Swiss Federal Institute
of Technology in Zurich, Switzerland, October 2011.
Using a database which listed 37 million companies and investors
worldwide, the researchers studied all 43,060 transnational corporations
(TNCs), including the share ownerships linking them.
The top 737 of these super-corporations or "super-entities"
control 80% of the world economy.
The top 147 super-corporations or "super-entities" control
40% of the global economy through direct and indirect ownership
or controlling interest.
Below are the top 50 of the 147 super-corporations which have
the greatest impact on the global economy.
1 - BARCLAYS PLC - GREAT BRITIAN
2 - CAPITAL GROUP COMPANIES INC. - UNITED STATES
3 - FMR CORP (Fidelity Management) - UNITED STATES
4 - AXA FR 6712 - SWITZERLAND
5 - STATE STREET CORPORATION - UNITED STATES
6 - JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. - UNITED STATES
7 - LEGAL & GENERAL GROUP PLC - GREAT BRITAIN
8 - VANGUARD GROUP, INC. - UNITED STATES
9- UBS AG - SWITZERLAND
10 - MERRILL LYNCH & CO., INC. - UNITED STATES
11 - WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT CO. L.L.P. - UNITED STATES
12 - DEUTSCHE BANK AG - GERMANY
13 - FRANKLIN RESOURCES, INC. - UNITED STATES
14 - CREDIT SUISSE GROUP - SWITZERLAND
15 - WALTON ENTERPRISES LLC - UNITED STATES
16 - BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON CORP. - UNITED STATES
17 - NATIXIS - FRANCE
18 - GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. - UNITED STATES
19 - T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC. - UNITED STATES
20- LEGG MASON, INC. - UNITED STATES
21 - MORGAN STANLEY - UNITED STATES
22 - MITSUBISHI UFJ FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. - JAPAN
23 - NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION - UNITED STATES
24 - SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE - FRANCE
25 - BANK OF AMERICA CORPORATION - UNITED STATES
26 -LLOYDS TSB GROUP PLC - GREAT BRITAIN
27 - INVESCO PLC - GREAT BRITAIN
28 - ALLIANZ SE - GERMANY
29 - TIAA US 6601 - INDIA
30 - OLD MUTUAL PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY - GREAT BRITAIN
31 - AVIVA PLC - GREAT BRITAIN
32 - SCHRODERS PLC - GREAT BRITIAN
33 - DODGE & COX - UNITED STATES
34 - LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS, INC. - UNITED STATES
35 - SUN LIFE FINANCIAL, INC. - CANADA
36 - STANDARD LIFE PLC - GREAT BRITAIN
37 - CNCE - FRANCE
38 - NOMURA HOLDINGS, INC. - JAPAN
39 - THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY - UNITED STATES
40 - MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSUR. - UNITED STATES
41 - ING GROEP N.V. - NETHERLANDS
42 - BRANDES INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P. - UNITED STATES
43 - UNICREDITO ITALIANO SPA - ITALY
44 - DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OF JP - JAPAN
45 - VERENIGING AEGON - NETHERLANDS
46 - BNP PARIBAS - FRANCE
47 - AFFILIATED MANAGERS GROUP, INC. - UNITED STATES
48 RESONA HOLDINGS, INC. - JAPAN
49 - CAPITAL GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. - UNITED STATES
50 - CHINA PETROCHEMICAL GROUP CO. - CANADA
MEDIA CONTROL
The global oligarchy controls all
of the major media.
In the United States, six global
media corporations control 90% of what we see, hear and read.
These media mega-corporations, as well as other international
media corporations, are controlled by an AngloAmerican-European
oligarchy of international bankers and dynastic families.
GENERAL ELECTRIC (NBC)
NEWS CORP (Fox News / Wall Street Journal)
TIME WARNER (CNN)
VIACOM
DISNEY (ABC)
CBS
The global oligarchy controls major
media around the world, including:
NEW YORK TIMES
WASHINGTON POST
REUTERS
ASSOCIATED PRESS
BBC (BRITISH BROADCASTING CORPORATION)
THE TIMES OF LONDON
The global oligarchy controls many
alternative and progressive news sources as well.
THE ENDGAME OF THE GLOBAL
OLIGARCHY
"The master planners devised the strategy
of a merger - a Great Merger - among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States
becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must
at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners
in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly
equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed;
use American money and know-how to build up your competitors,
while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise
to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt
the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might,
and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence
level of the socialized nations of the world.
The plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed
countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs
coming up... It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed
on the altar of the New World Order."
Gary Allen in his book "The
Rockefeller File"
"Whatever remaining wealth
the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated [by
the economic crisis] and as the crisis progresses, the middle
classes of the world will suffer, while a great percentage of
lower classes of the world, poverty-stricken even prior to the
crisis, will suffer the greatest, most probably leading to a massive
reduction in population levels, particularly in the "underdeveloped"
or "Third World" states."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"Some dilution or leveling
off of the sovereignty system as it prevails in the world today
must take place to the immediate disadvantage of those nations
which now possess the preponderance of power... The establishment
of a common money... would deprive our government of exclusive
control over a national money... The United States must be prepared
to make sacrifices afterward in setting up a world politico-economic
order which would level off inequalities of economic opportunity
with respect to nations."
John Foster Dulles, 1939
"The standard of living
of the average American has to decline. I don't think you can
escape that."
former Federal Reserve Chairman
Paul Volcker, 1979
"The two aims of the Party
are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish
once and for all the possibility of independent thought.
The capitalists owned everything in the world, and everyone else
was their slave. They owned all the land, all the houses, all
the factories, and all the money. If anyone disobeyed them they
could throw him into prison, or they could take his job away and
starve him to death."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"There is a transnational
ruling class, a "Superclass", that agrees on establishing
a world government. The middle class is targeted for elimination,
because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate
and internationalize a middle class, would require industrialization
and development in Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin
America. The goal of the Superclass is not to lose their wealth
and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish
the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated,
labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate
wealth and power.
The global economic crisis serves these ends, as whatever remaining
wealth the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated,
and as the crisis progresses, the middle classes of the world
will suffer, while a great percentage of lower classes of the
world, poverty-stricken even prior to the crisis, will suffer
the greatest, most probably leading to a massive reduction in
population levels, particularly in the "underdeveloped"
or "Third World" states."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 'The Global
Economic Crisis: The Great Depression of the XXI Century'
"People, governments and
economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational
banks and corporations."
Zbigniew Brzezinski, in his book
"Technotronic Era"
"Freidrich Hegel's Hegelian
dialectic put forth a process whereby opposites 'thesis' and 'antithesis'
are reconciled into 'synthesis'. The Rothschild's Business Roundtable
that sponsored him saw in the dialectic a boon to their monopolies
by presenting phony communism (antithesis) as bogeyman to capitalism
(thesis)... By upholding Soviet state capitalism to all the world
as an example of "failed Communism", the bankers could
discredit this dangerous idea while producing their desired 'synthesis'
- a New World Order ruled by the Illuminati banking families and
Black Nobility monarchs, with laissez faire monopoly capitalism
as their economic paradigm."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"Nationhood as we know
it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single, global
authority."
Strobe Talbott, Deputy Secretary
of State in the Clinton administration
"The middle class is targeted
for elimination because most of the world has no middle class,
and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, this
would require industrialization and development in places such
as Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America, and would
represent a massive threat to the Superclass, as it would be a
valve through which much of their wealth and power would escape
them. Their goal is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational
middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle
class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented
class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The Party seeks power
entirely for its own sake. We are not interested in the good of
others; we are interested solely in power. Not wealth or luxury
or long life or happiness: only power, pure power.
We are different from all the oligarchies of the past, in that
we know what we are doing. All the others, even those who resembled
ourselves, were cowards and hypocrites. The German Nazis and the
Russian Communists came very close to us in their methods, but
they never had the courage to recognize their own motives. They
pretended, perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power
unwillingly and for a limited time, and that just round the corner
there lay a paradise where human beings would be free and equal.
We are not like that. We know that no one ever seizes power with
the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is
an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard
a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the
dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object
of torture is torture. The object of power is power."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"Communism and socialism
are themselves forms of monopoly. The only difference is that
in this case, the monopoly is operated by the government. But
what if an international banker, through loans to the state, manipulation
of a central bank, campaign contributions, or bribes, is able
to achieve dominion over a government? In that case, he would
find socialism welcome, for it would serve him as an instrument
to control society."
James Perloff in his book "The
Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American
Decline"
"If you wanted a national
monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If
you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist
government. That is what the game is all about. "Communism"
is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement
created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in
order to gain control over the world, first by establishing socialist
governments in the various nations and then consolidating them
all through a "Great Merger," into an all-powerful world,
socialist super-state."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
BEYOND THE MEDIA MATRIX
THE CORPORATE MEDIA MANUFACTURE
A WORLD THAT SERVES THE AGENDA OF THE GLOBAL OLIGARCHY.
THE SYNTHETIC WORLD THEY CREATE IS THE "MATRIX".
THE QUOTATIONS BELOW
MAY ASSIST YOU IN BREAKING THROUGH THE MATRIX, TO FIND EXPLANATIONS
ABOUT IMPORTANT ISSUES - THAT ARE CLOSER TO THE TRUTH - EXPLANATIONS
THE GLOBAL OLIGARCHY-CONTROLLED CORPORATE MEDIA TRIES VERY HARD
TO PREVENT YOU FROM KNOWING.
"9/11"
September 11, 2001 World Trade Center
and Pentagon attacks
"For those Americans who
accept the official interpretation of the event, "9/11"
was a surprise attack on the US government and its people by Islamic
terrorists.
For some Americans, "9/11" has a more complex meaning.
This second group, while accepting the official interpretation
of the attacks, thinks of "9/11" primarily as an event
that was used opportunistically by the Bush administration to
extend the American empire.
For a third group of Americans, the term "9/11" connotes
an event with a more sinister dimension. These citizens believe
that the Bush administration knew the attacks were coming and
intentionally let them happen.
According to a fourth view of "9/11", the attacks were
not merely foreknown by the Bush administration; they were orchestrated
by it."
9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals
Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"There is persuasive evidence
that the events of September 11, 2001 did not unfold as the Bush
administration and the 9/11 Commission would have us believe...
All three buildings that were destroyed in the World Trade Center
were most probably destroyed by controlled demolition charges
placed in the buildings before 9/11."
William Bill Christison, a 29-year
CIA veteran
"Whether a person believes
the official story of 9/11 which rests on unproven government
assertions or believes the documented evidence provided by a large
number of scientists, first responders, and structural engineers
and architects, the result is the same. 9/11 was used to create
an open-ended "war on terror" and a police state. It
is extraordinary that so many Americans believe that "it
can't happen here" when it already has."
Paul Craig Roberts
*There were stand-down orders
on 9/11. The US Air force did not intervene. There was a cover-up
of the WTC and Pentagon investigations. The WTC rubble was removed
before it could be examined. The plane debris at the Pentagon
is unaccounted for. There were reports of significant financial
gains made as a result of 9/11, from insider trading in the days
prior to 9/11. Mystery surrounds WTC Building 7, which collapsed
or was "pulled" down in the afternoon of September 11,
2001."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The official explanation
of the events of 9/11 is false and the evidence indicating an
inside job is significant."
Catherine Austin Fitts, former
Assistant Housing Secretary in the George H W Bush administration
"9/11 has allowed the government
to use fear to get unlimited power. But when you get power, it
doesn't mean you can quickly spring it on everybody, because that
shocks and startles them. So you use the power a little bit at
a time, and let the people get used to it, and in that way you
never meet any opposition."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The press is saying what
they have been told to say... the stories about 9/11 are false...
You take a look at the buildings falling down. They didn't fall
down because airplanes hit them; they fell down because explosives
went off, demolitions. Look at building 7. It didn't fall to its
side; it didn't fall in this direction of that direction. Just
like the two towers... What is it they do not want the public
to know?"
Major General Albert Stubblebine,
retired Commanding General of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security
Command - speaking to a reporter in Germany about 9/11
"The factual arguments
clearly establish the possibility of controlled demolition of
the WTC buildings on September 11, 2001, yet, there is almost
zero coverage in the corporate media in the US. This is top down
corporate censorship pure and simple. Even if other scientists
can be found to disagree with the study, the policy of ignoring
the topic inside the corporate media is relatively absolute...
Perhaps the mainstream science journalists left their critical
thinking skills at home and gave the scientific method the day
off. Or maybe the real conspiracy exists within the boardrooms
of the corporate mainstream media."
Peter Phillips, Professor of Sociology
at Sonoma State University
"Naive people think that
if the US government's explanation of 9/11 was wrong, physicists
and engineers would all speak up. Some have. However, for most
physicists and engineers this would be an act of suicide. Physicists
owe their careers to government grants, and their departments
are critically dependent on government funding. A physicist who
speaks up essentially ends his university career... An engineering
firm that spoke out would never again be awarded a government
contract. In addition, its patriotic, flag-waving customers would
regard the firm as a terrorist apologist and cease to do business
with it."
Paul Craig Roberts
"All three buildings of
the World Trade Center were destroyed by carefully planned, orchestrated
and executed controlled demolition."
Professor Lynn Margulis, Department
of Geosciences, University of Massachusetts at Amherst
"I have had a lot of experience
looking at photographs. l don't know exactly what hit it the Pentagon
but I do know from the photographs I have analyzed, it was not
an airplane. For one thing, if you look at the hole that was made
in the Pentagon, the nose penetrated far enough so that there
should have been wing marks on the side [of the building.
... Whenever there's a plane crash, things are strewn about. So
where are the seats, the luggage? The wings, vertical stabilizers,
and engines were never fully recovered. A number of parts to a
757 are pretty much indestructible, but not a single piece has
ever been positively identified as originating with Flight 77.
... With all the evidence readily available at the Pentagon crash
site, any unbiased, rational investigator could only conclude
that a Boeing 757 did not fly into the Pentagon as alleged. In
all my years of direct and indirect participation, I never witnessed
nor even heard of an aircraft loss, where the wreckage was accessible,
that prevented investigators from finding enough hard evidence
to positively identify the make, model, and specific registration
number of the aircraft - and in most cases the precise cause of
the accident."
Major General Albert Stubblebine,
retired Commanding General of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security
Command
"After 9/11, not a single
employee at the FAA or NORAD got punished. In fact, all the major
military men involved received promotions."
Jesse Ventura in the book "American
Conspiracies"
"America's fate was sealed
when the public and the anti-war movement bought the government's
9/11 conspiracy theory. The government's account of 9/11 is contradicted
by much evidence. Nevertheless, this defining event of our time,
which has launched the U.S. on interminable wars of aggression
and a domestic police state, is a taboo topic for investigation
in the media."
Paul Craig Roberts
"1984"
a novel by George Orwell - written in
1949
"The Party seeks power
entirely for its own sake, We are not interested in the good of
others; we are interested solely in power. Not wealth or luxury
or long life or happiness: only power, pure power... We are different
from all the oligarchies of the past, in that we know what we
are doing. All the others, even those who resembled ourselves,
were cowards and hypocrites. The German Nazis and the Russian
Communists came very close to us in their methods, but they never
had the courage to recognize their own motives. They pretended,
perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power unwillingly
and for a limited time, and that just round the corner there lay
a paradise where human beings would be free and equal. We are
not like that. We know that no one ever seizes power with the
intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an
end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard
a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the
dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object
of torture is torture. The object of power is power."
George Orwell, in his book "1984"
"How does continuous war
act to keep the Lows "stupefied by poverty" and thereby
assure the maintenance of the social structure? The goal of the
wars is to enable the economy to be kept going for the benefit
of the High, its military, and its bureaucracy and control personnel
(the Thought Police, etc.), but at the same time to assure that
any excess production capacity is prevented from producing consumer
goods for the lower classes. That excess capacity is instead directed
to producing excess military goods which will ' ultimately rust
away or be destroyed in warfare; that is, the excess capacity
is deliberately wasted in order to turn it away from the production
of goods which would result in added leisure or well-being for
the lower classes. Those classes are instead continually forced
into group activities expressing hatred toward the current enemy
(any enemy) and dependency upon and love toward their benevolent
rulers for protecting them from that enemy. They are thereby led
to accept the consumer shortages, the poverty, and the other privations
to which they are subjected. Their economic status is kept at
the subsistence level, forcing their priorities to be focused
on simply acquiring basic food, clothing, and shelter. They are
thus denied either the time or the inclination to question the
fairness or permanence of their societal condition, or to otherwise
evolve into a threat to the established hierarchy."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"Do you begin to see, then,
what kind of world we are creating?... A world of fear and treachery
and torment, a world of trampling and being trampled upon, a world
which will grow not less but more merciless as it refines itself."
George Orwell, in his book "1984"
"During the consolidation
of power stage [of a state, non-state] sources of public information
[are] suppressed, guaranteeing the future uniformity of public
opinion on all matters of significance [to the new ruling elite]."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"If leisure and security
were enjoyed by all alike, the great mass of human beings who
are normally stupefied by poverty would become literate and would
learn to think for themselves; and when once they had done this,
they would sooner or later realize that the privileged minority
had no function, and they would sweep it away. In the long run,
a hierarchical society was only possible on the basis of poverty
and ignorance."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"A ruling group is a ruling
group so long as it can nominate its successors. The Party is
not concerned with perpetuating its blood but with perpetuating
itself. Who wields power is not important, provided that the hierarchical
structure remains always the same."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"The real power, the power
we have to fight for night and day, is not power over things,
but over men ... [And] how does one man assert his power over
another?" He answers his own question: "By making him
suffer. Obedience is not enough. Unless he is suffering, how can
you be sure that he is obeying your will and not his own? Power
is in inflicting pain and humiliation. Power is in tearing human
minds to pieces and putting them together again in new shapes
of your own choosing. In our world there will be no emotions except
fear, rage, triumph, and self-abasement. Everything else we shall
destroy - everything."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
" If you want a picture
of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face - forever."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"The two aims of the Party
are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish
once and for all the possibility of independent thought.
The capitalists owned everything in the world, and everyone else
was their slave. They owned all the land, all the houses, all
the factories, and all the money. If anyone disobeyed them they
could throw him into prison, or they could take his job away and
starve him to death."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"[In '1984' George] Orwell
warned of a world where books were banned. {In 'Brave New World'
Aldous] Huxley warned of a world where no one wanted to read books.
Orwell warned of a state of permanent war and fear. Huxley warned
of a culture diverted by mindless pleasure. Orwell warned of a
state where every conversation and thought was monitored and dissent
was brutally punished. Huxley warned of a state where a population,
preoccupied by trivia and gossip, no longer cared about truth
or information. Orwell saw us frightened into submission. Huxley
saw us seduced into submission. But Huxley, we are discovering,
was merely the prelude to Orwell. Huxley understood the process
by which we would be complicit in our own enslavement. Orwell
understood the enslavement. Now that the corporate coup is over,
we stand naked and defenseless."
Chris Hedges
"Today, the power of government
to control, far exceeds what Big Brother had in Orwell's imagination."
Paul Craig Roberts
1929 STOCK MARKET CRASH
AND DEPRESSION
"In early 1929, the Federal
Reserve board of governors called upon the member banks to reduce
their loans on stock-exchange collateral, and took other actions
with the publicly pronounced aim of reducing the amount of credit
available for speculation. Yet, it had the reverse effect, as
the available credit went more and more to speculation and decreasingly
to productive business. On September 26, 1929, London was hit
with a financial panic, and the Bank of England raised its bank
rate, causing British money to leave Wall Street, and the over
inflated market commenced to sag, leading to a panic by mid-October.
The BIS [Bank of International Settlements] was established to
remedy the decline of London as the world's financial center by
providing a mechanism by which a world with three chief financial
centers in London, New York, and Paris could still operate as
one.
The BIS Bank of International Settlements was founded by the central
banks of Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Japan,
and the United Kingdom along with three leading commercial banks
from the United States, including J.P. Morgan & Company, First
National Bank of New York, and First National Bank of Chicago."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"On August 9, 1929 the
pin was inserted into the bubble. On that date, the Federal Reserve
raised its discount rate to six percent and simultaneously began
to sell securities on the open market. Both actions acted to shrink
bank reserves and therefore the money supply... The market reached
its peak on September 19, then started its slide downward. On
October 24 the slide became a torrent, and on October 29, the
market collapsed.
While the uninformed were in the process of loosing their shirts,
the insiders who had sold out before the crash were now to be
found, with cash at the ready, on the buying side. Companies whose
stock had dropped to a fraction of their value were still basically
viable, but their ownership, in large measure, had been shifted
from, to use Andrew Mellon's phrase, the "less competent
people," who had been sucked into the speculative maelstrom
created by the Fed's easy credit, to the financial elites, who
had been made privy to the crash that was around the corner. Great
fortunes were made or added to by the latter.
... Virtually all of the inner club was rescued from The Depression.
There is no record of any member of the interlocking directorate
between the Federal Reserve, the major New York banks, and their
prime customers having been caught by surprise."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island""
"The depression [of 1929]
was the calculated 'shearing' of the public by the World Money
powers, triggered by the planned sudden shortage of supply of
call money in the New York money market. The One World Government
leaders and their ever close bankers have now acquired full control
of the money and credit machinery of the U.S. via the creation
of the privately owned Federal Reserve Bank."
Curtis Dall, FDR's son-in-law as
quoted in his book "My Exploited Father-in-Law"
"Having built the Federal
Reserve as a tool to consolidate and control wealth, the international
bankers were now ready to make a major killing. Between 1923 and
1929, the Federal Reserve expanded (inflated) the money supply
by sixty-two percent. Much of this new money was used to bid the
stock market up to dizzying heights.
... On February 6, 1929... the Federal Reserve Board reversed
its easy money policy and began raising the discount rate. The
balloon which had been inflated constantly for nearly seven years
was about to be exploded.
... The investing public, including most stock brokers and bankers,
took a horrendous blow in the [1929] crash, but not the [international
financial] "Insiders". They were either out of the market
or had sold "short" so that they made enormous profits
as the Dow Jones plummeted."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"When the President signs
this act [Federal Reserve Act of 1913], the invisible government
by the money power - proven to exist by the Monetary Trust Investigation
- will be legalized. The new law will create inflation whenever
the trusts want inflation. From now on, depressions will be scientifically
created."
Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr., Congressman
(R-MN), (father of famous aviator), Senate, Nov. 1912
"The 1929 depression was
not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence... The
international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair
here so that they might emerge as the rulers of us all."
Congressman Louis McFadden, Chairman
of the House Banking and Currency Committee, 1932
ABRAHAM LINCOLN
"I see in the near future
a crisis approaching that unnerves me and causes me to tremble
for the safety of my country... Corporations have been enthroned
and an era of corruption in high places will follow, and the money
power of the country will endeavor to prolong its reign by working
upon the prejudices of the people until all wealth is aggregated
in a few hands and the Republic is destroyed."
Abraham Lincoln
"Abraham Lincoln was faced
with a financial crisis when he stepped into the Presidency in
1861. The country was suddenly in a civil war, and there was insufficient
money to fund it. The British bankers, knowing they had him over
a barrel, agreed to lend him money only at 24 to 36% interest,
highly usurious rates that would have bankrupted the North.
... With a Treasury that was completely broke ... authorized the
government to issue its own paper fiat money... popularly called
"Greenbacks" because they were printed on the back with
green ink [a feature the dollar retains today]. They were basically
just receipts acknowledging work done or goods delivered, which
could be traded in the community for an equivalent value of goods
or services. The Greenbacks represented man-hours rather than
borrowed gold... Over 400 million Greenback dollars were printed
and used to pay soldiers and government employees, and to buy
supplies for the war."
Ellen Brown in her book "Web
of Debt"
"President Abraham Lincoln
used the powers of the Constitution to convince Congress to authorize
the issue of interest-free Legal Tender Notes in the amount of
$150 million ... backed by the Full Faith and Credit of the United
States Government.
Under Lincoln, the Legal Tender Notes were issued by the US Treasury.
The Notes paid no interest but were to be used for "all debts
public and private except duties on imports and interest on the
public debt. They came to be nicknamed "Greenbacks"
for their distinctive design and color.
During the course of the Civil War, the volume of these government-authorized
Greenbacks in circulation was increased to $450 million.
... The Greenbacks allowed Lincoln to finance war costs independent
of London or New York bankers who were demanding an exorbitantly
high interest rate - as high as between 24% and even 36%. Lincoln's
Greenbacks financed the war and avoided entangling the Union in
large war debts to the private bankers, something that made him
bitter enemies in London and New York banking circles.
... Evidence that has emerged about the assassination of Lincoln
at the end of the Civil War all points to the hand of the House
of Rothschild and London City bankers."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"If this mischievous financial
policy [Lincoln's government-issued, interest-free Greenbacks],
which has its origin in North America, shall become permanent,
then the Government will furnish its own money without cost. It
will pay off all debts and be without debt. It will have all the
money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous
without precedent in the history of the world. The brains, and
wealth of all countries will go to North America."
editorial in the London Times,
explaining the Bank of England's attitude toward President Abraham
Lincoln's Greenbacks, 1863
"Get Congress to pass a
bill authorizing the printing of full legal tender treasury notes
... and pay your soldiers with them and go ahead and win the war
with them also.... The people or anyone else will not have any
choice in the matter, if you make them full legal tender. They
will have the full sanction of the government and be just as good
as any money; as Congress is given the express right by the Constitution.
Colonel Dick Taylor to President
Abraham Lincoln about how to finance the Civil War
"Because of the continuing
need to fund the Union Army during the Civil War, President Lincoln
allowed the National Bank Act to be passed by Congress. The new
national banks would operate under a tax-free status, and have
a monopoly to create the new form of money - bank notes. As a
result, the entire U.S. money supply would be created out of debt
by bankers buying U.S. government bonds, and issuing them for
reserves for banks notes."
from the documentary "The
Money Masters"
"Abraham Lincoln, the martyred
Emancipator of the Slaves, was assassinated through the machinations
of a group representative of the International bankers who feared
the United States President's national credit ambitions - and
the plot was hatched in Toronto and Montreal.
... There was only one group in the world at that time who could
finance anything they cared to attempt without regard to cost,
and who had any reason to desire the death of Lincoln.
They were the men opposed to his national currency program, and
who had fought him throughout the whole of the Civil War on his
policy of greenback currency.
They were the men interested in the establishment of the Gold
Standard money system and the right of the bankers to manage the
currency and credit of every nation in the world.
With Lincoln out of the way they were able to proceed with that
plan, and did proceed with it in the United States. Within eight
years after Lincoln's assassination, silver was demonetized, and
the Gold Standard money system set up in the United States."
Vancouver [Canada] Sun newspaper,
May 4, 1934 - from the documentary "The Money Masters"
"The hard times which occurred
after the Civil War could have been avoided if the Greenback legislation
had continued as President Lincoln had intended. Instead, there
were a series of money panics - what we call recessions - which
put pressure on Congress to enact legislation to put the banking
system under centralized control. Eventually the Federal Reserve
Act was passed on December 23, 1913."
Theodore R. Thoren and Richard
F. Warner in 'The Truth in Money Book' - from the documentary
"The Money Masters"
"When President Lincoln
took office the National Debt amounted to $100,000,000 - and the
Treasury was practically pout of funds.
... When the banks refused to loan the government money, except
at extremely high rates of interest, Lincoln was faced with a
financial disaster. To meet this impending crisis, a bill was
sent to Congress which resulted in the Act of February 25, 1862,
one of the landmarks in the history of American finance. Its main
provision authorized the issuance of $150,000,000 legal-tender
United States Notes. These later became known as Lincoln Greenbacks.
Two more issues of the same sum of these legal-tender notes, amounting
to $300,000,000 were made on July 11, 1862 and on January 17,
1863 - making a grand total of $450,000,000 in all! Lincoln had
met the monetary crisis, to the sore displeasure of the bankers
who never received a cent of interest or taxes on this United
States money. The bankers were soon to get their revenge!
... The Times of London stated: 'If that mischievous financial
policy, which had its origin in the North American Republic should
become indurated down to a fixture, then that government will
furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off its debts
and be without a debt. It will have all the money necessary to
carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous beyond precedent
in the history of the civilized governments of the world. The
brains and the wealth of all countries will go to North America.
That government must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy
on the globe.'
... Infuriated by Abraham Lincoln's courageous stand in favor
of a constitutional money system [Lincoln Greenbacks], the infamous
Hazard Circular was written by the Internationalists and distributed
among American bankers. It stated:
'Slavery is likely to be abolished by war power. This, I and my
European friends are in favor of, because slavery is but the owning
of labor, and carries with it the care of the laborers, while
the European plan ... is that capital money lenders shall control
labour by controlling wages.
The great debt that Capitalists [the bankers] will see is made
out of the war, must be used to control the value of money. To
accomplish this, government bonds [with interest being paid to
the bankers] must be used as a banking basis. We are now waiting
for the secretary of the treasury to make that recommendation.
It will not allow Greenbacks, as they are called, to circulate
as money for any length of time as we cannot control that. But
we can control the bonds, and through them, the banking issues.'
The campaign for the passage of the National Banking Act of 1863,
which delegated to private corporation the all-powerful right
to issue our money, was heavily financed by the International
Bankers. It passed Congress and became law. The new Act gave the
[private] banks the power to issue currency (paper money)."
Des Griffin in his book "Fourth
Reich of the Rich"
AFGHANISTAN
"Almost eight years after
the Taliban regime was toppled, our hopes for a truly democratic
and independent Afghanistan have been betrayed by the continued
domination of fundamentalists and by a brutal occupation that
ultimately serves only American strategic interests in the region.
... The government headed by Hamid Karzai is full of warlords
and extremists who are brothers in creed of the Taliban.
... Today the situation of women is as bad as ever. Victims of
abuse and rape find no justice because the judiciary is dominated
by fundamentalists.
... Rather than democracy, what we have in Afghanistan are backroom
deals among discredited warlords who are sworn enemies of democracy
and justice.
... It is due to the wrong and devastating policies of the U.S.
government and NATO countries that unfortunately today Afghanistan
is a mafia state and ranked at the top of the most unstable and
corrupt countries in the world."
Afghan peace activist Malalai Joya,
Guardian/UK, 2009
"It's hard to overstate
the magnitude of the failure of American reconstruction in Afghanistan.
While the U.S. has occupied the country for seven years and counting,
and efficiently set up a network of bases and prisons, it has
yet to restore to Kabul, the capital, a mud brick city slightly
more populous than Houston, a single one of the public services
its citizens used to enjoy. When the Soviets occupied Afghanistan
in the 1980s, they modernized the education system and built power
plants, dams, factories, and apartment blocs, still the most coveted
in the country."
Ann Jones, TomDispatch, 2009
"If you look at the deployment
of US forces in Afghanistan ... you'll see that the US forces
are positioned to guard the pipeline route. It's what it's about.
It's about money, it's about oil, it's not about democracy."
Craig Murray, former British ambassador
to Uzbekistan, 2009
"The Carter [administration],
which hoped a war in Afghanistan would be the USSR's Vietnam,
began funding and arming the most right-wing fundamentalists,
the ideological ancestors of the Taliban and Osama bin Laden.
Jay Janson, 2008
"There is ample evidence
that, when it comes to the freedom of women, education levels,
governmental services, relations among ethnic groups, and quality
of life-all were infinitely better under the Afghan communists
than under the Taliban or the present government of President
Hamid Karzai."
Chalmers Johnson, 2008
"One of the hidden objectives
of the war In Afghanistan was effectively to restore the CIA sponsored
drug trade to its historical levels and exert direct control over
the drug routes."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
AFRICA
"The West has a real stake
in keeping Africa poor. People in Western countries have sincere
feelings of charity and they have faith that aid works - but Western
governments and multi-national corporations reap enormous benefits
from the continued instability and destitution of African countries.
The successful manipulation of cheap labor and agricultural products,
smuggled resources, and arms trading relies on corrupt politicians,
prolonged warfare, and an underdeveloped civil society that lacks
the capacity to stand up for its rights. If there were peace and
transparency in the Congo, it would be much more difficult-if
not impossible-for foreign corporations to exploit the mineral
resources; if there were no rebel groups or tribal conflicts,
there would be no market for small arms."
Jenny Williams, worked with NGOs
in Africa, 2006
"'Western powers' real concern
is that African states will opt for Chinese deals to free themselves
from the punitive conditions of IMF-World Bank loans and other
forms of financial dependence on Europe and the United States."
Lena Weinstein, 2008
"Angola ... earned more
than $30 billion last year form oil exports, but according to
the World Bank, 70 percent of the population lives on less than
$2 a day and one in four children die before their fifth birthday."
Financial Times, 2008
"There's really four entities
that are involved in keeping the Congo dependent, and one of those
entities are international financial institutions, multinational
institutions, such as the IMF and the World Bank... The International
Monetary Fund had set up financial rules that pretty much restrict
the Congolese government. At least they prevented the Congolese
government from having the necessary resources to pay its soldiers.
And as a result of the government not having the resources to
pay its soldiers, the soldiers then feast on the population -
by stealing, by raping.
... The World Bank ... went in after the conflict in 2002, established
the mining laws, and the mining laws provided the legal framework
for the multinational corporations to come in and establish contracts
with the government. Now, even though the mining laws were in
place and they required transparency and adherence to the OECD
laws, the mining companies came in, and the contracts were opaque.
They weren't transparent. And World Bank studies clearly document
this, but they have refused to publish those studies which demonstrate
how the mining contracts that's been established by multinational
corporations are actually odious contracts and absolutely do not
serve the interests of the Congolese people, but serve the interest
of investors from the West."
Maurice Carney, Co-Founder and
Executive Director of Friends of the Congo, 2008
"Where once there were
poor but self-sufficient people with rich farmland and fisheries,
there is now an unfolding ecological collapse of horrifying dimensions
in which the land, air and water are increasingly unable to sustain
human life, but the region's people have no place else to go.
Twenty percent of Nigerian children die before the age of 5, according
to the World Bank. Hundreds of billions of dollars worth of oil
have been extracted from the Niger Delta, according to Amnesty
International in 2005. But according to them, its inhabitants
remain among the most deprived oil communities in the world -
70 per cent live on less than $1 a day."
Lena Weinstein, 2008
"The increased concentration
of corporate farming and the dismantling of state programs that
sustained the agricultural sector have driven small farmers out
of business all over the planet, while making many of those who
remain ever more dependent on expensive chemical pesticides, fertilizer,
and seeds... The continent of Africa went from a net exporter
of food in the late 1960s to a net importer today - thanks to
the World Bank and the WTO riding roughshod through the continent
in the same cavalry unit as the four horsemen of the apocalypse.
The Bank's "structural adjustment programs" and the
WTO's "tariff reductions" don't quite have the ring
of war, pestilence, famine, and death, but they have been just
as devastating."
John Feffer, 2008
"After I got home from
Rwanda, and the years slowly revealed to me the extent of the
cynical maneuvering by France, Belgium, the United States among
others, I couldn't help but feel that we were a sort of diversion,
even sacrificial lambs, that permitted statesmen to say that the
world was doing something to stop the killing. In fact we were
nothing more than camouflage.
... To my mind, their [Western powers] crimes had made them inhuman,
turned them into machines made of flesh that imitated the motions
of being human."
former Lieutenant-General Romeo
Dallaire who commanded the UN peacekeping force in Rwanda in 1993-1994
"The [Paul] Kagame military
machine - backed by the US, U.K., Canada, Germany and Israel -
is one of Congo's greatest enemies. Kagame was one of the original
27 soldiers to launch the guerrilla war in Uganda, 1980, alongside
now President-for-life Yoweri Museveni. Kagame soon became the
head of Museveni's dreaded Internal Security Organization, and
he was directly involved in tortures, massacres and other human
rights atrocities during the Museveni regime's consolidation of
power.
In October 1990 Kagame returned from training at the US Army base
at Fort Leavenworth, Kansas to lead the Ugandan People's Defense
Forces (UPDF) illegal invasion of Rwanda. The US military and
its partners backed the invasion, just as they backed the invasion
of Congo in 1996."
Keith Harmon Snow, 2009
AIDS / HIV
"In 1969 the Senate Church
Committee discovered that the US Defense Department (DOD) had
requested a budget of tens of millions of taxpayer dollars for
a program to speed development of new viruses which target and
destroy the human immune system.
... Out of this research came the AIDS virus which was targeted
at "undesirable elements" of the population. The first
AIDS viruses were administered through a massive smallpox vaccine
campaign in central and southern Africa by the World Health Organization
in 1977. A year later ads appeared in major US newspapers soliciting
"promiscuous gay male volunteers" to take part in a
Hepatitis B vaccine study.
The program targeted male homosexuals age 20-40 in New York City,
Los Angeles, Chicago, St. Louis and San Francisco. It was administered
by the US Centers for Disease Control which, under its earlier
incarnation as the US Public Health Department in Atlanta, oversaw
the Tuskegee syphilis experiments on African American males.
... A 1968 study by the Club of Rome advocated lowering the birth
rate and increasing the death rate. Club founder Dr. Aurello Peccei
made a top-secret recommendation to introduce a microbe that would
attack the auto-immune system, then develop a vaccine as a prophylactic
for the global elite."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"I don't think there is
any doubt that AIDS is a man-made problem. The question is whether
it was created accidentally or intentionally. I believe the AIDS
virus was requested, predicted, produced, and deployed."
Dr. Robert Strecker, a practicing
gastroenterologist with a Ph.D. in pharmacology, who was hired
as a consultant to work on a health-care proposal for Security
Pacific Bank
"There was a vaccination program
for smallpox in Africa by the WHO [World Health Organization].
Some researchers believe that the Smallpox vaccination program
in 1972 was used to introduce the [AIDS] virus into the population."
David Allen Rivera in his book
"Final Warning: A History of the New World Order
"There is no question that
HIV was introduced into the U.S. male homosexual population via
the gay hepatitis B vaccine experiment that took place between
1978 and 1981... Not surprisingly, the government has refused
to release data on the number of AIDS deaths that have occured
in the large group of gay men who initially volunteered for the
vaccine experiment."
Alan Cantwell, MD
"In 1978, more than 1,000
non-monogamous gay adult males received an experimental vaccination
against Hepatitis B, which was sponsored by the National Institute
of Health and the Center for Disease Control... In 1981, the Center
for Disease Control reported that 6% of those receiving the Hepatitis
vaccine were infected with AIDS, but in 1984, they admitted that
it was actually 64%."
David Allen Rivera in his book
"Final Warning: A History of the New World Order
AMERICAN DEMOCRACY AND
SOCIETY
"American democracy serves
the interests of the United States ruling elite - stability and
prosperity. Stability means control of the population. The West
is stable because the population is under control by the social
engineering process that came with the development of our modern
democracy - the propaganda system, the public relations system,
the education system, and the consumer society.
The consumer society is a system
of social engineering. In a consumer society, people are concerned
not about the world, not about life, not about freedom and democracy.
They are concerned about buying things. So, that keeps them distracted,
and it ultimately keeps them stupid, and essentially useless,
except for serving the function of continuing to consume until
they die."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2013
"The United States has
entered the ranks of the failed states. One of the most remarkable
manifestations of a failed state is that the criminals are all
inside the government operating against the people, whereas in
a normal state, the criminals are on the outside of the government,
operating against it. So, we now have every manifestation of being
a failed state, with the government in the hands of a few Wall
Street gangsters."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Americans are wonderfully courteous
to strangers, yet indiscriminately shoot kids in schools. They
believe they are masters of the world, yet know nothing about
what goes on outside their shores. They are people who believe
the world stretches from California to Boston and everything outside
is the bit they have to bomb to keep the price of oil down. Only
one in five Americans hold a passport and the only foreign stories
that make their news are floods, famine, and wars, because it
makes them feel good to be an American. Feeling good to be American
is what they live for. "
Brian Reade, columnist for London
Mirror newspaper
"The general public are
viewed as no more than ignorant and meddlesome outsiders, a bewildered
herd. And it's the responsible men who have to make decisions
and to protect society from the trampling and rage of the bewildered
herd. Now since it's a democracy they - the herd, that is - are
permitted occasionally to lend their weight to one or another
member of the responsible class. That's called an election."
Noam Chomsky
"The American government
could already be described as authoritarian... Due process of
law and the right of habeas corpus, which for centuries have characterized
the rule of law in democratic states, have been eliminated. At
the discretion of the president, non-citizens and citizens alike
may be classified as enemy combatants, picked up and held for
an indeterminate period of time without access to counsel. A network
of secret prisons and camps is being established both inside and
outside of the United States. Paramilitary forces or private mercenary
armies are being developed to make up for the inadequate numbers
of the existing volunteer army. This is effectively resulting
in the privatization of the US military."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Many Americans, whether
consciously or unconsciously, actually pride themselves on their
ignorance. It reflects their break with the overly complicated
intellectual tradition of "old Europe". It's also a
source of satisfaction that they have a president [George W. Bush]
who's no smarter than they are. They could be happy under totalitarianism,
might well come to prefer it, and may be helping to advance it
in the United States."
William Blum in his book "Freeing
the World to Death"
"American government is
corrupt. Those who have enough money can almost get anything they
want from our government, whether it is tax breaks, or subsidies,
or policies and laws changed, removed, or added.
... Money controls U.S. politics as never before. As a result,
the tax burden has gradually shifted from the wealthy onto the
backs of the poor and the middle class.
From 1950 to 1980, the top-bracket income tax rate ranged from
70 to 90 percent, while the Social Security tax imposed on lower
incomes varied from 4 to 9 percent. By 2005 the top income tax
rate was down to 35 percent, but the Social Security tax had jumped
to 15.3 percent. Such are the tangible benefits that moneyed donors
receive from politicians.
... Today CEOs and wealthy businessmen are the ruling elite in
the Western world, especially the United States. Their donations
finance elections and even education, which they are constantly
saying has to adapt itself to the needs of the market (that is,
be molded to inculcate their views. It should come as no surprise
therefore that the theories offered by economists rationalize
the self-interest of big business and the wealthy. Overtly, of
course, such theories claim to benefit society and the public's
well-being. But covertly, they do just the opposite: they make
the great mass of people poorer while making the rich fabulously
richer."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
New Golden Age", 2007
"Americans don't understand
that terrorists cannot take away habeas corpus, the Bill of Rights,
or the Constitution. Terrorists are not anything like the threat
that we face to the Bill of Rights and the Constitution from our
own government in the name of fighting terrorism."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The Defense Authorization
Act [2007] gives the Executive the power to move National Guard
units anywhere in the country, without regard for the wishes of
the state governors, and to declare martial law. This declaration
would authorize the detention of dissenting citizens who could
then be picked up and held incommunicado for an indefinite period,
without access to counsel or the courts. This is nothing short
of a militarization of the Republic.
Enabled by the Defense Authorization Act, the president can now
declare martial law, transfer military technology to militarized
domestic police forces, and detain dissenting citizens virtually
at will. These detainees could be held in camps that are now being
constructed and refurbished by Kellogg Brown and Root, ostensibly
for illegal immigrants.
... The unitary presidency has been granted the authority to order
kidnapping, detention, and torture abroad under the Military Commissions
Act of 2006. This act authorizes extraordinary rendition, which
inevitably means foreign detention and torture of anyone the President
determines to be an unlawful combatant."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Our manufacturing base
has been dismantled. Speculators and swindlers have looted the
U.S. Treasury and stolen billions from small shareholders who
had set aside money for retirement or college. Civil liberties,
including habeas corpus and protection from warrantless wiretapping,
have been taken away. Basic services, including public education
and health care, have been handed over to the corporations to
exploit for profit. The few who raise voices of dissent, who refuse
to engage in the corporate happy talk, are derided by the corporate
establishment as freaks."
Chris Hedges
"The shaping of the will
of Congress and the choosing of the American president has become
a privilege reserved to the 20% of the population that holds 93%
of the wealth, the happy few who run the corporations and the
banks, own and operate the news and entertainment media, compose
the laws and govern the universities, control the philanthropic
foundations, the policy institutes, the casinos, and the sports
arenas.
... Ronald Reagan's new Morning in America
brought with it in the early 1980s the second coming of a gilded
age more swinish than the first, and as the country continues
to divide ever more obviously into a nation of the rich and a
nation of the poor, the fictions of unity and democratic intent
lose their capacity to command belief."
Lewis H. Lapham
"American electoral politics
had become a caricature of its former vital self: a process in
which money (mostly corporate) first bought both political parties
and then graciously allowed the public to choose between them."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "The
Road to 9/11"
"If you are not willing
to lie, cheat, manipulate, steal and kill to get ahead, you are
never going to be the president of the United States."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"In theory, the Posse Comitatus
Act of 1878 adopted in the wake of the US civil war, prevents
the military from intervening in civilian police and judicial
functions. This law has been central to the functioning of constitutional
government.
While the Posse Comitatus Act is still on the books, in practice
the legislation is no longer effective in preventing the militarization
of civilian institutions.
Both the legislation inherited from the Clinton administration
and the post 9/11 PATRIOT Acts I and II have blurred the line
between military and civilian roles. They allow the military to
intervene in judicial and law enforcement activities even in the
absence of an emergency situation."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"What is masquerading as
government is a crime syndicate with a flag. The US Government
is an instrument of organized crime, alternatively described as
the Octopus, the Washington Consensus, the Shadow Government,
Wall Street, the Round Table (Bilderbergs, Trilaterals, Council
on Foreign Relations, Royal Institute of International Affairs),
and the New World Order."
Nikki Alexander, 2009
"President Barack Obama
realizes that he is only the president in a country where the
industrial-military complex decides what has to be done, and you
cannot go beyond the parameters of what they decide. It would
be dangerous."
Former UN General Assembly President
Miguel d'Escoto
"A nation [US] in which
87 percent of eighteen- to twenty-four year olds (according to
a 2002 National Geographic Society/Roper Poll survey) cannot locate
Iran or Iraq on a world map and 11 percent cannot locate the United
States, is not merely "intellectually sluggish." It
would be more accurate to call it moronic, capable of being fooled
into believing anything."
Morris Berman in his book "The
Twilight of American Culture"
"The privatization of public
services and functions manifests the steady evolution of corporate
power into a political form, into an integral, even dominant partner
with the state. It marks the transformation of American politics
and its political culture from a system in which democratic practices
and values were, if not defining, at least major contributing
elements, to one where the remaining democratic elements of the
state and its populist programs are being systematically dismantled."
Sheldon Wolin
"To keep liberty is a task.
People need to be schooled in it. And, Americans aren't."
Paul Craig Roberts
AMERICAN EMPIRE
"The Roman Empire produced
few exportable goods. Material innovation, whether through entrepreneurialism
or technological advancement, all but ended long before the final
dissolution of the Empire. Meanwhile the costs of military defense
and the pomp of Emperors continued. Financial needs continued
to increase, but the means of meeting them steadily eroded. In
the end due to economic failure, even the armor of soldiers deteriorated
and the weaponry of soldiers became so obsolete to the extent
that the enemies of the Empire had better armor and weapons as
well as larger forces. The decrepit social order offered so little
to its subjects that many saw the barbarian invasion as liberation
from onerous obligations to the ruling class."
Alfred Toynbee
"According to the Defense
Department's 2007 Base Structure Report, we maintain 823 military
facilities in 39 foreign countries, and another 86 facilities
in seven U.S. territories."
Paul Waldman, 2008
"Because the United States
does not look like a militarized country, it's hard for Americans
to grasp that Washington is a war capital, that the United States
is a war state, that it garrisons much of the planet, and that
the norm for us is to be at war somewhere at any moment."
Tom Engelhardt, TomDispatch, 2009
"The West is habituated
to the idea that the world is its world; that the international
community is its community; that international institutions are
its institutions; that the world currency - namely the dollar
- is its currency; that universal values are its values; that
world history is its history; and that the world's language -
namely English - is its language. The assumption has been that
the adjective 'Western' naturally and implicitly belongs in front
of each important noun. That will no longer be the case."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"While securing corporate
control over extensive oil reserves and pipeline routes along
the Eurasian corridor on behalf of the AngloAmerican oil giants,
Washington's ultimate objective is to eventually destabilize and
then colonize both China and Russia. This means the takeover of
their national financial systems and the control over monetary
policy, leading eventually to the imposition of the US dollar
as the national currency."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2005
"For the world as a whole,
the CIA has now become the bogey that communism has been for America.
Wherever there is trouble, violence, suffering, tragedy, the rest
of us are now quick to suspect the CIA had a hand in it. Our phobia
about the CIA is, no doubt, as fantastically excessive as America's
phobia about world communism; but in this case, too, there is
just enough convincing guidance to make the phobia genuine. In
fact, the roles of America and Russia have been reversed in the
world's eyes. Today America has become the nightmare."
Arnold Toynbee, the British historian,
quoted in the New York Times of May 7, 1971
"We first fought in the
name of religion, then Communism, and now in the name of drugs
and terrorism. Our excuses for global domination always change."
Serj Tankian
"What's the point of having
this superb military that you're always talking about if we can't
use it?"
Madeline Albright, Secretary of
State under Bill Clinton
"The U.S., with $37.8 billion
in arms sales ... controlled 68.4% of the global arms market in
2008... with 70% of the market, the U.S. actually has what, in
any other field, would qualify as a monopoly position."
Tom Engelhardt, TomDispatch, 2009
"The "Anglo-American
axis" in defense and foreign policy is the driving force
behind the military operations in Central Asia and Middle East.
This rapprochement between London and Washington is consistent
with the integration of British and American business interests
in the areas of banking, oil and the defense industry."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"Beijing believes the United
States enjoys more rights because of its wealth, power, and history
- not because of its greater virtue, empathy, or understanding
of others. It argues that an individualizing of human rights pervades
the Western human rights stance largely because of such affluence;
that basic subsistence, national independence, economic and cultural
transformation are often simply taken for granted."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights"
ANGLO-AMERICAN CONNECTION
"Time may dispel many pleasing
illusions and destroy many noble dreams, but it shall never shake
my belief that the wound caused by the wholly unlooked-for and
undesired separation of the mother from her child is not to bleed
forever. Let men say what they will, therefore, I say that as
surely as the sun in the heavens once shown upon Britain and America
united, so surely is it one morning to rise, shine upon, and greet
again the reunited state, the British-American union, forever.
Let men say what they will, therefore, I say that as surely as
the sun in the heavens once shown upon Britain and America united,
so surely is it one morning to rise, shine upon, and greet again
the reunited state, the British-American union."
Andrew Carnegie, 1893
"There grew up in the twentieth
century a power structure between London and New York which penetrated
deeply into university life, the press, and the practice of foreign
policy. In England the center was the Round Table Group, while
in the United States it was J. P. Morgan and Company or its local
branches in Boston, Philadelphia, and Cleveland."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"Why should we not join
... a secret society with but one object: the furtherance of the
British Empire, for the bringing of the whole uncivilized world
under British rule, for the recovery of the United States, for
the making the Anglo-Saxon race but one Empire."
Cecil Rhodes attached to his will
a "Confession of Faith"
"There does exist, and
has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network
which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical right believes
the communists act. In fact, this network which we may identify
as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with
the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"The present century owes
much of its record of horrors to the influential Anglophile American
families which came to dominate and employ the Skull and Bones
Society [Yale University] as a political recruiting agency, particularly
the Harrimans, Whitneys, Vanderbilts, Rockefellers and their lawyers,
the Lords and Tafts and Bundys.
The politically aggressive Guaranty Trust Company, run almost
entirely by Skull and Bones initiates, was a financial vehicle
of these families in the early 1900s. Guaranty Trust's support
for the Bolshevik and Nazi revolutions overlapped the more intense
endeavors in these fields by the Harrimans, George Walker and
Prescott Bush [in New York], and in Berlin.
Skull and Bones was dominated from 1913 onward by the circles
of Averell Harriman."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"[Montagu] Norman [the Governor
of the Bank of England] had a devoted colleague in Benjamin Strong,
the first governor of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York...
In the 1920's, they were determined to use the financial power
of Britain and of the United States to force all the major countries
of the world to go on the gold standard and to operate it through
central banks free from all political control, with all questions
of international finance to be settled by agreements by such central
banks without interference from governments."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
ANTONY SUTTON
British-born economist and historian
(1925-2002) who exposed in his books
the corporate and financial elite's global agenda of monopoly
capitalism
as well as their economic and political support for both Nazi
Germany and Soviet Russia
quotations from the book
"Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution"
by Antony C. Sutton, 1974
"Monopoly capitalists are
the bitter enemies of laissez-faire entrepreneurs; and, given
the weaknesses of socialist central planning, the totalitarian
socialist state is a perfect captive market for monopoly capitalists,
if an alliance can be made with the socialist powerbrokers."
*
"Before World War I, the
financial and business structure of the United States was dominated
by two conglomerates: Standard Oil, or the Rockefeller enterprise,
and the Morgan complex of industries-finance and transportation
companies. Rockefeller and Morgan trust alliances dominated not
only Wall Street but, through interlocking directorships, almost
the entire economic fabric of the United States."
*
"The major money powers
of the west enlarged their monopoly ambitions and broadened horizons
on a global scale. The gigantic Russian market was to be converted
into a captive market and a technical colony to be exploited by
a few high-powered American financiers and the corporations under
their control."
*
"A syndicate of international
financiers ... wanted markets that could be exploited monopolistically
without fear of competition from Russians, Germans, or anyone
else - including American businessmen outside the charmed circle.
This closed group was apolitical and amoral. In 1917, it had a
single-minded objective - a captive market in Russia, all presented
under, and intellectually protected by, the shelter of a league
[League of Nations] to enforce the peace."
*
"The technique, used by
the monopolists to gouge society, was set forth in the early twentieth
century by Frederick C. Howe 'Confessions of a Monopolist'. First,
says Howe, politics is a necessary part of business. To control
industries it is necessary to control Congress and the regulators
and thus make society go to work for you, the monopolist. So,
according to Howe, the two principles of a successful monopolist
are, "First, let Society work for you; and second, make a
business of politics. "These, wrote Howe, are the basic "rules
of big business.""
*
"The Russian governments
refusal to allow the deal between the Rockefellers and Rothschilds
and other major oil monopolies to divide up the world's oil reserves,
may well have spurred discontent among these powerful interests.
If Russia refused to allow them to control all the oil and have
a right to all oil, did this mean that Russia was planning on
building a domestic oil industry? If this were the case, it could
pose a threat to all the entrenched economic and financial interests,
particularly those of the Rockefellers and Rothschilds, as Russia's
significant oil reserves and resources would allow it to possibly
even surpass the United States in industrialization."
*
"During the civil war in
Russia between the Reds and the Whites, while Wall Street financiers
were aiding the Bolsheviks quietly, they also began to finance
Aleksandr Kolchak (of the Whites) with millions of dollars, in
order to ensure that whoever emerged victorious in the war, Wall
Street would win."
*****
quotations form the book
"Wall Street and FDR"
by Antony C. Sutton, 1976
"John D. Rockefeller and
his 19th century fellow-capitalists were convinced of one absolute
truth: that no great monetary wealth could be accumulated under
the impartial rules of a competitive laissez faire society. The
only sure road to the acquisition of massive wealth was monopoly:
drive out your competitors, reduce competition, eliminate laissez-faire,
and above all get state protection for your industry through compliant
politicians and government regulation. This last avenue yields
a legal monopoly, and a legal monopoly always leads to wealth."
*
"Corporate socialism is
a system where those few who hold the legal monopolies of financial
and industrial control profit at the expense of all others in
society."
*
"The philosophy of Wall
Street financiers was anything but laissez-faire competition,
which was the last system they envisaged. Socialism, communism,
fascism or their variants were acceptable. The ideal for these
financiers was "cooperation," forced if necessary. Individualism
was out, and competition was immoral... compulsory cooperation
was their golden road to a legal monopoly."
*
"In the writing of Bernard
Baruch is seen the basic objectives of Karl Marx writing in The
Communist Manifesto. What is different between the two systems
are the names of the elitist few running the operation known as
state planning; the vanguard of the proletariat in Karl Marx is
replaced by the vanguard of big business in Bernard Baruch."
*
"The story of an attempted takeover of executive power in
the United States [the plot to overthrow Franklin Roosevelt] was
suppressed, not only by parties directly interested, but also
by several institutions usually regarded as protectors of constitutional
liberty and freedom of inquiry. Among the groups suppressing information
were (1) the Congress of the United States, (2) the press, notably
Time magazine and The New York Times, and (3) the White House
itself. It is also notable that no academic inquiry has been conducted
into what is surely one of the more ominous events in recent American
history."
*
"Franklin D. Roosevelt privately believed that the U.S. government
was owned by a financial elite."
*
"Corporate socialism is the political way of running an economy
that is more attractive to big business because it avoids the
rigors and the imposed efficiency of a market system... through
business control or influence in regulatory agencies and the police
power of the state, the political system is an effective way to
gain a monopoly, and a legal monopoly always leads to wealth."
*
"The objective of [the
financial elite] is monopoly acquisition of wealth - corporate
socialism. It thrives on the political process, and it would fade
away if it were exposed to the activity of a free market."
*****
quotations from the book
"Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler"
by Antony C. Sutton, 1976
"It is in the pecuniary
interests of the international bankers to centralize political
power - and this centralization can best be achieved within a
collectivist society, such as socialist Russia, national socialist
Germany, or a Fabian socialist United States.
There can be no full understanding and appreciation of twentieth-century
American politics and foreign policy without the realization that
this financial elite effectively monopolizes Washington policy."
*
"In foreign affairs the
Council on Foreign Relations, superficially an innocent forum
for academics, businessmen, and politicians, contains within its
shell, perhaps unknown to many of its members, a power center
that unilaterally determines U.S. foreign policy. The major objective
of this submerged - and obviously subversive - foreign policy
is the acquisition of markets and economic power (profits, if
you will), for a small group of giant multi-nationals under the
virtual control of a few banking investment houses and controlling
families."
*
"We find persistent recurrence
of the same names: Owen Young, Gerard Swope, Hjalmar Schacht,
Bernard Baruch, etc.; the same international banks: J. P. Morgan,
Guaranty Trust, Chase Bank.
This group of international bankers backed the Bolshevik Revolution
and subsequently profited from the establishment of a Soviet Russia.
This group backed Roosevelt and profited from New Deal socialism.
This group also backed Hitler and certainly profited from German
armament in the 1930s."
*
"The total result of the
manipulation of society by the Establishment elite has been four
major wars in sixty years, a crippling national debt, abandonment
of the Constitution, suppression of freedom and opportunity, and
creation of a vast credibility gulf between the man in the street
and Washington, D.C. While the transparent device of two major
parties trumpeting artificial differences, circus-like conventions,
and the cliché of "bipartisan foreign policy"
no longer carries credibility, and the financial elite itself
recognizes that its policies lack public acceptance, it is obviously
prepared to go it alone without even nominal public support."
*
"Paul Warburg's revolutionary
plan to get American Society to go to work for Wall Street was
astonishingly simple. Even today, academic theoreticians cover
their blackboards with meaningless equations, and the general
public struggles in bewildered confusion with inflation and the
coming credit collapse, while the quite simple explanation of
the problem goes undiscussed and almost entirely uncomprehended
- the Federal Reserve System is a legal private monopoly of the
money supply operated for the benefit of the few under the guise
of protecting and promoting the public interest."
*
"Both fascist and communist
systems are based on naked, unfettered political power and individual
coercion. Both systems require monopoly control of society. While
monopoly control of industries was once the objective of J.P.
Morgan and J.D. Rockefeller, by the late nineteenth century the
inner sanctums of Wall Street understood that the most efficient
way to gain an unchallenged monopoly was to 'go political' and
make society go to work for the monopolists," and that, "the
totalitarian socialist state is a perfect captive market for monopoly
capitalists, if an alliance can be made with the socialist powerbrokers.
... Russia, then [early 20th century] and now, constituted the
greatest potential competitive threat to American industrial and
financial supremacy... The gigantic Russian market was to be converted
into a captive market and a technical colony to be exploited by
a few high-powered American financiers and the corporations under
their control."
*
"Wars are started (and
stopped) with no shred of coherent explanation. Political words
have never matched political deeds. The reason is because the
center of political power has been elsewhere than with elected
and presumably responsive representatives in Washington, and this
power elite has its own objectives, which are inconsistent with
those of the public at large."
*
"I. G. Farben and Standard
Oil of New Jersey suppressed development of the synthetic rubber
industry in the United States, to the advantage of the German
Wehrmacht and to the disadvantage of the United States in World
War II."
*
"General Electric was prominent
in financing Hitler, it profited handsomely from war production
- and yet it managed to evade bombing in World War lI."
*
"Henry Ford and Edsel Ford
respectively contributed money to Hitler and profited from German
wartime production. Standard Oil of New Jersey, General Electric,
General Motors, and I.T.T ... made financial or technical contributions
which comprise prima facie evidence of "participating in
planning or carrying out Nazi enterprises."
*
* The financing for Hitler and
his S. S. street thugs came in part from affiliates or subsidiaries
of U.S. firms, including Henry Ford in 1922, payments by I. G.
Farben and General Electric in 1933, followed by the Standard
Oil of New Jersey and I.T.T. subsidiary payments to Heinrich Himmler
up to 1944."
*
* U.S. multi-nationals under
the control of Wall Street profited handsomely from Hitler's military
construction program in the 1930s and at least until 1942."
*****
quotations from the book
"America's Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order
of Skull and Bones"
by Antony Sutton, 1983
"There is an Establishment
history, an official history, which dominates history textbooks,
trade publishing, the media and library shelves. The official
line always assumes that events such as wars, revolutions, scandals,
assassinations, are more or less random unconnected events. By
definition events can never be the result of a conspiracy, they
can never result from premeditated planned group action.
... Woe betide any book or author that falls outside the official
guidelines. Foundation support is not there. Publishers get cold
feet. Distribution is hit and miss, or non-existent."
*
"Without controlled conflict
this New World Order will not come about... The International
bankers backed the Nazis, the Soviet Union, North Korea, North
Vietnam against the United States. The "conflict" built
profits while pushing the world ever closer to One World Government.
The process continues today."
*
"The so-called establishment
in the U.S. uses "managed conflict." The practice of
"managing" crises to bring about a favorable outcome
- favorable to the elite."
*
"The manipulation of "left"
and "right on the domestic front is duplicated in the international
field where "left" and "right" political structures
are artificially constructed and collapsed in the drive for a
one-world synthesis.
*
"College textbooks present
war and revolution as more or less accidental results of conflicting
forces. The decay of political negotiation into physical conflict
comes about, according to these books, after valiant efforts to
avoid war. Unfortunately, this is nonsense. War is always a deliberate
creative act by individuals."
*
"Western textbooks have
gigantic gaps. For example, after World War II the Tribunals set
up to investigate Nazi war criminals were careful to censor any
materials recording Western assistance to Hitler. By the same
token, Western textbooks on Soviet economic development omit any
description of the economic and financial aid given to the 1917
Revolution and subsequent economic development by Western firms
and banks."
*
"Revolution is always recorded
as a spontaneous event by the politically or economically deprived
against an autocratic state. Never in Western textbooks will you
find the evidence that revolutions need finance and the source
of the finance in many cases traces back to Wall Street."
*
"It can be argued that
our Western history is every bit as distorted, censored, and largely
useless as that of Hitler's Germany or the Soviet Union or Communist
China. No Western foundation will award grants to investigate
such topics, few Western academics can "survive" by
researching such theses and certainly no major publisher will
easily accept manuscripts reflecting such arguments."
*
"There is a largely unrecorded
history and it tells a story quite different than our sanitized
textbooks. It tells a story of the deliberate creation of war,
the knowing finance of revolution to change governments, and the
use of conflict to create a New World Order."
*
"Corporations - even large
corporations - are dominated by banks and trust companies, and
in turn these banks and trust companies are dominated by The Order
[Skull and Bones] and its allies."
*
"The intellectual world
is locked into a phony verbal battle between "left"
and "right," whereas the real struggle is the battle
between individual freedom and the encroaching power of the absolute
State.
... In the West the choice is basically between a controlled "left-oriented"
information and a controlled "right-oriented" information.
The conflict between the two controlled groups keeps an apparent
informational conflict alive. Unwelcome facts that fall into neither
camp are conveniently forgotten. Books that fall into neither
camp can be effectively neutralized because they will incur the
wrath of both "right" and "left".
In brief, any publication which points up the fallacy of the Left-Right
dichotomy is ignored... and citizens keep trooping down to the
polling booths in the belief they have a 'choice"."
*
The Bush family [was] involved
with the early development of the Soviet Union, then with financing
the Nazis.
*****
quotations from the book
"The Federal Reserve Conspiracy"
by Antony Sutton, 1995
"The world bankers have
been building an international money machine: an international
Federal Reserve System with power to control the worlds financial
and economic system."
*
"The Congress handed over
all monetary powers to the Fed [Federal Reserve] in 1913. The
Fed is a private bank, owned by banks, and pays dividends on its
shares owned only by banks. The Fed is a private Bankers Bank."
*
"The Fed has a legal monopoly
of money granted by Congress in 1913 proceedings that were unconstitutional
and fraudulent."
*
"The Congress has never
investigated the Fed and is highly unlikely to do so. No one sees
Fed accounts; they are not audited. No balance sheets are issued.
No one, but no one, ever criticizes the Fed and survives."
*
"Academicians are interested
in protecting the Fed monopoly. An academic book criticizing the
Fed will never find a publisher and the economist author would
probably find tenure denied."
ASSASSINATIONS
see John Kennedy
see Martin Luther King
"If I was president of
the United States, this is what I would do:
On the first day, I would extend an apology to all orphans and
widows and victims of U.S. foreign policy.
On the second day, I would announce that we won't intervene anywhere
else.
On the third day, I'd tell Israel, "your country is not the
51st state but a foreign country," and then reduce the military
budget 90 percent and pay reparations to all families in the world
destroyed by U.S. foreign policy.
On the fourth day, I would be assassinated."
author William Blum
"JFK [John Kennedy] , Malcolm
[X], Martin [Luther King], and [RFK [Robert Kennedy] were four
proponents of change who were murdered by shadowy intelligence
agencies using intermediaries and scapegoats under the cover of
"plausible deniability"."
James W. Douglass in his book "JFK
and the Unspeakable"
"Who were the assassins
deployed to carry out the "triangulated firing" on President
Kennedy in Dallas on November 22? ... The assassins - seven expert
riflemen in all - were part of a special team of the most expert
killers in the world that had been put together in 1943 at the
combined initiative of FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover and SOE Commander
Sir William Stephenson. Members of that team would be implicated
in the assassinations of Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. and
Senator Robert F. Kennedy."
DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence
Review, 1992
"Our collective denial
of the obvious, in the setting up of Lee Harvey Oswald and his
transparent silencing by Ruby, made possible the Dallas cover-up
of the JFK assassination. The success of the cover-up was the
indispensable foundation for the subsequent murders of Malcolm
X, Martin Luther King, and Robert Kennedy by the same forces at
work in our government - and in ourselves. Hope for change in
the world was targeted and killed four times over. The cover-up
of all four murders, each leading into the next, was based, first
of all, on denial - not the government's but our own."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"JFK [John Kennedy] , Malcolm
[X], Martin [Luther King], and [RFK [Robert Kennedy] were four
proponents of change who were murdered by shadowy intelligence
agencies using intermediaries and scapegoats under the cover of
'plausible deniability'."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"The Kennedy years saw
a continual conflict between the military and intelligence circles
and the civilian leadership of John Kennedy. His brief term as
President was marked by a constant struggle to prevent the military
and intelligence services of America particularly the Joint
Chiefs of Staff and the CIA from starting wars with Cuba,
Vietnam and the Soviet Union. The Cuban Missile Crisis was resolved
only after Robert Kennedy, JFK's brother and the Attorney General,
convinced the Russians that Kennedy was at risk of being overthrown
in a military coup, which would result in a direct nuclear war
against the USSR."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
, 2011
"John F. Kennedy and his brother
Robert ... were hated viscerally by their enemies... Their political
enemies on the right felt that their risk-taking aggressiveness
was reckless and their idealism was putting the country at risk
of being overcome by its Communist enemies. Their enemies in the
Mafia, who felt they had been ambushed by John and Robert, after
having helped their father get them elected in 1960, thought they
had been used and abused by them. The oilmen of Texas had given
at least partial support for the Democratic ticket because of
Johnson's presence, but then felt they were being double-crossed
as well."
Phillip F. Nelson in his book "LBJ:
The Mastermind of JFK's Assassination"
"John and Robert Kennedy
had become notorious in the ranks of big business. JFK's strategy
of withdrawing defense contracts and RFK's aggressive investigating
tactics toward men of power were seen as unforgivable sins by
the corporate world. As a result of the president's uncompromising
stand against the steel industry - and implicitly any corporation
that chose to defy his authority - a bitter gap opened up between
Kennedy and big business, whose most powerful elements coincided
with the military-industrial complex."
James W. Douglass in his book "JFK
and the Unspeakable"
BANK OF ENGLAND
"A cabal of English aristocrats
and bankers [created] the Bank of England in 1694. King William,
in need of money to fight a certain war, money which he couldn't
raise by taxing or borrowing, granted a charter to a favored group
of intriguers to form a bank which would be given a monopoly on
issuing English bank notes, i.e., English paper money, which would
be created out of nothing and credited to the government in return
for a government IOU, the only "backing" that would
be required. The government would pay interest on this "loan,"
making it look legitimate to the public, but the bank's even larger
payback was that it was empowered to make additional commercial
loans, at interest, using the same government IOU's as "backing,"
just as though the IOU's were hard, metallic gold. The banks,
by receiving interest on money they could create and lend out
at will, were thereby going to get rich, the king was going to
be able to raise any amount of "money" he wanted, and
the public, remaining ignorant of what was going on, was going
to pay for it all by having their savings devalued by the expansion
of the currency."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island"
"The founding of the Bank
of England by William Paterson and his friends in 1694 is one
of the great dates in world history. For generations men had sought
to avoid the one drawback of gold, its heaviness, by using pieces
of paper to represent specific pieces of gold. Today we call such
pieces of paper gold certificates. Such a certificate entitles
its bearer to exchange it for its piece of gold on demand, but
in view of the convenience of paper, only a small fraction of
certificate holders ever did make such demands. It early became
clear that gold need be held on hand only to the amount needed
to cover the fraction of certificates likely to he presented for
payment; accordingly, the rest of the gold could be used for business
purposes, or, what amounts to the same thing, a volume of certificates
could be issued greater than the volume of gold reserved for payment
of demands against them. Such an excess volume of paper claims
against reserves we now call bank notes. In effect, this creation
of paper claims greater than the reserves available means that
bankers were creating money out of nothing."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"The Bank of England, a
privately owned institution... is not subject to regulation by
the British parliament and is in effect a sovereign world power."
E. C. Knuth in his book "The
Empire of the City"
"In 1991 the Bank of England
directors decided to work out more explicitly what the bank is
for, and they came up with three main aims. Two were the usual
central bankers' goals: to protect the currency and to keep the
financial system stable. The third is to ensure the effectiveness
of the United Kingdom's financial services and advance a financial
system which enhances the international competitive position of
the City of London and other UK financial centres. In other words,
to protect and promote the City as an offshore centre."
Nicholas Shaxson in his book "Treasure
Islands"
"England is a financial
oligarchy run by the "Crown" which refers to the "City
of London" not the Queen. The City of London is run by the
Bank of England, a private corporation. The square-mile-large
City is a sovereign state located in the heart of greater London."
Henry Makow, 2004
"Montagu Norman, the arch
conservative governor of the Bank of England throughout the 1920s
... supported the aims of finance capitalism "to create a
world system of financial control in private hands, able to dominate
the political system of each country and the economy of the world
as a whole."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"Benjamin Strong, Governor
of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and Montagu Norman, Governor
of the Bank of England, who worked closely together throughout
the 1920s, decided to use the financial power of Britain and the
United States to force all the major countries of the world to
go on the gold standard and to operate it through central banks
free from all political control, with all questions of international
finance to be settled by agreements by such central banks without
interference from governments. These men were not working for
the governments and nations of whom they purportedly represented,
but "were the technicians and agents of the dominant investment
bankers of their own countries, who had raised them up and were
perfectly capable of throwing them down."
Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book
"Global Power and Global Government"
"Eventually international
bankers owned as private corporations the central banks of the
various European nations. The Bank of England, Bank of France
and Bank of Germany were not owned by their respective governments,
as almost everyone imagines, but were privately owned monopolies
granted by the heads of state, usually in return for loans."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"The Bank of England is
in effect a sovereign world power, for this privately owned institution
is not subject to regulation or control in the slightest degree
by the British Parliament... This privately owned and controlled
institution functions as the great balance wheel of the credit
of the world, able to expand or contract credit at will; and is
subject only to the orders of the "City", the City dominated
by the fortune of the House of Rothschild and the policies of
the House of Rothschild."
E. C. Knuth in his book "The
Empire of the City"
"The reason why the British
abolished the right of the Colonies to create and issue their
own money is simple: the bankers did not want the Colonists to
be able to trade among themselves without paying tribute to them
on the promises of the Bank of England, which they were forcing
the Americans to borrow for use in trading among themselves. The
objective was clear: by forcing Americans to pay interest, the
European money changers wanted to enslave the Colonies in a mountain
of debt."
Des Griffin in his book "Fourth
Reich of the Rich"
"Great Britain, which was
firmly under the control of the banking dynasties. In 1694, the
Bank of England was formed as a private central bank, which would
issue the currency of the nation, lending it to the government
and industry at interest, which would be paid back to the Bank
of England's shareholders, made up of these private banking dynasties.
The 16th to the 19th centuries was the period in which both the
nation-state and capitalism emerged, soon followed by central
banking in the late 1600s. This is when the origins of what was
known as a "world economy" took place."
Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book
"Global Power and Global Government"
"In Great Britain, where
the Bank of England is owned by the government, 97% of the money
supply is issued privately by banks as loans."
Ellen Brown
"Nothing happens on Wall
Street that is not known to the Bank of England, whose instructions
are relayed through the Morgan Bank and then put into action through
key brokerage houses.
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300"
BANK OF INTERNATIONAL
SETTLEMENTS (BIS)
"The BIS is where all of
the world's central banks meet to analyze the global economy and
determine what course of action they will take next to put more
money in their pockets, since they control the amount of money
in circulation and how much interest they are going to charge
governments and banks for borrowing from them.
... When you understand that the BIS pulls the strings of the
world's monetary system, you then understand that they have the
ability to create a financial boom or bust in a country. If that
country is not doing what the money lenders want, then all they
have to do is sell its currency. "
Joan Veon, in a 2003 article "The
Bank for International Settlements Calls for Global Currency"
"BIS regulations serve
only the single purpose of strengthening the international private
banking system, even at the peril of national economies. The IMF
and the international banks regulated by the BIS are a team: the
international banks lend recklessly to borrowers in emerging economies
to create a foreign currency debt crisis, the IMF arrives as a
carrier of monetary virus in the name of sound monetary policy,
then the international banks come as vulture investors in the
name of financial rescue to acquire national banks deemed capital
inadequate and insolvent by the BIS."
economist Henry CK Lui
"The Federal Reserve Bank
of New York is eager to enter into close relationship with the
Bank for International Settlements.The conclusion is impossible
to escape that the State and Treasury Departments are willing
to pool the banking system of Europe and America, setting up a
world financial power independent of and above the Government
of the United States.The United States under present conditions
will be transformed from the most active of manufacturing nations
into a consuming and importing nation with a balance of trade
against it."
Louis T. McFadden (1876-1936),
US Congressman (R-PA) (1915-1935), Chairman of House Banking and
Currency Committee, quoted in the New York Times (June 1930),
June 10, 1932. Poisoned in 1936
"BIS [Bank for International
Settlements] is the most powerful bank in the world, a global
central bank, owned by the U S Federal Reserve, Bank of England,
Bank of Italy, Bank of Canada, Swiss National Bank, Nederlandsche
Bank, Bundesbank, and Bank of France.
BIS holds at least 10% of monetary reserves for at least 80 of
the world's central banks, the IMF and other multilateral institutions.
It serves as financial agent for international agreements, collects
information on the global economy and serves as lender of last
resort to prevent global financial collapse."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The BIS [Bank of International
Settlements] was established to remedy the decline of London as
the world's financial center by providing a mechanism by which
a world with three chief financial centers in London, New York,
and Paris could still operate as one.
The BIS [Bank of International Settlements] was founded by the
central banks of Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands,
Japan, and the United Kingdom along with three leading commercial
banks from the United States, including J.P. Morgan & Company,
First National Bank of New York, and First National Bank of Chicago."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"[Bank for International
Settlements (BIS)] was part of a plan] to create a world system
of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political
system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole...to
be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of
the world acting in concert by secret agreements."
Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University
professor, in his book "Tragedy and Hope"
BANKING DYNASTIES
Eight families own the majority
of stock in every private central bank in the world including
the Federal Reserve.
ROTHSCHILD
ROCKEFELLER
KUHN LOEB
WARBURG
LAZARD
LEHMAN
GOLDMAN SACHS
ISRAEL MOSES SEIF
The central banks of the world
are controlled by a global oligarchy which in turn controls the
major banks and transnational corporations, the major universities,
and through fiancial manipulation the currencies amd economies
of most countries.
BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS
(BIS)
(the central bank of central banks)
BANK OF ENGLAND
FEDERAL RESERVE
The private banks below own the
most shares of the Federal Reserve and therefore control it.
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF LONDON
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF BERLIN
WARBURG BANK OF HAMBURG
WARBURG BANK OF AMSTERDAM
LAZARD BROTHERS OF PARIS
ISRAEL MOSES SEIF BANK OF ITALY
KUHN LOEB BANK OF NEW YORK
GOLDMAN SACHS OF NEW YORK
J. P. MORGAN CHASE BANK OF NEW YORK
LEHMAN BROTHERS OF NEW YORK
"We are ruled, though it
may be difficult to imagine, by a small dynastic power structure,
largely consisting of powerful banking families, such as the Rothschilds,
Rockefellers, and others. They emerged in controlling the financial
system, extended their influence over the political system, the
educational system, and, through the major foundations, have become
the dominant social powers of our world, creating think tanks
and other institutions which shape and change the course of society
and modern human history."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"Powerful private families
decide who controls the Federal Reserve, the Bank of England,
the Bank of Japan and even the European Central Bank. Money is
in their hands to destroy or create. Their aim is the ultimate
control over future life on this planet, a supremacy earlier dictators
and despots only ever dreamt of."
F. William Engdahl
"[The most important international
banking families] include Baring, Lazard, Erlanger, Warburg, Schroder,
Seligman, the Speyers, Mirabaud, Mallet, Fould, and above all
Rothschild and Morgan."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
BANKING OLIGARCHY
international banking cartel / money
trust
"During the past two centuries
when the peoples of the world were gradually winning their political
freedom from the dynastic monarchies, the major banking families
of Europe and America were actually reversing the trend by setting
up new dynasties of political control through the formation of
international financial combines. These banking dynasties had
learned that all governments must have sources of revenue from
which to borrow in times of emergency. They had also learned that
by providing such funds from their own private resources, they
could make both kings and democratic leaders tremendously subservient
to their will."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The powers of financial
capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to
create a world system of financial control in private hands able
to dominate the political system of each country and the economy
of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a
feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in
concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings
and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for
International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank
owned and controlled by the world's central banks which were themselves
private corporations."
Carroll Quigley in his book 'Tragedy
and Hope
"States, most especially
the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great
Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system,
working through secret agreements at the Bank for International
Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks
(such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)... The same
international banking cartel that controls the United States today
previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international
hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the
United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same
interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will
by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The merchant bankers of
London had already at hand in 1810-1850 the Stock Exchange, the
Bank of England, and the London money market... In time they brought
into their financial network the provincial banking centers, organized
as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies,
to form all of these into a single financial system on an international
scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that
they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one
side and industries on the other."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"Hundreds of years ago,
bankers began to specialize, with the richer and more influential
ones associated increasingly with foreign trade and foreign-exchange
transactions. Since these were richer and more cosmopolitan and
increasingly concerned with questions of political significance,
such as stability and debasement of currencies, war and peace,
dynastic marriages, and worldwide trading monopolies, they became
the financiers and financial advisers of governments.
Moreover, since their relationships with governments were always
in monetary terms and not real terms, and since they were always
obsessed with the stability of monetary exchanges between one
country's money and another, they used their power and influence
to do two things: (1) to get all money and debts expressed in
terms of a strictly limited commodity-ultimately gold; and (2)
to get all monetary matters out of the control of governments
and political authority, on the ground that they would be handled
better by private banking interests."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The influence of financial
capitalism and of the international bankers who created it was
exercised both on business and on governments, but could have
done neither if it had not been able to persuade both these to
accept two "axioms" of its own ideology. Both of these
were based on the assumption that politicians were too weak and
too subject to temporary popular pressures to be trusted with
control of the money, system; accordingly, the sanctity of all
values and the soundness of money must be protected in two ways:
by basing the value of money on gold and by allowing bankers to
control the supply of money."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The substantive financial
powers of the world were in the hands of investment bankers (also
called "international" or "merchant" bankers)
who remained largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated
private banks. These formed a system of international cooperation
and national dominance which was more private, more powerful,
and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks.
This dominance of investment bankers was based on their control
over the flows of credit and investment funds in their own countries
and throughout the world. They could dominate the financial and
industrial systems of their own countries by their influence over
the flow of current funds through bank loans, the discount rate,
and the re-discounting of commercial debts; they could dominate
governments by their control over current government loans and
the play of the international exchanges. Almost all of this power
was exercised by the personal influence and prestige of men who
had demonstrated their ability in the past to bring off successful
financial coupes to keep their word, to remain cool in a crisis,
and to share their winning opportunities with their associates.
In this system the Rothschilds had been preeminent during much
of the nineteenth century, but, at the end of that century, they
were being replaced by J. P. Morgan whose central office was in
New York, although it was always operated as if it were in London."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The merchant bankers of
London had already at hand in 1810-1850 the Stock Exchange, the
Bank of England, and the London money market when the needs of
advancing industrialism called all of these into the industrial
world which they had hitherto ignored. In time they brought into
their financial network the provincial banking centers, organized
as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies,
to form all of these into a single financial system on an international
scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that
they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one
side and industries on the other. The men who did this, looking
backward toward the period of dynastic monarchy in which they
had their own roots, aspired to establish dynasties of international
bankers and were at least as successful at this as were many of
the dynastic political rulers. The greatest of these dynasties,
of course, were the descendants of Meyer Amschel Rothschild (1743-1812)
of Frankfort, whose male descendants, for at least two generations,
generally married first cousins or even nieces. Rothschild's five
sons, established at branches in Vienna, London, Naples, and Paris,
as well as Frankfort, cooperated together in ways which other
international banking dynasties copied but rarely excelled."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"In addition to their power
over government based on government financing and personal influence,
bankers could steer governments in ways they wished them to go
by other pressures. Since most government officials felt ignorant
of finance, they sought advice from bankers whom they considered
to be experts in the field. The history of the last century shows
that the advice given to governments by bankers, like the advice
they gave to industrialists, was consistently good for bankers,
but was often disastrous for governments, businessmen, and the
people generally. Such advice could be enforced if necessary by
manipulation of exchanges, gold flows, discount rates, and even
levels of business activity."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The structure of financial
controls created by the tycoons of 'Big Banking' and 'Big Business'...
was of extraordinary complexity, one business fief being built
on another, both being allied with semi-independent associates,
the whole rearing upward into two pinnacles of economic and political
power, of which one, centered in New York, was headed by J. P.
Morgan and Company and the other, in Ohio, was headed by the Rockefeller
family. When the two cooperated, as they generally did, they could
influence the economic life of the country to a large degree and
could almost control its political life, at least at the Federal
level. They caused the "panic of 1907" and the collapse
of two railroads, one in 1914 and the other in 1929."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"In the period up to 1931,
bankers, especially the Money Power controlled by the international
investment bankers, were able to dominate both business and government.
They could dominate business, especially in activities and in
areas where industry could not finance its own needs for capital,
because investment bankers had the ability to supply or refuse
to supply such capital."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"The power of investment
bankers over governments rests on a number of factors, of which
the most significant, perhaps, is the need of governments to issue
short-term treasury bills as well as long-term government bonds.
Just as businessmen go to commercial banks for current capital
advances to smooth over the discrepancies between their irregular
and intermittent incomes and their periodic and persistent outgoes
(such as monthly rents, annual mortgage payments, and weekly wages),
so a government has to go to merchant bankers (or institutions
controlled by them) to tide over the shallow places caused by
irregular tax receipts."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"International investment
bankers took seats on the boards of directors of industrial firms,
as they had already done on commercial banks, savings banks, insurance
firms, and finance companies. From these lesser institutions they
funneled capital to enterprises which yielded control and away
from those who resisted. These firms were controlled through interlocking
directorships, holding companies, and lesser banks. They engineered
amalgamations and generally reduced competition, until by the
early twentieth century many activities were so monopolized that
they could raise their noncompetitive prices above costs to obtain
sufficient profits to become self-financing.
But before that stage was reached a relatively small number of
bankers were in positions of immense influence in European and
American economic life."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"[The] period, 1884-1933,
was the period of financial capitalism in which investment bankers
moving into commercial banking and insurance on one side and into
railroading and heavy industry on the other were able to mobilize
enormous wealth and wield enormous economic, political, and social
power. Popularly known as "Society," or the "400,"
they lived a life of dazzling splendor.
... The influence of these business leaders was so great that
the Morgan and Rockefeller groups acting together, or even Morgan
acting alone, could have wrecked the economic system of the country
merely by throwing securities on the stock market for sale, and,
having precipitated a stock-market panic, could then have bought
back the securities they had sold but at a lower price. Naturally,
they were not so foolish as to do this, although Morgan came very
close to it in precipitating the "panic of 1907."
Carroll Quigley, in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"This world is not run
by the Presidents or the Prime Ministers. It is run by the global
corporations and the banks. For it is these entities that control
the money supply and it is these entities that decide which country
lives or falls."
the dailybell.com
"The bankers control the
world's major corporations, media, intelligence agencies, think
tanks, foundations and universities."
Henry Makow
"International financier
Paul Warburg masterminded establishment of the Federal Reserve
to put control over nation's economy in hands of international
bankers. The Federal Reserve controls the money supply, which
allows manipulators to create alternate cycles of boom and bust,
ie., a roller coaster economy. This allows those in the know to
make fabulous amounts of money, but even more important, allows
the insiders to control the economy and further centralize power
in the federal government."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"Eventually international
bankers actually owned as private corporations the central banks
of the various European nations. The Bank of England, Bank of
France and Bank of Germany were not owned by their respective
governments, as almost everyone imagines, but were privately owned
monopolies granted by the heads of state, usually in return for
loans."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"In the Bolshevik Revolution
we have some of the world's richest and most powerful men financing
a movement which claims its very existence is based on the concept
of stripping of their wealth, men like the Rothschids, Rockefellers,
Schiffs, Warburgs, Morgans, Harrimans, and Milners. But obviously
these men have no fear of international Communism. It is only
logical to assume that if they financed it and do not fear it,
it must be because they control it."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"While wars and revolutions
have been useful to international bankers in gaining or increasing
control over governments, the key to such control has always been
control of money. You can control a government if you have it
in your debt; a creditor is in a position to demand the privileges
of monopoly from the sovereign. Money-seeking governments have
granted monopolies in state banking, natural resources, oil concessions
and transportation. However, the monopoly which the international
financiers most covet is control over a nation's money."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"It is in the pecuniary
interests of the international bankers to centralize political
power - and this centralization can best be achieved within a
collectivist society, such as socialist Russia, national socialist
Germany, or a Fabian socialist United States.
There can be no full understanding and appreciation of twentieth-century
American politics and foreign policy without the realization that
this financial elite effectively monopolizes Washington policy."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Rise of Hitler"
"In foreign affairs the
Council on Foreign Relations, superficially an innocent forum
for academics, businessmen, and politicians, contains within its
shell, perhaps unknown to many of its members, a power center
that unilaterally determines U.S. foreign policy. The major objective
of this submerged - and obviously subversive - foreign policy
is the acquisition of markets and economic power (profits, if
you will), for a small group of giant multi-nationals under the
virtual control of a few banking investment houses and controlling
families."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Rise of Hitler"
"There is a special breed
of international financiers whose success typically is built upon
certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity
to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile
is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the
Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments
into war for the profits they yield... As long as the mechanism
of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible
temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual
debt."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island"
"The Warburgs, Kuhn Loebs,
Goldman Sachs, Schiffs and Rothschilds have intermarried into
one big happy banking family. The Warburg family - which controls
Deutsche Bank and BNP- tied up with the Rothschilds in 1814 in
Hamburg, while Kuhn Loeb powerhouse Jacob Schiff shared quarters
with Rothschilds in 1785. Schiff immigrated to America in 1865.
He joined forces with Abraham Kuhn and married Solomon Loeb's
daughter. Loeb and Kuhn married each others sisters and the Kuhn
Loeb dynasty was consummated. Felix Warburg married Jacob Schiff's
daughter. Two Goldman daughters married two sons of the Sachs
family, creating Goldman Sachs. In 1806 Nathan Rothschild married
the oldest daughter of Levi Barent Cohen, a leading financier
in London."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"CPA Thomas D. Schauf states
that ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank branches.
He names N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin,
Warburg Bank of Hamburg, Warburg Bank of Amsterdam, Lehman Brothers
of New York, Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York,
Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, Goldman Sachs of New York and
JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"In the latter half of
the 1800s European financiers were in favor of an American Civil
War that would return the United States to its colonial status.
The Civil War, lasted from 1861 until 1865 ... during which, Congress
also set up a national bank, putting the government into partnership
with the banking interests, guaranteeing their profits."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"Our global banking system
is a global cartel, a "super-entity" in which the world's
major banks all own each other and own the controlling shares
in the world's largest multinational corporations.
... This is the real "free market," a highly profitable
global banking cartel, functioning as a worldwide financial Mafia."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2012
"The global banking cartel,
centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid
off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington].
In country after country, they have looted national economies
at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented
fashion the top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently
holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an
equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts."
David DeGraw, 2011
"The modern banking system
manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the
most astounding piece of sleight of hand that was ever invented.
Banking was conceived in inequity and born in sinBankers own the
earth. Take it away from them but leave them the power to create
money, and, with a flick of a pen, they will create enough money
to buy it back againTake this great power away from them and all
great fortunes like mine will disappear, for then this would be
a better and happier world to live inBut, if you want to continue
to be the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery,
then let bankers continue to create money and control credit."
Sir Josiah Stamp (1880-1941), President
of the Bank of England in the 1920_s, the second richest man in
Britain, speaking at the Commencement Address of the University
of Texas in 1927
"The real menace of our
republic is the invisible government, which, like a giant octopus,
sprawls its slimy length over our city, state and nation. At the
head is a small group of banking houses generally referred to
as 'international bankers.' This little coterie of powerful international
bankers virtually run our government for their own selfish ends."
John F. Hylan, 1922, Mayor of New
York, in a speech
"The world's money-lenders
became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through
the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people
have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions
as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of
International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial
banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.
... The bankers on the one hand and the political racketeers on
the other merged over a century ago under the oversight of figures
associated with the creation of the Anglo-American Empire, such
as Cecil Rhodes, Lord Alfred Milner, Colonel Mandell House, Winston
Churchill, the House of Windsor, and the Rothschilds, Schiffs,
Morgans, Harrimans, Rockefellers, Myers, and Bushes."
Richard C. Cook, 2008
"The big bankers of the
world, who practice the terrorism of money, are more powerful
than kings and field marshals, even more than the Pope of Rome
himself. They never dirty their hands. They kill no one: they
limit themselves to applauding the show.
Their officials, international technocrats, rule our countries:
they are neither presidents nor ministers, they have not been
elected, but they decide the level of salaries and public expenditure,
investments and divestments, prices, taxes, interest rates, subsidies,
when the sun rises and how frequently it rains."
Eduardo Galeano
"On September 1, 1894,
we will not renew our loans under any consideration. On September
1st we will demand our money. We will foreclose and become mortgagees
in possession. We can take two-thirds of the farms west of the
Mississippi, and thousands of them east of the Mississippi as
well, at our own price."
American Bankers Association, 1891
"We must keep the people
busy with political antagonisms... By dividing the electorate
... we'll be able to have them spend their energies at struggling
amongst themselves on questions that, for us, have no importance
whatsoever.
... Let us make use of the courts... When through the law's intervention,
the common people shall have lost their homes, they will be more
easy to control and more easy to govern, and they shall not be
able to resist the strong hand of the Government acting in accordance
with ... the control of the leaders of finance."
United States Bankers magazine,
1892
"I fear that foreign bankers
with their ... tortuous tricks will entirely control the exuberant
riches of America and use it systematically to corrupt modern
civilization. They will not hesitate to plunge the whole [world]
into wars and chaos in order that the earth should become their
inheritance."
Otto von Bismarck, Chancellor of
Germany, after the assassination of President Lincoln, 1863
"The banking cartel succeeds
in creating "false" prices for commodities such as oil,
gold and silver through their creation of bogus paper markets
(futures, ETFs, etc.), in which sometimes a hundred times or more
of the commodity is bought and sold in paper form than exists
in real physical form."
F. WIlliam Engdahl
BANKS
"The world's money-lenders
became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through
the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people
have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions
as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of
International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial
banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.
... The bankers on the one hand and the political racketeers on
the other merged over a century ago under the oversight of figures
associated with the creation of the Anglo-American Empire, such
as Cecil Rhodes, Lord Alfred Milner, Colonel Mandell House, Winston
Churchill, the House of Windsor, and, as examples of families
involved, the Rothschilds, Schiffs, Morgans, Harrimans, Rockefellers,
Myers, and Bushes."
Richard C. Cook, 2008
"Every country suspended
the gold standard at the outbreak of the war [WWI]... This removed
the automatic limitation on the supply of paper money. Then each
country proceeded to pay for the war by borrowing from the banks.
The banks created the money which they then lent by merely giving
the Government a deposit of any size against which the Government
could draw checks. The banks were no longer limited in the amount
of credit they could create because they no longer had to pay
out gold for checks on demand. Thus the creation of money in the
form of credit by the banks was limited only by the demands of
its borrowers."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"Before World War I, two
opposing systems of political economy competed for dominance in
the United States. One operated out of Wall Street, the New York
financial district that came to be the symbol of American finance.
Its most important address was 23 Wall Street, known as the "House
of Morgan." J. P. Morgan was an agent of powerful British
banking interests. The Wizards of Wall Street and the Old World
bankers pulling their strings sought to establish a national currency
that was based on the "gold standard," one created privately
by the financial elite who controlled the gold. The other system
dated back to Benjamin Franklin and operated out of Philadelphia...
The Philadelphia faction favored a bank on the model established
in provincial Pennsylvania, where a state loan office issued and
lent money, collected the interest, and returned it to the provincial
government to he used in place of taxes. President Abraham Lincoln
returned to the colonial system of government-issued money during
the Civil War; but he was assassinated, and the bankers reclaimed
control of the money machine. The silent coup of the Wall Street
faction culminated with the passage of the Federal Reserve Act
in 1913."
Ellen Brown in her book "Web
of Debt"
"You can count the number
of banks that own half of all the wealth in the U.S. economy on
just one hand. There are just five of them: Goldman Sachs, JP
Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, and Citigroup. Their
total assets equal 8.5 trillion, which is 56% of our entire economy."
Thom Hartmann
"A competent war on drugs
must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers
who 'launder' Dope, Inc.'s ill-gotten gains...Shut down the drug
money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope
cartel would choke to death on its own profits... Dope, Inc.'s
vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other
financial institutions that 'launder' the cartel's $558 billion
per year in gross revenue... Action by governments against the
drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc."
from the book "Dope. Inc.",
Executive Intelligence Review,1978
"By 2000 four giant banks
emerged to rule the US financial roost. JP Morgan Chase and Citigroup
were kings of capital on the East Coast. Together they control
52.86% of the New York Federal Reserve Bank. Bank of America and
Wells Fargo reigned supreme on the West Coast.
During the 2008 banking crisis these firms got even bigger, taking
on distressed assets for pennies on the dollar. Barclays took
over Lehman Brothers. JP Morgan Chase got Washington Mutual. Bank
of America was handed Merrill Lynch and Countrywide, while Wells
Fargo got the nation's 5th biggest bank- Wachovia."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The Four Horsemen of Banking
[Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Citigroup] own
the Four Horsemen of Oil [Shell, Chevron, British Petroleum, Exxon]
, in tandem with Deusche Bank, Banque Paribas, Barclays and other
European old money behemoths... These same Four Horsemen of Banking
are also among the top 10 stock holders of virtually every Fortune
500 corporation. "
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The institutional changes
which the 1999 Financial Services Modernization Act (FSMA) brought
about, including the concentration and centralization of power
in the hands of a small number of financial giants, largely contributed
to Wall Street's unswerving quest for global financial domination.
The tendency was towards a worldwide financial supermarket controlled
by a handful of global financial institutions which penetrate
and permeate the fabric of national economies. The sweeping deregulation
of U.S. banking imparted unprecedented powers to Wall Street's
financial conglomerates to acquire and take over banking institutions
all over the world."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The debt crisis of the
early 1980s unleashed a wave of corporate mergers, buyouts and
bankruptcies. These changes then paved the way for the consolidation
of a new generation of financiers clustered around the large merchant
banks, the institutional investors, stock brokerage firms and
large insurance companies. In this process, commercial banking
functions have coalesced with those of the investment banks and
stock brokers, leading to the consolidation of a handful of global
financial conglomerates."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"In the United States,
five banks control half the economy: JP Morgan Chase, Bank of
America, Citigroup, Wells Fargo, and Goldman Sachs Group collectively
held $8.5 trillion in assets at the end of 2011, which equals
roughly 56% of the U.S. economy. This data was according to central
bankers at the Federal Reserve. In 2007, the assets of the largest
banks amounted to 43% of the U.S. economy."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2012
BILDERBURG GROUP
"The Bilderberg Group is
the quintessential transnational planning body of the Transnational
Capitalist Class, as it is composed of the elite of the elite,
totally removed from public scrutiny, and acts as "a secretive
global think-tank"which holds the concept of a "world
government" in high regard and works to achieve these ends."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The Bilderberg group is
an organization of political leaders and international financiers
that meets secretly every spring to make global policy. There
are about 110 regulars - Rockefellers, Rothschilds, bankers, heads
of international corporations and high government officials from
Europe and North America. Each year, a few new people are invited
and, if found useful, they return to future meetings. If not,
they are discarded. Decisions reached at these secret meetings
affect every American and much of the world."
Jim Tucker's Bilderberg Diary
"In the more than fifty
years of their meetings [Bilderberg Group], the press has never
been allowed to attend, no statements have ever been released
on the attendees' conclusions, nor has any agenda for a Bilderberg
meeting been made public.
... It is certainly curious that no mainstream media outlet considers
a gathering of such figures, whose wealth far exceeds the combined
wealth of all United States citizens, to be newsworthy, when a
trip by any one of them on their own makes headline news on TV.
... Bilderberg meetings are never mentioned in the media, [because]
the mainstream press is fully owned by the Bilderbergers."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"What the Bilderberg group
intends is a global army at the disposal of the United Nations,
which is to become the world government to which all nations will
be subservient.
... A UN army must be able to act immediately, anywhere in the
world, without the delay involved in each country making its own
decision whether to participate, based on parochial considerations?"
Henry Kissinger at a Bilderberg
meeting, Spotlight Reprint, August 1991
"Since 1954, the Bilderbergers
have represented the elite and the absolute wealth of all western
nations - financiers, industrialists, bankers, politicians, business
leaders of multinational corporations, presidents, prime ministers,
finance ministers, state secretaries, World Bank and International
Monetary Fund representatives, presidents of world media conglomerates,
and military leaders."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"The international ruling
elite have established some very special and highly influential
organizations, many of which have clandestine aims and goals ...
the Bilderbergers, the Club of Rome, the Aspen Institute, the
Trilateral Commission, the Council on Foreign Relations, [and]
the Bohemian Grove."
Gary Allen in his book 'None Dare
Call It Conspiracy'
"The Bilderberg Group is
Europe's version of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). Acting
on behalf of The Committee of 300 (Queen of England), specifically
the Vatican and the Priory of Sion (French Monarchy), Knight of
Malta Dr. Joseph Retinger plotted to forge alliances with the
European Council of Princes, the CIA, and Britain's MI6, by creating
another New World Order think-tank to be known as "The Bilderberg
Group". Dr. Retinger, founder of the European Movement leading
to the founding of the European Union (EU), approached Prince
Bernhard of the Netherlands in 1952, who agreed to become its
co-founder. The Bilderberg Group has been meeting secretly behind
closed doors at irregular intervals, once or twice each year since
its formation. Its purpose is to remove independence from all
countries and permit the aristocracies tyrannical rule from behind
the military might of the United Nations."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group - An Offshoot of the Venetian Black Nobility"
"The international consortium
of financiers known as the Bilderbergers, who meet annually in
profound secrecy to determine the destiny of the western world,
is a creature of the Rockefeller-Rothschild alliance... The Rockefeller
interests work in close alliance with the Rothschilds and other
central banks."
Dr. Martin Larson from the book
"The Secrets of the Federal Reserve" by Eustace Mullins
"The man who created the
Bilderbergers is Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands. The Bilderbergers
meet once or twice a year. Those in attendance include leading
political and financial figures from the United States and Western
Europe. Prince Bernhard makes no effort to hide the fact that
the ultimate goal of the Bilderbergers is a world government.
In the meantime, while the "new world order" is being
built, the Bilderbergers coordinate the efforts of the European
and American power elites."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"The Bilderbergers are
made up of the elites from the worlds of banking, business, government
and academia - which holds top-secret meetings each year in remote
resorts in the United States and Europe - to plan what is going
to happen on the world scene in the months ahead.
... Only politicians and others who have proven their unquestioning
loyalty to the Rothschild/Rockefeller cabal are invited to Bilderberg
meetings. They must be willing tools of the super-rich and totally
dedicated to the creation of a New World Order."
Des Griffin in his book "Fourth
Reich of the Rich"
"The Bilderberg Group's
chief fear is organized resistance. Members do not want the common
people of the world to figure out at they are planning for the
world's future: mainly, a One World Government (World Company)
with a single, global marketplace, policed by one world army,
and financially regulated by one "World Bank" using
one global currency."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"In the United States, the
"independent" banking system is known as the Federal
Reserve System, a privately owned bank system interlocked with
the Bilderbergers. In Europe, the independent banking system is
run through the European Central Bank, whose monetary policies
are put together by the leading members of the Bilderberg elite."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"The intention behind each
and all of the Bilderberg meetings was about how to create an
'Aristocracy of purpose' between Europe and the United States,
and how to come to agreement on questions of policy, economics,
and strategy in jointly ruling the world. The NATO alliance was
their crucial base of operation and subversion because it afforded
them the backdrop for their plans of 'perpetual war,' or at least
for their 'nuclear blackmail' policy."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
BRITISH OLIGARCHY
"With very few exceptions,
offshore banking as a whole is under the thumb of the British
oligarchy."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Shell Oil is principally
owned by the British royal family."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"Hong Kong was set up by
the British, literally from bare rock, as a center for the drug
trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center
for the drug trade. "
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"The Hong Kong and Shanghai
Bank [HSBC] and related companies finance the opium trade. In
this, they are acting as designated agents of the British monarchy,
through the Royal Institute of International Affairs."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net - How
the Drug Empire Works
"The bulwark of the British
financial oligarchy lies in its ageless and self-perpetuating
nature, its long-range planning and prescience, its facility to
outwait and break the patience of its opponents. The transient
and temporal statesmen of Europe and particularly of Britain itself,
who have attempted to curb this monstrosity have all been defeated
by their limited tenure of confidence. Obligated to show action
and results in a too short span of years, they have been outwitted
and outwaited, deluged with irritants and difficulties; eventually
obliged to temporize and retreat. There are few who have opposed
them in Britain and America, without coming to a disgraceful end,
but many, who served them well, have also profited well."
E.C. Knuth in his book "The
Empire of The City", 1946
"The drug "industry"
is ... under the control of a single world network.
... The drug-related illegal economy is the biggest business in
the world.
... The British monarchy organized most of the Far East to conform
to the drug traffic.
... The Anglo-Dutch "offshore" banking system and related
precious metals and gems trade were designed around illegal money.
... The world drug traffic is a top-down operation under the immediate
control of the British and allied monarchies. "
www.bibliotecapleyades.net - How
the Drug Empire Works
"Queen Elizabeth II, head
of state of the United Kingdom and of 31 other states and territories,
is the legal owner of about 6,600 million acres of land, one sixth
of the earth's non ocean surface. She is the only person on earth
who owns whole countries. The value of her land holding is approximately
$28,000,000,000,000. This makes her the richest individual on
earth."
from the book "Who Owns The
World" by Kevin Cahill
"The British pre-eminence
makes the world picture of offshore banking and dirty money more
comprehensible. If the world offshore banking sector appears to
run as a single operation under British monarchy control, that
is because the same group of people who run it also run the opium
traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created to handle."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net - How
the Drug Empire Works
"The British royal family rules
the world, but they do not rule it alone. There are at least three
other actors: central banks, the legacy of Cecil Rhodes, and the
immense financial power of the biggest international banking family,
the Rothschilds."
"Who Runs The World And Controls
The Value Of Assets?" an article by Joan Veon
"Club of the Isles is a
European cartel - centered within the City of London and headed
by the House of Windsor - which controls every aspect of the global
economy -- banks, insurance and pharmaceutical companies, raw
materials, transportation, factories, major retail groups, the
stock and commodities markets, politicians and governments, media,
intelligence agencies, drugs and organized crime."
"The Windsors' Global Food
Cartel: Instrument for Starvation" an article by Executive
Intelligence Review, 1995
"The best-protected institutions
of the British oligarchy prefer to launder their dirty money through
Caribbean, Hong Kong, and similar branch operations, rather than
in London itself."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net - How
the Drug Empire Works
BUSH FAMILY DYNASTY
"I will never apologize
for the United States of America - I don't care what the facts
are."
President George H W Bush, 1988
"[George H W Bush's father]
Prescott Bush became managing partner of Brown Brothers Harriman
... ultimately the largest and politically the most important
private banking house in America."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"Prescott Bush [George
HW Bush's father] was managing partner of Brown Brothers Harriman.
... On Oct. 20, 1942, the U.S. government ordered the seizure
of Nazi German banking operations in New York City which were
being conducted by Prescott Bush.
... Under the ...Trading with the Enemy Act, the government took
over the Union Banking Corporation, in which [Prescott] Bush was
a director.
... On Oct. 28, the government issued orders seizing two Nazi
front organizations run by the Bush-Harriman bank.
... Nazi interests in the Silesian-American Corporation, long
managed by Prescott Bush and his father-in-law George Herbert
Walker, were seized under the Trading with the Enemy Act on Nov.
17,1942."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"George H W Bush's response
to the Gulf crisis of 1991 will be largely predetermined, not
by any great flashes of geopolitical insight, but rather by his
connection to the British oligarchy, to Henry Kissinger, to Israeli
and Zionist circles, to Texas oilmen in his fundraising base,
and to the Saudi Arabian and Kuwaiti royal houses"
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"Virtually all the Nazi
trade with the United States was under the supervision of the
Harriman interests and functionaries such as Prescott Bush, father
of President George [H W] Bush."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
CAPITALISM
"By allowing capital to
flow unchecked from one end of the world to the other, globalization
and abandon of sovereignty have together fostered the explosive
growth of an outlaw financial market. It is a coherent system
closely linked to the expansion of modern capitalism and based
on an association of three partners: governments, transnational
corporations and Mafias. Business is business: financial crime
is first and foremost a market, thriving and structured, ruled
by supply and demand. Big business complicity and political laisse
faire is the only way that largescale organized crime can launder
and recycle the fabulous proceeds of its activities. And the transnational
corporations need the support of governments and the neutrality
of regulatory authorities in order to consolidate their positions,
increase their profits, withstand and crush the competition, pull
off the 'deal of the century' and finance their illicit operations.
Politicians are directly involved and their ability to intervene,
depends on the backing and the funding that keep them in power."
Christian de Brie and Jean de Maillard,
Le Monde Diplomatique, 2000
"The modern pantheon of
enemies are the banking consortium; the global Elite born and
bred from mega-wealth; the academics and economists who disconnect
ideas from reality; and the scientific and military minds who
are so compartmentalized by design that they rarely know what
sort of dictatorship to which they are making their contributions."
Michael Edwards
"Capital must protect itself
in every wayDebts must be collected and loans and mortgages foreclosed
as soon as possible. When through a process of law the common
people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and
more easily governed by the strong arm of the law applied by the
central power of leading financiers. People without homes will
not quarrel with their leaders. This is well known among our principal
men now engaged in forming an imperialism of capitalism to govern
the world. By dividing the people we can get them to expend their
energies in fighting over questions of no importance to us except
as teachers of the common herd."
Civil Servants' Year Book: "The
Organizer", January 1934
"Unfettered and unregulated
capitalism is a brutal and revolutionary force that exploits human
beings and the natural world until exhaustion or collapse."
Chris Hedges
"The financial crisis [2008]
raised the curtain on a new and protracted period of painfully
low growth and greatly reduced expectations in the West, with
the American economy - like its European counterparts - facing
the prospect of years of austerity, with swinging reductions in
both government and personal expenditure, combined, for Americans
at least, with the urgency of greatly reducing its trade deficit.
Burdened by sovereign debt crises in Greece, Ireland, Portugal,
Spain and Italy, the European integration project threatens to
unravel, condemning the euro to oblivion in the process. Meanwhile
the Western economies continue to teeter on the brink of another
recession, with a further banking crisis and a full-scale slump
not to be excluded. In contrast, the Chinese, buoyed by huge foreign
exchange reserves, large trade surpluses and a high level of savings,
can look forward to many more years of fast economic growth. All
this adds up to an extraordinary and irreversible shift in power
from the West in general, and the United States in particular,
to China."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"CapitaIism, because it
seeks profits as its primary goal, is never primarily seeking
to achieve prosperity, high production, high consumption, political
power, patriotic improvement, or moral uplift. Any of these may
be achieved under capitalism, and any (or all) of them may he
sacrificed and lost under capitalism, depending on this relationship
to the primary goal of capitalist activity - the pursuit of profit."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"Our manufacturing base
has been dismantled. Speculators and swindlers have looted the
U.S. Treasury and stolen billions from small shareholders who
had set aside money for retirement or college. Civil liberties,
including habeas corpus and protection from warrantless wiretapping,
have been taken away. Basic services, including public education
and health care, have been handed over to the corporations to
exploit for profit. The few who raise voices of dissent, who refuse
to engage in the corporate happy talk, are derided by the corporate
establishment as freaks."
Chris Hedges
"The advanced capitalist
economies of North America and Europe are desperately trying to
maintain their hegemony and economic survival by means of austerity
programs which shift the burden of the depression from the wealthy
financiers and speculators who created it to the poor and working
class who must pay for it... The Western imperial powers seek
to destroy the social safety net and drive their populations into
further destitution and desperation. This is the crisis of advanced,
post-industrial capitalism - an economic system which must expand
the divide between rich and poor, create extremes of wealth and
poverty and generally perpetuate itself on the misery and poverty
of the lower classes."
Eric Draitser, Global Research,
2013
"The 2008 financial crisis
marked a fundamental shift in the relationship between China and
the United States. Nothing could or would be quite the same again.
The management of the US economy was revealed to have been fatally
flawed, a lightly regulated financial sector almost allowed to
shipwreck the entire economy. In a few short months, the crisis
served to undermine a near-universal assumption of American, and
Western, economic competence; in contrast, China's economic credentials
have been considerably burnished. The crisis at the same time
exposed the huge levels of indebtedness that have sustained the
American economy, accentuated since by the financial rescue package,
while underlining the financial strength of the Chinese economy,
now the world's largest net creditor with its massive foreign
exchange reserves. Although hardly new, the crisis finally woke
Americans up to the fact that China had become their banker, with
all this meant in terms of the shifting balance of power."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"In late October of 2012,
the CEOs of 80 major corporations and banks in the United States
banded together in order to pressure Congress to pursue an agenda
of harsh austerity measures and structural reforms... Among the
demands are to reform Medicare and Medicaid, healthcare, Social
Security, increase taxes, and generally reduce spending. All of
this amounts to a large federal program of austerity, to cut social
spending and increase taxes on the population, thus impoverishing
the population."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The engine of capitalist
expansion is now oiled by the profits of serious crime.
... It is a coherent system closely linked to the expansion of
modern capitalism and based on an association of three partners:
governments, transnational corporations, and mafias.
... Big business complicity and political laissez faire is the
only way that large-scale organized crime can launder and recycle
the fabulous proceeds of its activities. And the transnationals
need the support of governments and the neutrality 0f the regulatory
authorities in order to consolidate their positions, increase
their profits, withstand or crush the competition, pull off the
"deal of the century" and finance their illicit operations.
Politicians are directly involved, and their ability to intervene
depends on the backing and the funding that keep them in power.
... The only objective of the anti-corruption campaigns taken
up by international organizations (World Bank, IMF, and OECD)
is the "good governance" of a financial crime that is
now an integral part of market globalizations under the leadership
of the American democracy, the most corrupt on the planet."
Le Monde Diplomatique, 2000
"We find persistent recurrence
of the same names Owen Young, Gerard Swope, Hjalmar Schacht, Bernard
Baruch, etc.; the same international banks: J. P. Morgan, Guaranty
Trust, Chase Bank.
... This group of international bankers backed the Bolshevik Revolution
and subsequently profited from the establishment of a Soviet Russia.
This group backed Roosevelt and profited from New Deal socialism.
This group also backed Hitler and certainly profited from German
armament in the 1930s."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Bolshevik Revolution"
"Capitalism has been shaped
by the Washington Consensus, which was formed around the neoliberal
policies that had been imposed on developing countries by Milton
Friedman's Chicago Boys, and on Eastern Europe by Jeffrey Sachs.
The Shock Doctrine involves cutting back or eliminating social
programs, privatization, tax cuts and incentives for the wealthy,
and increasing prices on strategic goods - gasoline, fuel oil
which affect the poor more than any other segment of society."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Commercial capitalism
became institutionalized into a restrictive system, sometimes
called "mercantilism," in which merchants sought to
gain profits, not from the movements of goods but from restricting
the movements of goods. Thus the pursuit of profits, which had
earlier led to increased prosperity by increasing trade and production,
became a restriction on both trade and production, because profit
became an end in itself rather than an accessory mechanism in
the economic system as a whole."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"Capitalism and Fascism
are one under the iron mask. Fascism is the expression of Capitalism's
death struggle. War is the life blood of Capitalism; it is the
body and soul of Fascism. Capitalist economy leads inevitably
to War; Fascist economy begins and ends in war."
Kenneth Patchen, 1911-1972
"Monopoly capitalists are
the bitter enemies of laissez-faire entrepreneurs; and, given
the weaknesses of socialist central planning, the totalitarian
socialist state is a perfect captive market for monopoly capitalists,
if an alliance can be made with the socialist powerbrokers."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Bolshevik Revolution"
"Capitalism provides very
powerful motivations for economic activity because it associates
economic motivations so closely with self-interest. But this same
feature, which is a source of strength in providing economic motivation
through the pursuit of profits, is also a source of weakness owing
to the fact that so self-centered a motivation contributes very
readily to a loss of economic coordination. Each individual, just
because he is so powerfully motivated by self-interest, easily
loses sight of the role which his own activities play in the economic
system as a whole, and tends to act as if his activities were
the whole, with inevitable injury to that whole."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"There is this religion
that the United States is imposing on people. Its name is capitalism.
It's like a religion. They dedicate their whole military and every
kind of power that they have to make sure that you do not use
alternative means of development."
former UN General Assembly President
Miguel d'Escoto
"The economy is designed
to self-destruct... Many people hit a proverbial wall on this
issue because they simply cannot fathom that certain groups of
men (globalists and central bankers) view money and economy in
completely different terms than they do. The average American
lives within a tiny box when it comes to the mechanics and motivations
of finance. They think that their monetary desires and drives
are exactly the same as a globalist's. But, what they don't realize
is that the box they think in was built by globalists. This is
why the actions of big banks and the decisions of our mostly corporate
establishment run government seem so insane in the face of common
sense. We try to rationalize their behavior as "idiocy",
but the reality is that their goals are highly deliberate and
so far outside what we have been taught to expect that some of
us lack a point of reference. If you cannot see the endgame, you
will not understand the steps taken to reach it until it is too
late."
Giordano Bruno, Neithercorp Press,
2010
"It was Henry Ford who
in the 1930s built the Soviet Union's first modern automobile
plant ... and which in the 50s and 60s produced the trucks used
by the North Vietnamese to carry weapons and munitions for use
against Americans. At about the same time, Henry Ford was also
the most famous of Hitler's foreign backers, and he was rewarded
in the 1930s for this long-lasting support with the highest Nazi
decoration for foreigners."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Rise of Hitler"
"The two aims of the Party
are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish
once and for all the possibility of independent thought.
The capitalists owned everything in the world, and everyone else
was their slave. They owned all the land, all the houses, all
the factories, and all the money. If anyone disobeyed them they
could throw him into prison, or they could take his job away and
starve him to death."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
CARROLL QUIGLEY
(1910 - 1977) historian and professor
at Georgetown University
wrote "Tragedy and Hope" the seminal book on the international
financial oligarchy
"The powers of financial
capitalism had a far-reaching aim - nothing less than to create
a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate
the political system of each country and the economy of the world
as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion
by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret
agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences.
Each central bank... sought to dominate its government by its
ability to control treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges,
to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and
to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards
in the business world.
... The American branch of this 'English Establishment exerted
much of its influence through five American newspapers (the New
York Times, the New York Herald Tribune, the Christian Science
Monitor, the Washington Post, and the Boston Evening Transcript."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"During the past two centuries
when the peoples of the world were gradually winning their political
freedom from the dynastic monarchies, the major banking families
of Europe and America were actually reversing the trend by setting
up new dynasties of political control through the formation of
international financial combines. These banking dynasties had
learned that all governments must have sources of revenue from
which to borrow in times of emergency. They had also learned that
by providing such funds from their own private resources, they
could make both kings and democratic leaders tremendously subservient
to their will."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"The substantive financial
powers of the world were in the hands of investment bankers (also
called "international" or "merchant" bankers)
who remained largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated
private banks. These formed a system of international cooperation
and national dominance which was more private, more powerful,
and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks.
This dominance of investment bankers was based on their control
over the flows of credit and investment funds in their own countries
and throughout the world. They could dominate the financial and
industrial systems of their own countries by their influence over
the flow of current funds through bank loans, the discount rate,
and the re-discounting of commercial debts; they could dominate
governments by their control over current government loans and
the play of the international exchanges. Almost all of this power
was exercised by the personal influence and prestige of men who
had demonstrated their ability in the past to bring off successful
financial coupes to keep their word, to remain cool in a crisis,
and to share their winning opportunities with their associates.
In this system the Rothschilds had been preeminent during much
of the nineteenth century, but, at the end of that century, they
were being replaced by J. P. Morgan whose central office was in
New York, although it was always operated as if it were in London."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"[John Ruskin became Professor
of Fine Arts at Oxford University in 1870] Ruskin wrote to the
Oxford undergraduates as members of the privileged, ruling class.
He told them they were the possessors of a magnificent tradition
of education, beauty, rule of law, freedom, decency, and self-discipline
but that this tradition could not be saved, and did not deserve
to be saved, unless it could be extended to the lower classes
of England itself and to the non-English masses throughout the
world. If this precious tradition were not extended to these two
great majorities, the minority of upper-class Englishmen would
ultimately be submerged by these majorities and the tradition
lost. To prevent this, the tradition must be extended to the masses
and to the empire.
... Ruskin's message had a sensational impact. His inaugural lecture
was copied out in longhand by one undergraduate, Cecil Rhodes,
who kept it with him for thirty years. [Cecil] Rhodes (1853-1902)
feverishly exploited the diamond and gold fields of South Africa,
rose to be prime minister of the Cape Colony (1890-96), contributed
money to political parties, controlled parliamentary seats both
in England and South Africa. Rhodes inspired devoted support for
his goals in South Africa and in England. With financial support
from Lord Rothschild and Alfred Beit, he was able to monopolize
the gold mines of South Africa as De Beers Consolidated Mines
and to build up a great gold mining enterprise as Consolidated
Goldfields. In the middle of the 1890s Rhodes had a personal income
of at least a million pounds sterling (then about five million
dollars) which he spent so freely for his mysterious purposes
that he was usually overdrawn on his account. These purposes centered
on his desire to federate the English-speaking people and to bring
all the habitable portions of the world under their control. For
this purpose, Rhodes left part of his great fortune to found the
Rhodes Scholarships at Oxford in order to spread the English ruling
class tradition throughout the English-speaking world as Ruskin
had wanted."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"The efforts of financiers
to separate ownership from control were aided by the great capital
demands of modern industry. Such demands for capital made necessary
the corporation form of business organization. This inevitably
brings together the capital owned by a large number of persons
to create an enterprise controlled by a small number of persons.
The financiers did all they could to make the former number as
large as possible and the latter number as small as possible.
The result of this was that larger and larger aggregates of wealth
fell into the control of smaller and smaller groups of men."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
CECIL RHODES
"The Rhodes Scholarships,
established by the terms of Cecil Rhodes' seventh will, are known
to everyone. What is not so widely known is that Rhodes in five
previous wills left his fortune to form a secret society, which
was to devote itself to the preservation and expansion of the
British Empire. And what does not seem to be known to anyone is
that this secret society was created by Rhodes and principal trustee,
Lord Miler, and continues to exist to this day.
... In this secret society Rhodes was to be leader ... and others
were listed as potential members of a "Circle of Initiates;"
while there was to be an outer circle known as the Association
of Helpers" (later organized by Miler as the Round Table
organization)."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"Why should we not join
a secret society with but one object: the furtherance of the British
Empire, for the bringing of the whole uncivilized world under
British rule, for the recovery of the United States, for the making
of the Anglo-Saxon race but one Empire."
Cecil Rhodes' "Confession
of Faith" attached to his will
"In 1888 Cecil Rhodes made his third will leaving everything
to Lord Nathan Mayer Rothschild, with an accompanying letter setting
up a 'secret society'. The central part of the 'secret society'
was established by March, 1891, using Rhodes' money. The organization
- The Round Table - worked behind the scenes at the highest levels
of British government, influencing foreign policy."
Frank Aydelotte in his book "American
Rhodes Scholarships"
"The Rhodes Scholarships, established by the terms of
Cecil Rhodes' seventh will, are known to everyone. What is not
so widely known is that Rhodes in five previous wills left his
fortune to form a secret society, which was to devote itself to
the preservation and expansion of the British Empire... Funding
of this organization later came from groups associated with J.P.
Morgan, and the Rockefeller and Whitney families."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"[In 1901, Cecil Rhodes
chose Alfred Milner as his successor within a secret society of
which the purpose was] the extension of British rule throughout
the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United
Kingdom and of colonization by British subjects of all lands wherein
the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labor, and enterprise...
[with] the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as
an integral part of a British Empire, the consolidation of the
whole Empire, the inauguration of a system of Colonial Representation
in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the
disjointed members of the Empire, and finally the foundation of
so great a power as to hereafter render wars impossible and promote
the best interests of humanity."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
CENTRAL BANKS
Almost all sovereign nations in
the world have central banks that are controlled by a global banking
oligarchy made up of the largest private banks and a few international
banking families.
BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS
(BIS)
(the central bank of central banks - located in Basel, Switzerland)
BANK OF ENGLAND (Great Britain)
FEDERAL RESERVE (United States)
THE CENTRAL BANK OF ALMOST EVERY COUNTRY IN THE WORLD
The ten private banks listed below
own the majority of shares in the Federal Reserve, and therefore
control it.
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF LONDON
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF BERLIN
WARBURG BANK OF HAMBURG
WARBURG BANK OF AMSTERDAM
LAZARD BROTHERS OF PARIS
ISRAEL MOSES SEIF BANK OF ITALY
KUHN LOEB BANK OF NEW YORK
GOLDMAN SACHS OF NEW YORK
J. P. MORGAN CHASE BANK OF NEW YORK
LEHMAN BROTHERS OF NEW YORK
Before the September 11, 2001 attacks,
the countries listed below did not have privately-owned
central banks.
Their banks were government-owned and -controlled.
AFGHANISTAN
IRAQ
SUDAN
LIBYA
CUBA
NORTH KOREA
IRAN
BRAZIL
VENEZUELA
INDIA
CHINA
Following the September 11, 2001
attacks, each of countries below experienced "regime change"
by Western governments, as part of the "War on Terror".
As a result, these four countries, which previously had government-owned
central banks, now had central banks that were controlled by a
private global banking oligarchy.
AFGHANISTAN
IRAQ
SUDAN
LIBYA
"The central banking system
has been the most powerful network of institutions in the world;
it reigns supreme over the capitalist world order, almost since
its inception. Central banks are the perfect merger of private
interests and public power.
... Central banks work behind the scenes; their weapons are the
financial instruments they create and employ. With the stroke
of a pen, they can destroy a nation and bankrupt a people."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"Central banks have utilized
and promoted wars for their own profit, starting with the Rothschild
involvement with the Napoleonic wars, and continuing up to the
present day."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island"
"The most vital and powerful
force within the capitalist global political economy [is] the
central banking system... the central banking system, is also
the source of the greatest wealth and power, essentially managing
capitalism - controlling the credit and debt of both government
and industry."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"Mayer Amschel Bauer Rothschild's
five sons were sent to the major capitals of Europe - London,
Paris, Vienna, Berlin and Naples - with the mission of establishing
a banking system that would be outside government control. The
economic and political systems of nations would be controlled
not by citizens but by bankers, for the benefit of bankers. Eventually,
a privately-owned "central bank" was established In
nearly every country. This central banking system has now gained
control over the economies of the world. Central banks have the
authority to print money in their respective countries, and it
is from these banks that governments must borrow money to pay
their debts and fund their operations. The result is a global
economy in which not only industry but government itself runs
on "credit" (or debt) created by a banking monopoly
headed by a network of private central banks."
"Central banking functions
on the expansion and creation of money and debt, which is lent
at interest, thus serving as the source of income for the central
banking system."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"It must not be felt that
these heads of the world's chief central banks were themselves
substantive powers in world finance. They were not. Rather, they
were the technicians and agents of the dominant investment bankers
of their own countries, who had raised them up and were perfectly
capable of throwing them down. The substantive financial powers
of the world were in the hands of these investment bankers (also
called 'international' or 'merchants' bankers) who [remained]
largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated (private
banks.] These formed a system of international cooperation and
national dominance which was more private, more powerful, and
more secret than that of their agents in the central banks."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"States, most especially
the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great
Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system,
working through secret agreements at the Bank for International
Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks
(such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve). The state
is thus owned by an international banking cartel, and though the
state acts in such a way that proves its continual relevance in
the global economy, it acts so not in terms of self-interest for
the state itself, but for the powerful interests that control
that state. The same international banking cartel that controls
the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and
held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order
faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global
economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be
used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel;
they are simply tools."
Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book
"Global Power and Global Government"
"Iran is one of only three
countries left in the world whose central bank is not under Rothschild
control. As of the year 2000, there were seven countries without
a Rothschild-owned Central Bank: Afghanistan, Iraq, Sudan, Libya,
Cuba, North Korea and Iran. By 2003, however, Afghanistan and
Iraq were swallowed up by the Rothschild octopus, and by 2011
Sudan and Libya were also gone.
Today [2013] the only countries
left without a Central Bank owned by the Rothschild Family are:
Cuba, North Korea, Iran.
Pete Papaherakles, americanfrepress.net, Feb. 10, 2012
"The first step in having
a Central Bank established in a country is to get them to accept
an outrageous loans, which puts the country in debt of the Central
Bank and under the control of the Rothschilds. If the country
does not accept the loan, the leader of this particular country
will be assassinated and a Rothschild aligned leader will be put
into the position, and if the assassination does not work, the
country will be invaded and have a Central Bank established with
force all under the name of terrorism."
www.godlikeproductions.com, 10/23/11
"The private issuance of
a nation's money has given tremendous power to central bankers,
a power so great that even democratically elected governments
are subservient to them. Governments are not in control of the
economy; it is the all-powerful banksters who create the money,
determine interest rates, and decide who gets loans and who doesn't."
Gabriel Donohoe
"There are few historians
who would challenge the fact that the funding of World War I,
World War II, the Korean War, and the Vietnam War was accomplished
... through the Federal Reserve System. An overview of all wars
since the establishment of the Bank of England in 1694 suggests
that most of them would have been greatly reduced in severity,
or perhaps not even fought at all, without fiat money. It is the
ability of governments to acquire money without direct taxation
that makes modern warfare possible, and a central bank has become
the preferred method of accomplishing that."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island"
CHATHAM HOUSE
Royal Institute of International Affairs
(RIAA)
"To establish a trust, to
and for the establishment and promotion and development of a secret
society [the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA)],
the true aim and object whereof shall be the extension of British
rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration
from the United Kingdom and the colonization by British subjects
of all lands wherein the means of livelihood are attainable by
energy, labor, and enterprise, and especially the occupation by
British settlers of the entire continent of Africa, the Holy Land,
the valley of the Euphrates, the islands of Cyprus and Candia,
the whole of South America, the islands of the Pacific not heretofore
possessed by Great Britain, the whole of the Malay Archipelago,
the seaboard of China and Japan, the ultimate recovery of the
United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire,
the consolidation of the whole Empire, the inauguration of a system
of colonial representation in the Imperial Parliament which may
tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire, and
finally, the foundation of so great a power as to hereafter render
wars impossible and promote the best interests of humanity."
Cecil Rhodes's last will and testiment,
1877
"The Royal Institute of
International Affairs (RIIA) [Chatham House] and its leading personnel
control not only the Far Eastern drug traffic but every important
dirty money operation on the surface of he globe."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"The Royal Institute of
International Affairs (RIIA) ... control not only the Far Eastern
drug traffic but every important dirty money operation on the
surface of the globe."
http://911truthnc.blogspot.com,
2009
"The Royal Institute of
International Affairs (RIIA), effectively now completely controls
the entire global business, banking and political system of the
world including the Vatican. Its sub-branches illustrate
its stagering global power.
* Council of Foreign Relations
(USA)
* Trilateral Commission (USA)
* Australian Institute of International Affairs
* Canadian Institute of International Affairs
* Danish Institute of International Affairs
* Hungarian Institute of International Affairs
* Institute of International Affairs Italy
* Japan Institute of International Affairs
* Institute of International Affairs Prague
* Netherlands Institute of International Affairs
* Norwegian Institute of International Affairs
* South African Institute of International Affairs
* Swedish Institute of International Affairs
The RIIA changed its name to
Chatham House on September 1, 2004."
John D. Christian in his book "Hidden Secrets on the Alpha
Course"
CHINA
"The Chinese state has,
ever since Confucius if not earlier, been perceived as the embodiment
and guardian of Chinese civilization, which is why, in both the
dynastic and Communist eras, it has enjoyed such huge authority
and legitimacy. Amongst its constellation of responsibilities,
the state, most importantly of all, has the sacred task of maintaining
the unity of Chinese civilization. Unlike in the Western tradition,
the role of government has no boundaries; rather like a parent,
with which it is often compared, there are no limits to its authority.
Paternalism is regarded as a desirable and necessary characteristic
of government."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"China has borne witness
to the greatest poverty-reduction programme ever seen, with the
number of people living in poverty falling from 250 million at
the start of the reform process in 1978 to 80 million by the end
of 1993, 29 million in 2001, and 26 million in 2007, thereby accounting
for three-quarters of global poverty reduction during this period."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"The Chinese leadership
has displayed great patience and considerable competence at tackling
a succession of difficult and elusive problems. At the end of
the nineties, for example, the government was faced with three
extremely difficult domestic issues: closing a very large number
of loss-making state enterprises; overhauling the state banks,
which were saddled with a large and rising proportion of non-performing
loans, mainly to indebted state enterprises; and strengthening
the weak fiscal position of central government. A decade later,
the government had fundamentally overcome these problems, having
greatly reduced the problem of indebted state enterprises, transformed
the condition of the banking system and improved its own finances.
Given its scale and speed, China's economic transformation is
surely the most extraordinary in human history... The government's
economic strategy, shrewd and far-sighted has been very successful,
resulting in stellar economic growth an rise in per capita income
from $339 in 1990 to over $4,000 in 2010. Economic growth is no
longer confined to a few 'islands' but has spread out in waves
to most provinces of China... In a remarkably short space of time,
China has become the centre of global manufacturing... In 2011,
China became the world's largest manufacturing country in terms
of output, bringing to an end a period of 110 years during which
the United States had occupied that position."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"For the Chinese leadership,
the objective of economic reform was never Westernization, but
rather a desire to restore the Party's legitimacy after Mao through
economic growth, and thereby build a strong nation and state.
Political stability was accorded the highest priority."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"The Chinese state has
consistently been seen as the apogee of society, enjoying sovereignty
over all else. In European societies, in contrast, the power of
government has historically been subject to competing sources
of authority, such as the Church, the nobility and rising commercial
interests. In effect government was obliged to share its power
with other groups and institutions. In China, at least for the
last millennium, these either did not exist (there was no organized
and powerful Church) or were regarded, and saw themselves, as
subordinate (for example, the merchant class); the idea that different
sources of authority could and should coexist was seen as ethically
wrong."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"One of the most fundamental
features of Chinese politics concerns the overriding emphasis
placed on the country's unity. This is remains by far the most
important question in China's political life. Its origins lie
not in the short period since China became a nation-state, but
in the experience and idea of Chinese civilization. The fact that
China has spent so much of its history in varying degrees of disunity,
and at such great cost, has taught the Chinese that unity is sacrosanct."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"The task of the [Chinese
Communist] Party is to govern, while the people are left free
to get on with the business of transforming their living standards
and enjoying the rewards of rising incomes and a growing variety
of consumer goods. Money-making, meanwhile, has replaced politics
as the most valued and respected form of social activity, including
within the Party itself."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"The fact that the Chinese
regard themselves as superior to the rest of the human race, and
that this belief has a strong racial component, will confront
the rest of the world with a serious problem. It is one thing
to hold such attitudes when China is relatively poor and powerless,
quite another for those attitudes to inform a country when it
enjoys huge global power and influence. Of course, there is a
clear parallel with European and Western attitudes, which have
similarly been based on an abiding sense of superiority rooted
in cultural and racial beliefs. There are, though, two obvious
differences: first, China's hubris has a much longer history and
second, the Chinese represent one-fifth of the world's population,
a far larger proportion than, for example, Britain or the United
States at their zenith have ever constituted. Precisely how this
sense of superiority will inform China's behaviour as a global
superpower is a crucial question."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"The roots of China's sense
of difference, superiority and greatness lie not in its recent
past as a nation-state but in its much longer history and existence
as a civilization-state. There are two key elements to this. First,
there is China's belief in its cultural superiority, which dates
back at least two millennia. Second, there is the idea of China's
racial superiority, which is closely linked to its cultural hubris
and which anchors that hubris in nature: that to be born Chinese,
rather than as a 'foreigner', 'barbarian' or 'foreign devil',
carries a special status and significance. Together they constitute
what might be described as the Middle Kingdom mentality."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"China lent more money
to the entire developing world than was lent by the World Bank:
specifically, the China Development Bank and China Export-Import
Bank (often known as the China Exim Bank) signed loans of at least
$110 billion to other developing country governments and companies
during those two years, while the equivalent arms of the World
Bank made loan commitments of $100.3 billion. Already, in other
words, the China Development Bank and the China Exim Bank are
becoming more important institutions in the funding of the developing
world than the World Bank."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"The main political impact
of China on the world will be its Confucian tradition, its lack
of a Western-style democracy or tradition, the centrality of the
state and the relative weakness of any civil society that is likely
to develop. Even a more democratic China will be profoundly different
from the Western model."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"At the heart of the Chinese
model is a hyperactive and omnipresent state, which enjoys a close
relationship with a powerful body of SOEs (state-owned enterprises),
a web of connections with the major firms in the private sector,
and has masterminded China's economic transformation. The Chinese
state is a highly dynamic institution that has been subject to
a constant process of reform. Based on experimentation and trial
and error, it has been continuously restructured, with institutions
regularly re-purposed and incentivized. This picture contrasts
with the neo-liberal view that is still dominant in the West,
which sees the state as inevitably prone to ossification, atrophy
and anachronism."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"The attitude of the Chinese
towards the state is very different to that of Westerners. For
the latter, the state is an outsider, a stranger, even an interloper,
whose presence should, as far as possible, be limited and confined...
In China, in contrast, the state and society are seen as on the
same side and part of the same endeavour: the state enjoys the
status of an intimate and is treated like a member of the family,
not just any member but the head of the family - the patriarch
himself. We can only understand the immense authority of the Chinese
state in these terms, an authority which has been reinforced by
the fact that, unlike in the West, it has had no serious rivals
for over a millennium."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
CIA (CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE
AGENCY)
see INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES
CITY OF LONDON
"When people hear of 'The
Crown' they automatically think of the King or Queen [of England];
when they hear of 'London' or 'The City' they instantly think
of the capital of England in which the monarch has his or her
official residence.
... When we speak of 'The City' we are in fact referring to a
privately owned Corporation - or Sovereign State - occupying an
irregular rectangle of 677 acres and located right in the heart
of the 610 square mile 'Greater London' area.
... The 'Crown' is a committee of twelve to fourteen men who rule
the independent sovereign state known as London or 'The City.'
'The City' is not part of England. It is not subject to the Sovereign.
It is not under the rule of the British parliament. Like the Vatican
in Rome, it is a separate, independent state. It is the Vatican
of the commercial world.
The City, which is often called "the wealthiest square mile
on earth, is ruled over by a Lord Mayor. Here are grouped together
Britain's great financial and commercial institutions: Wealthy
banks, dominated by the privately-owned (Rothschild controlled)
Bank of England."
Des Griffin in his book "Descent
Into Slavery?"
"The merchant bankers of
London had already at hand in 1810-1850 the Stock Exchange, the
Bank of England, and the London money market... In time they brought
into their financial network the provincial banking centers, organized
as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies,
to form all of these into a single financial system on an international
scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that
they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one
side and industries on the other."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"In the heart of London,
England, the financial district is known as 'The City,' or the
'Square Mile.' All major British banks have their main offices
here, along with branch offices for 385 foreign banks, including
70 from the United States... It is virtually the financial hub
of the world."
David Allen Rivera in his book "Final Warning: A History
of the New World Order"
"England, Scotland, Wales,
and, especially, Northern Ireland, are today little more than
slave plantations and social engineering laboratories, serving
the needs of ...the City of London.
European dynastic families constitute a financial oligarchy; they
are the power behind the Windsor throne [Britain]. They view themselves
as the heirs to the Venetian oligarchy, which infiltrated and
subverted England from the period 1509-1715, and established a
new, more virulent, Anglo-Dutch-Swiss strain of the oligarchic
system of imperial Babylon, Persia, Rome, and Byzantium.
The City of London dominates the world's speculative markets.
A tightly interlocking group of corporations, involved in raw
materials extraction, finance, insurance, transportation, and
food production, controls the lion's share of the world market,
and exerts virtual ``choke point'' control over world industry."
historian Jeffrey Steinberg
"Both E. C. Knuth, in his
book 'Empire of the City', and Des Griffin, in his book 'Descent
into Slavery', stated their belief that 'The City' is actually
a sovereign state (much like the Vatican), and that since the
establishment of the privately owned Bank of England in 1694,
'The City' has actually become the last word in the country's
national affairs, with Prime Minister, Cabinet, and Parliament
becoming only a front for the real power. According to Knuth,
when the Queen enters 'The City,' she is subservient to the Lord
Mayor (under him, is a committee of 12-14 men, known as 'The Crown'),
because this privately-owned corporation is not subject to the
Queen, nor to Parliament."
David Allen Rivera in his book
"Final Warning: A History of the New World Order"
"England is a financial
oligarchy run by the "Crown" which refers to the "City
of London" not the Queen. The City of London is run by the
Bank of England, a private corporation. The square-mile-large
City is a sovereign state located in the heart of greater London."
Henry Makow, 2004
CLIMATE CHANGE
see Global Warming
CLUB OF ROME
"Club of Rome is a conspiratorial
umbrella organization, a marriage between Anglo-American financiers
and the old Black Nobility families of Europe, particularly the
so-called "nobility" of London, Venice and Genoa. The
key to the successful control of the world is their ability to
create and manage savage economic recessions and eventual depressions.
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300"
"The Club of Rome (COR)
was established with a membership of 75 prominent scientists,
industrialists, and economists from 25 countries. Along with the
Bilderbergers, it has become one of the most important foreign
policy arms of the Roundtable group."
David Allen Rivera in is book "Final
Warning: A History of the New World Order"
"There is no other viable
alternative to the future survival of civilization than a new
global community under a common leadership."
Club of Rome website
"The Club of Rome is a
premiere think tank composed of approximately 100 members including
leading scientists, philosophers, political advisors and many
others who lurk in the shadows of power."
Brent Jessop, Global Research,
2008
"The solution of these
crises can be developed only in a global context with full and
explicit recognition of the emerging world system and on a long-term
basis. This would necessitate, among other changes, a new world
economic order and a global resources allocation system."
from a Club of Rome book called
"Mankind at the Turning Point"
"The global warming myth
is an extension of The Club of Rome's activities."
Brent Jessop, Global Research,
2008
"The Club of Rome will
encourage the creation of a world forum where statesmen, policy-makers,
and scientists can discuss the dangers and hopes for the future
global system without the constraints of formal intergovernmental
negotiation."
The Club of Rome book "The
Limits to Growth", 1972
"On September 17, 1973,
The Club of Rome released a Report called the "Regionalized
and Adaptive Model of the Global World System"." It
revealed the Club's goal of dividing the world into ten political/economic
regions, which would unite the entire world under a single form
of government. These regions are North America, Western Europe,
Eastern Europe, Japan, Rest of Developed World, Latin America,
Middle East, Rest of Africa, South and Southeast Asia, and China."
David Allen Rivera in his book
"Final Warning"
"The international bankers'
Club of Rome arm advocated depopulation of the world's undesirable
poor."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The Club of Rome has indicated
that genocide should be used to eliminate people who they refer
to as 'useless eaters."
David Allen Rivera in his book
"Final Warning"
CLUB OF THE ISLES
"The Club of the Isles
provides capital for George Soros' Quantum Fund NV - which made
substantial financial gains in 1998-99 following the collapse
of currencies of Thailand, Indonesia and Russia. Soros was a major
shareholder at George W. Bush's Harken Energy. The Club of Isles
is led by the Rothschilds and includes Queen Elizabeth II and
other wealthy European aristocrats and Nobility."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"Club of the Isles is a
vast network of private financial interests, controlled by the
leading aristocratic and royal families of Europe. It is modeled
on the 17th-century British and Dutch East India Company models.
The Rothschild family has been at the financial heart of the Club
of the Isles.
The Club of the Isles is centered in the City of London."
William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence
Review, 1997
"The "Club of the
Isles" is an informal association of predominantly European-based
royal households including the Queen [of England]. The Club of
the Isles commands an estimated $10 trillion in assets. It lords
over such corporate giants as Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical
Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc,
and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply of petroleum,
gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials; and deploys
these assets at the disposal of its geopolitical agenda.
Its goal: to reduce the human population from its current level
to below one billion people within the next two to three generations;
to literally ``cull the human herd'' in the interest of retaining
their own global power and the feudal system upon which that power
is based."
Henry Makow, 2004
"The Rothschild's are founding
members of the exclusive $10 trillion Club of the Isles - which
controls corporate giants Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical
Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Barclays, Lonrho, Rio
Tinto Zinc, BHP Billiton and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates
the world supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other
vital raw materials."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The Club of Isles is led
by the Rothschilds and includes Queen Elizabeth II and other wealthy
European aristocrats and Black Nobility."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"Club of the Isles is
a European cartel - centered within the City of London and headed
by the House of Windsor - which controls every aspect of the global
economy -- banks, insurance and pharmaceutical companies, raw
materials, transportation, factories, major retail groups, the
stock and commodities markets, politicians and governments, media,
intelligence agencies, drugs and organized crime."
"The Windsors' Global
Food Cartel: Instrument for Starvation" an article from Executive
Intelligence Review, 1995
"You will not read about the Club of the Isles in any
textbook or popular magazine. It is unincorporated and it has
no membership lists. Yet, as an informal association of predominantly
European-based royal households and princely families, the Club
of the Isles commands an estimated $10 trillion in assets. It
lords over such corporate giants as Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial
Chemical Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Lonrho, Rio Tinto
Zinc, and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply
of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials;
and deploys these assets not merely in the pursuit of wealth,
but as resources at the disposal of its geopolitical agenda. Its
goal: to reduce the human population from its current level of
over 5 billion people to below 1 billion people within the next
two to three generations in the interest of retaining their own
global power and the feudal system upon which that power is based."
"The Coming Fall of the
House of Windsor" an article from The New Federalist newspaper,
1994
"Club of the Isles is
an immensely influencial network of institutions and companies
controlled by the British House of Windsor and the Black Nobility
European dynastic families. It is a web of interlocking directorships
which hold independent companies in a network of common control
and common agenda.
European dynastic family members of this web include: House of
Guelph/House of Windsor, Britain; House of Wettin, Belgium; House
of Bernadotte, Sweden; House of Liechtenstein, Liechtenstein;
House of Oldenburg, Denmark; House of Hohenzollern, Germany; House
of Hanover, Germany (the second most important one); House of
Bourbon, France; House of Orange, Netherlands; House of Grimaldi,
Monaco; House of Wittelsbach, Germany; House of Braganza, Portugal;
House of Nassau, Luxembourg; House of Habsburg, Austria; House
of Savoy, Italy; House of Karadjordjevic, Yugoslavia (former);
House of Württemberg, Germany; House of Zogu, Albania.
Bank and corporate members include: The Bank of England, Anglo-American
Corp of South Africa, Rio Tinto, De Beers Consolidated Mines and
De Beers Centenary AG, N.M. Rothchild Bank, Barclays Bank, Lloyds
Bank, Midland Bank, National Westminster Bank, Barings Bank, Schroders
Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Hambros Bank, S. G. Warburg, Toronto
Dominion Bank, Lazard Brothers, Lonrho, J. P. Morgan and Co, British
Petroleum. Shell and Royal Dutch Petroleum, General Electric,
HSBS Holdings (Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank), Imperial Chemical
Industries, ING Group, Jardine Matheson, Peninsular and Oriental
Steam Navigation Co, Reuters, GlaxoSmithKline, Unilever, Vickers.
Environmental Organizations established and controlled by the
Club of the Isles include: World Wildlife Fund, Greenpeace, Friends
of the Earth, Sierra Club, Earth First, Sea Shepard, Rainforest
Action Network."
David Icke in his book "The
Biggest Secret"
COMMITTEE OF 300
"The Committee of 300 is
an "aristocracy" claiming ownership of the U.S. Federal
Reserve banking system, and globally, insurance companies, corporations,
foundations, and communications networks. It has front organizations,
including the Royal Institute for International Affairs (Chatham
House), the Club of Rome, NATO, U.N., the Black Nobility, Council
on Foreign Relations (CFR) and affiliated organizations, think
tanks and research institutions, and the military establishment.
The Committee of 300 is the ultimate secret society made up of
an untouchable ruling class, which includes the Queen of the United
Kingdom (Elizabeth II), the Queen of the Netherlands, the Queen
of Denmark and the royal families of Europe. These aristocrats
decided at the death of Queen Victoria, the matriarch of the Venetian
Black Guelphs that, in order to gain world-wide control, it would
be necessary for its aristocratic members to "go into business"
with the non-aristocratic but extremely powerful leaders of corporate
business.
... Some notable members of the Committee of 300 include: The
British royal family, Dutch royal family, House of Hapsburg, House
of Orange, Duke of Alba, Prince Philip Duke of Edinburgh, Lord
Carrington, Lord Halifax, Lord Alfred Milner, John Jacob and Waldorf
of the Astor Illuminati bloodline, Winston Churchill, Cecil Rhodes,
Queen Elizabeth II, Queen Juliana, Queen Beatrix, Queen Magreta,
King Haakon of Norway, Colonel Mandel House, Aldous Huxley, John
Forbes, Averill Harriman, William and McGeorge Bundy, George Bush,
Prescott Bush, Henry Kissinger, J.P. Morgan, Maurice Strong, David
Rockefeller, David and Evelyn Rothschild, Paul, Max and Felix
Warburg, Ormsby and Al Gore, Bertrand Russell, Sir Earnest and
Harry of the Oppenheimer Illuminati bloodline, Warren Buffet,
Giuseppe Mazzini, Sir William Hesse, George Schultz, H.G. Wells,
and Ted Turner."
"The Committee of 300:
A Brief History of World Power:
Venetian Black Nobility - Roots of Today's Ruling Oligarchy"
an article by Dr. John Coleman
"Committee of 300 front
organizations, include the Royal Institute for International Affairs
(Chatham House), the Club of Rome, NATO, U.N., the Black Nobility,
the Tavistock Institute, CFR and all its affiliated organizations,
the think tanks and research institutions controlled by Stanford
and the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations and last, but certainly
not least, the military establishment."
John Coleman, 2012
"In 1991 President George Herbert Walker Bush was ordered
by Margaret Thatcher on behalf of the "300"[Committee
of 300] to take a belligerent stance against Iraq. Within two
weeks, not only in the United States, but in almost the entire
world, public opinion was turned against Iraq and Saddam Hussein.
... The Club of Rome reported to the Committee of 300, at whose
head sits the Queen of England. Her Majesty rules over a vast
network of closely-linked corporations who pay no taxes, and are
answerable to no one; who fund their research institutions through
foundations whose joint activities have almost total control over
our daily lives.
... These linked institutions and their leading personnel form
an upper-level parallel government that controls the lives of
every American, whether they know it or not. Together, the interlocking
corporations, insurance companies, banks, finance corporations,
the mega-oil companies, newspapers, magazines, radio and television
broadcasting companies they make up a vast apparatus that sits
astride the United States and the world. There is not a politician
in Washington, D.C. who is not somehow beholden to it."
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300"
"Banking, while not its
mainstay [Committee of 300], it is of vital importance, especially
following the burgeoning drug trade that began in 1997, for which
its banks act as clearing houses and money launderers of billions
of dollars derived from drug money. The main "big name banks"
are:
· The Bank of England
· The Federal Reserve Banks
· Bank of International Settlements
· The World Bank
· The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank
· American Express
American Express Bank Travelers
checks are a convenient method of recycling drug dollars. Each
of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls hundreds of
thousands of large and small banks throughout the world. Banks
large and small in the thousands are in the Committee of 300 networking
cycle."
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300"
"The Club of Rome reported
to the Committee of 300, at whose head sits the Queen of England.
Her Majesty rules over a vast network of closely-linked corporations
who pay no taxes, and are answerable to no one; who fund their
research institutions through foundations whose joint activities
have almost total control over our daily lives.
These linked institutions and their leading personnel form an
upper-level parallel government that controls the lives of every
American, whether they know it or not. Together, the interlocking
corporations, insurance companies, banks, finance corporations,
the mega-oil companies, newspapers, magazines, radio and television
broadcasting companies they make up a vast apparatus that sits
astride the United States and the world. There is not a politician
in Washington, D.C. who is not somehow beholden to it."
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300: The Conspirator's Hierarchy"
COMMUNISM
"If you wanted a national
monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If
you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist
government. That is what the game is all about. "Communism"
is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement
created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in
order to gain control over the world ... first by establishing
socialist governments in the various nations and then consolidating
them all through a "Great Merger," into an all-powerful
world, socialist super-state."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"The myth of monolithic
Communism - that all activities of people everywhere who call
themselves Communists or whom J. Edgar Hoover calls Communists
are planned and controlled in the Kremlin - is essential to the
ideology of the national security bureaucracy. Without it the
President and his advisers would have a harder time identifying
the enemy. They certainly could not find opponents worthy of the
'defense' efforts of the mightiest military power in the history
of the world."
Richard Barnet
"Third World elites dread
socialism the way the rest of us might dread poverty and hunger.
So, when push comes to shove, the wealthy classes of Third World
countries, with a great deal of help from the corporate-military-political
elites in our country, will use fascism to preserve capitalism
while claiming they are saving democracy from communism."
Michael Parenti in his book "Dirty
Truths"
"The Soviet Union and something
called communism per se had not been the object of Washington's
global attacks. There had never been an International Communist
Conspiracy. The enemy was, and remains, any government or movement,
or even individual, that stands in the way of the expansion of
the American Empire; by whatever name the US gives to the enemy-communist,
rogue state, drug trafficker, terrorist."
William Blum in his book "Killing
Hope"
"A clique of American financiers
not only helped establish Communism in Russia, but has striven
mightily ever since to keep it alive. Ever since 1918 this clique
has been engaged in transferring money and, probably more important,
technical information, to the Soviet Union... Virtually everything
the Soviets possess has been acquired from the West. It is not
much of an exaggeration to say that the U.S.S.R. was made in the
U.S.A.."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"In the Bolshevik Revolution
we have some of the world's richest and most powerful men financing
a movement which claims its very existence is based on the concept
of stripping of their wealth, men like the Rothschids, Rockefellers,
Schiffs, Warburgs, Morgans, Harrimans, and Milners. But obviously
these men have no fear of international Communism. It is only
logical to assume that if they financed it and do not fear it,
it must be because they control it."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy
"Communism and socialism
are themselves forms of monopoly. The only difference is that
in this case, the monopoly is operated by the government. But
what if an international banker, through loans to the state, manipulation
of a central bank, campaign contributions, or bribes, is able
to achieve dominion over a government? In that case, he would
find socialism welcome, for it would serve him as an instrument
to control society."
James Perloff in his book "The
Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American
Decline"
"Without communism - once
monolithic and on the march - our state lacks a Wizard of Oz to
terrify all the people all the time. So the state looks inward,
at the true enemy, who turns out to be-who else? the people of
the United States"
Gore Vidal in his book "Dreaming
War"
"Communism is the ultimate
monopoly, not only controlling the government, the monetary system
and all property, but also a monopoly which, like the corporations
it emulates, is self-perpetuating and eternal."
Eustace C. Mullins in his book
"The Rockefeller Syndicate"
"Communism is an enormously
serviceable tool for achieving morally dubious goals under a morally
acceptable cover. It is not acceptable to destabilize a country,
overthrow its democratically elected government, and institute
a reign of terror in order to lower taxes and wages for one's
own multinational firms. It is necessary to put forward a higher
moral imperative [fighting communism]."
Edward S. Herman
"The so-called demise of
Communism is a Great Deception, having been stage managed for
the transition to world government."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island: a second look at the Federal Reserve"
"If one understands the
socialism is not a share-the-wealth program, but is in reality
a method to consolidate and control the wealth, then the seeming
paradox of super-rich men promoting socialism becomes no paradox
at all. Instead, it becomes logical, even the perfect tool of
power-seeking megalomaniacs.
Communism, or more accurately socialism, its not a movement of
the downtrodden masses, but of the economic elite."
author Gary Allen from the documentary
"The Money Masters: How Banks Create the World's Money"
"In general, the Reagan
administration tried to propagate the notion that communism was
the main threat to democracy in Latin America and that therefore
fighting communism was equivalent to promoting democracy. In reality,
however, the main obstacles to democracy in Latin America have
historically been a variety of structural domestic factors such
as the extreme concentration of economic and political power in
the hands of undemocratic elites, the sociopolitical marginalization
of whole classes of citizens, and the lack of any underlying national
consensus on basic democratic values."
Thomas Carothers in his book "In
the Name of Democracy - U.S. Policy Toward Latin America in the
Reagan Years"
"There is no such thing
as a bad system of government. Not even Communism. It is the men
who execute it who make it good or bad.
... We consider capitalism as the exploitation of man by capital
and Communism the exploitation of the individual by the state."
Juan Peron, dictator of Argentina,1968
"Among Latin American elites,
a peasant asking for a higher wage or a priest helping organize
a peasant cooperative is a communist. And someone going so far
as to suggest land reform or a more equitable tax system is a
communist fanatic. There is no word or act suggesting the desirability
of elite generosity toward the poor, or the need for education,
organization or material advance for the majority, that has not
been branded communistic in Latin America in recent decades. Since
communism is the enemy and peasants trying to improve themselves,
priests with the slightest humanistic proclivity, and naturally
anyone seriously challenging the status quo, are communists, they
are also, by definition, enemies."
Edward S. Herman
"The educated, urbane men
of the State Department, the CIA, and the United Fruit Company,
the pipe-smoking men of Princeton, Harvard, and Wall Street, decided
that the illiterate peasants of Guatemala did not deserve the
land which had been given to them, that the workers did not need
their unions, that hunger and torture were a small price to pay
for being rid of the scourge of Communism."
William Blum in his book "Killing
Hope"
"The CIA is not now nor
has it ever been a central intelligence agency. It is the covert
action arm of the President's foreign policy advisers. In that
capacity it overthrows or supports foreign governments while reporting
"intelligence" justifying those activities... Disinformation
is a large part of its covert action responsibility, and the American
people are the primary target audience of its lies.
... The Agency's task is to develop an intemational anti-communist
ideology. The CIA then links every egalitarian political movement
to the scourge of intemational communism. This then prepares the
American people and many in the world community for the second
stage, the destruction of those movements. For egalitarianism
is the enemy and it must not be allowed to exist."
Ralph McGehee in his book "Deadly
Deceits"
"Terrorism has replaced
Communism as the rationale for the militarization of the country,
for military adventures abroad, and for the suppression of civil
liberties at home. It serves the same purpose, serving to create
hysteria."
Howard Zinn in his book "Terrorism
and War"
"After World War II, in
the name of containing Communism, the United States, mostly through
the actions of local allies, executed or encouraged coups in,
among other places, Guatemala, Brazil, Chile, Uruguay, Argentina
and patronized a brutal mercenary war in Nicaragua ... By the
end of the Cold War, Latin American security forces trained, funded,
equipped, and incited by Washington had executed a reign of bloody
terror - hundreds of thousands killed, an equal number tortured,
millions driven into exile-from which the region has yet to fully
recover."
Greg Grandin in his book "Empire's
Workshop"
"Since the anticommunism
hysteria in the years following the Second World War, a bipartisan
consensus has existed on foreign policy, with at least three consequences.
First, meaningful political discourse has been almost absent about
foreign policy issues. At election time, debates about foreign
policy amount to contests to see which of the candidates is "toughest"
on communism or "communist"-sponsored insurgencies in
various countries. Second, as a result voters have never been
presented with alternatives outside the Cold War consensus. And
third, so many foreign policy decisions have been placed beyond
public scrutiny-only surfacing periodically in public "scandals"-that
almost all of what passes as official information about foreign
policy is manufactured by government agencies for its propaganda
effect."
Daniel Hellinger and Dennis R.
Judd in their book "The Democratic Facade"
CONSPIRACIES
"World events do not occur
by accident. They are made to happen, whether it is to do with
national issues or commerce; most of them are staged and managed
by those who hold the purse string."
Denis Healey, former British Secretary
of Defense
"'Conspiracy theory' is
a term that at once strikes fear and anxiety in the hearts of
most every public figure, particularly journalists and academics.
Since the 1960s the label has become a disciplinary device that
has been overwhelmingly effective in defining certain events off
limits to inquiry or debate. Especially in the United States raising
legitimate questions about dubious official narratives destined
to inform public opinion (and thereby public policy) is a major
thought crime that must be cauterized from the public psyche at
all costs."
Professor James F. Tracy, Global
Research, 2013
"No matter how paranoid
or conspiracy-minded you are, what the government is actually
doing is worse than you imagine."
William Blum in his book "Rogue
State"
"We have been conditioned
to laugh at conspiracy theories, and few people will risk public
ridicule by advocating them... Almost all of history is an unbroken
trail of one conspiracy after another. Conspiracies are the norm,
not the exception."
G. Edward Griffin, Federal Reserve
Historian inis book "The Creature from Jekyll Island"
"The media use the epithet
'conspiracy theorist' to discredit anyone who discusses the criminal
activities of real people."
Daniel Estulin in his book "Shadow
Masters"
"In an oligarchical society
characterized by the preponderant role of secret intelligence
agencies - such as the United States at the beginning of the twenty-first
century - anyone who rules out conspiracies runs the risk of not
understanding very much of what is going on."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"In America, a 'conspiracy
nut' is defined as a journalist who reports the news two years
before the New York Times."
Greg Palast
"There is a huge tacit
conspiracy between the U.S. government, its agencies and its multinational
corporations, on the one hand, and local business and military
cliques in the Third World, on the other, to assume complete control
of these countries and "develop" them on a joint venture
basis. The military leaders of the Third World were carefully
nurtured by the U.S. security establishment to serve as the "enforcers"
of this joint venture partnership, and they have been duly supplied
with machine guns and the latest data on methods of interrogation
of subversives."
Edward S. Herman
""Conspiracy theorist"
as an all-purpose term of 'ad hominem' argument to dismiss arguments
which cannot be refuted, goes back to the years after the Kennedy
assassination, when the public was expected to accept that it
was US government policy that this great crime, along with the
further assassinations of Martin Luther King and Robert Kennedy
in 1968, would remain permanently unsolved, and that those who
objected would be vilified."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"The corporate-owned press
and numerous political leaders have suppressed or attacked the
many revelations about the murder [of President John Kennedy in
November 1963] unearthed by independent investigators.
... Their efforts reveal a conspiracy to assassinate the president
and an even more extensive conspiracy to hide the crime."
Michael Parenti in his book "Dirty
Truths"
"The high officials, media
executives and military officers who are bound by law and ethics
to serve the American people have become a textbook example of
a grand conspiracy. To look at it from their point of view, they
are historic actors who are beyond good and evil, who must stimulate
the American people to a necessary geostrategic adventure by any
means necessary. To them, the official account of the 9/11 "terror"
attacks is what Plato once described as the "noble lie,"
a necessary falsehood told to a childlike public in order to direct
it maturely. The simple fact is that 9/11 has justified an attempt
to seize and control the ultimate geostrategic resource: oil."
Captain Eric H. May, a former Army
military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008
"Am I a conspiracy theorist
if I suggest that since the network's nightly news broadcasts
are sponsored almost entirely by prescription drug ads, that you
might have to hold your breath a long time before you hear the
alternative point of view to using pharmaceuticals to cure all
our ailments?
... Do pharmaceutical companies want to cure diabetes or do they
want to sell diabetes drugs and equipment? Well, they sure do
sell a lot these days, and the food companies are what make that
possible. Read David Kessler's book about the deliberate way food
companies use salt, fat and sugar as foodcrack to get people literally
addicted to eating bad food and too much of it. Is that a conspiracy?
Only if you define corporations putting profit ahead of human
health as conspiracy. The fact that Americans will do anything
to each other for money is not a conspiracy, it's a scandal."
Bill Maher, 2009
"There is an Establishment
history, an official history, which dominates history textbooks,
trade publishing, the media and library shelves. The official
line always assumes that events such as wars, revolutions, scandals,
assassinations, are more or less random unconnected events. By
definition events can never be the result of a conspiracy, they
can never result from premeditated planned group action.
... Woe betide any book or author that falls outside the official
guidelines. Foundation support is not there. Publishers get cold
feet. Distribution is hit and miss, or non-existent."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
CONTINUITY OF GOVERNMENT
(COG)
"As developed in the mid-1980s,
the plans for [COG (Continuity of Government)] called for not
just the surveillance but also the potential detention of large
numbers of American citizens.
... The COG planning eventually called for suspension of the Constitution,
not just "after a nuclear war" but for any "national
security emergency." This was defined in Executive Order
12656 of 1988 as "any occurrence, including natural disaster,
military attack, technological emergency, or other emergency,
that seriously degrades or seriously threatens the national security
of the United States."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "The
Road to 9/11"
"COG (Continuity of Government)
called for suspension of the Constitution, turning control of
the government over to FEMA, emergency appointment of military
commanders to run state and local governments and declaration
of martial law during a national crisis. The plan also gave the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, which had been involved in
drafting it, sweeping new powers, including internment."
Alfonso Chardy, Miami Herald
CORPORATE MEDIA
"We have a corporate media
cartel that overlaps with the war industry. It has no interest
in democracy."
David Swanson , 2010
"Concentrated corporate
media have acted as a government megaphone, largely blocking out
criticism of the official 9/11 account and the lies that led our
troops into the disastrous war in Iraq."
9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals
Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"If deliberate distortion
of reality by corporate media could be effectively prosecuted
in the United States, the entire industry would be behind bars."
Cynthia McKinney, 2007
"Corporations, which have
hijacked the state, are delighted with the demise of journalism.
And the mass communications systems they control pump out endless
streams of gossip, trivia and filth in lieu of news.
... Money flows to advertising rather than to art or journalism
because manipulation is more highly valued than truth or beauty.
... The faux objectivity and neutrality of the traditional news
industry hastened the cultural irrelevance of traditional news
gathering. The narrowing of debates within the press to the minor
differences among the power elite had a debilitating effect on
news.
... The lie told by newspapers and traditional news is the lie
of omission, which is not as bad as the outright lies told on
Fox News, but in the end it is still a lie. Our power elite are
bankrupt, and the press, tethered to the elite, is as bankrupt
as those it covers.
... Once we lose a system of information based on verifiable fact,
will become disconnected from reality. All totalitarian societies
impart their propaganda through manipulated images and spectacles.
And the death of traditional news is one more stage in the terminal
illness that is ravaging American democracy.
Chris Hedges, 2010
"Big media in the United
States effectively represent the interests of corporate America.
The media elite are the watchdogs of acceptable ideological messages,
the controllers of news and information content, and the decision-makers
regarding media resources."
9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals
Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"In 2005, newspaper circulation
declined over the previous year by 2.6 percent, with the largest
declines posted in the major newspapers. Still worse, in 2007,
newspaper advertising revenue fell by 9.4 percent.
... In 1980, the combined audience for the NBC, CBS and ABC newscasts
was 53 million. Just last month, that audience tallied at 21.5
million: about seven percent of the US population. And the median
age of that audience is 60.2, which means that the networks are
failing to reach the essential younger age cohorts.
... The newspaper and broadcast industries cite a number of alleged
reasons for these figures: the internet, competition from cable
news programs, and declining literacy and political interest among
the public.
Missing from this list is "the crud factor"; namely,
that the quality and credibility of reporting has deteriorated
so spectacularly that the public, fed-up with the insults and
lies, has turned to other sources of news and information."
Ernest Partridge, 2008
"The real problem with
professional journalism becomes evident when political elites
do not debate an issue and march in virtual lockstep. In such
a case professional journalism is, at best, ineffectual, and,
at worst, propagandistic. This has often been the case in U.S.
foreign policy, where both parties are beholden to an enormous
global military complex, and accept the right of the United States,
and the United States alone, to invade countries when it suits
U.S. interests. In matters of war and foreign policy, journalists
who question the basic assumptions and policy objectives and who
attempt to raise issues no one in either party wishes to debate
are considered 'ideological' and 'unprofessional. This has a powerful
disciplinary effect upon journalists."
Robert W. McChesney and John Nichols,
2010
"The corporate media is
funded by the corporations and wealthy Americans who don't want
to pay higher taxes or even pay any taxes and who are largely
profiting off the continuing wars."
Coleen Rowley, retired FBI Agent
CORPORATOCRACY
"Corporations are totalitarian
sociopathic organizations. They are institutional serial killers."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The forces running the
corporate state ... are surely now aware of the impending disaster.
Their fear and anxiety is caused by the realization that when
the impoverished masses have lost all or most of what they had,
they will organize and take to the streets. Hence, every means
of mass control is being put in place by the legislature and by
executive order, to provide for the use of force to control the
population. A pretext for the declaration of martial law and the
wholesale detention of American citizens must not be ruled out
during a period of decline and disaster."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"The governments of the
world are restructuring their economies, and the global economy
as a whole, into a corporatist structure. Thus, this new international
economic system being constructed is one representative of economic
fascism. The governments now work directly for the banks, democracy
is in decline everywhere, and the militarization of domestic society
into creating "Homeland Security states" is underway
and accelerating."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The corporate-dominated economy
and the transnational corporate state had consolidated its power
over almost every aspect of public and private life, and under
a formal globalization movement the transnational corporations
were extending their tentacles all over the planet.
Footsoldiers like Margaret Thatcher, Ronald Reagan, the ever-dutiful
Bush family, Helmut Kohl, and a list of Japanese leaders had diligently
kept the faith. Working with the timeworn International Monetary
Fund (IMF), the World Bank and ultimately with the new engine
of globalization, the World Trade Organization, they ensured that
the interests of capital were nowhere endangered by the needs
of the world's three billion poor to eat, have shelter, clothing,
sanitation, medical care, and education."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"This empire that we've
created really has an emperor, and it's not the president of this
country... it doesn't really matter whether we have a Democrat
or a Republican in the White House or running Congress; the empire
goes on, because it's really run by what I call the corporatocracy,
which is a group of men who run our biggest corporations. This
isn't a conspiracy theory. They don't need to conspire. They all
know what serves their best interest. But they really are the
equivalent of the emperor, because they do not serve at the wish
of the people, they're not democratically elected, they don't
serve any limited term. They essentially answer to no one, except
their own boards, and most corporate CEOs actually run their boards,
rather than the other way around. And they are the power behind
this."
John Perkins, 2007
"The framework for the
post-1945 economy had largely been worked Out by the United States
and Britain. It called for the creation of three multilateral
institutions - the World Bank, the IMF, and an international trade
organization {WTO]... With the demise of the Soviet Union at the
beginning of the 1990s, however, there were no longer any alternatives
or restrictions on the planet to the spread of corporate colonialism."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Ronald Reagan .. was most
definitely a global empire builder, a servant of the corporatocracy...
He would cater to the men who shuttled back and forth from corporate
CEO offices to bank boards and into the halls of government. He
would serve the men who appeared to serve him but who in fact
ran the government - men like Vice President George H. W. Bush,
Secretary of State George Shultz, Secretary of Defense Caspar
Weinberger, Richard Cheney, Richard Helms, and Robert McNamara.
He would advocate what those men wanted: an America that controlled
the world and all its resources, a world that answered to the
commands of that America, a U.S. military that would enforce the
rules as they were written by America, and an international trade
and banking system that supported America as CEO of the global
empire."
John Perkins in his book "Confessions
of Economic Hit Man"
"U.S. multinationals are
in a class of their own. Their top managers, the CEOs, have the
highest salaries in the world. Japan, Germany, France and England
also have global corporations, but managers there earn about a
third of what their U.S. counterparts make.
... U.S. CEOs earn three times the average of CEOs in the 13 other
advanced countries for which there are comparable data. Only in
one country, Switzerland, are 7 CEOs paid even as much as 50 percent
of what the average U.S. CEO makes.
... According to the Federal Reserve, while the CEO compensation
in Britain was 22 times the pay of an average worker in 2004,
in the United States it was 170 times, and in Japan only 11 times."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
New Golden Age", 2007
"The governments of the
world are restructuring their economies, and the global economy
as a whole, into a corporatist structure. Thus, this new international
economic system being constructed is one representative of economic
fascism. The governments now work directly for the banks, democracy
is in decline everywhere, and the militarization of domestic society
into creating "Homeland Security states" is underway
and accelerating."
Andrew Gavin Marshall - The Global
Economic Crisis - Global Research, 2010
COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS
(CFR)
"The Council on Foreign
Relations (CFR) took control of the ideological foundations of
the American empire, encompassing the corporate, banking, political,
foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation
into a generally cohesive overall world view. By altering one's
ideology to that of promoting such an internationalist agenda,
the big money that was behind it would ensure one's rise through
government, industry, academia and media. There are divisions
within the elite, predicated on the basis of how to use American
imperial power, where to use it, on what basis to justify it,
and other various methodological differences. The divide amongst
elites was never on the questions of: should we use American imperial
power, why has America become an Empire, or should there even
be an empire? If one takes such considerations to heart and questions
these concepts, be it within the foreign policy establishment,
intelligence, military, academia, finance, corporate world, or
media; chances are, such a person is not a member of the CFR."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"Before America had even
entered the war in late 1941 [World War II], the Council on Foreign
Relations (CFR), the American branch of the Round Table groups
that originated from the secret society of Cecil Rhodes, was planning
on America entering the war. The CFR had essentially captured
US foreign policy firmly in the grips of the banking elite. The
establishment of the Federal Reserve (1913) ensured that the United
States would become indebted to and owned by international banking
interests, and thus, act in their interest. The Fed financed the
US role in World War I, provided the credit for speculation, which
led to the Great Depression, and massive consolidation for the
interests that own the Federal Reserve System. It then financed
US entry into World War II."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"The formal membership
in the CFR [Council on Foreign Relations] is composed of close
to 1500 of the most elite names in the worlds of government, labor,
business, finance, communications, the foundations, and the academy
... and in spite the fact that it has staffed almost every key
position of every administration since those of FDR - it is doubtful
that one American in a thousand so much as recognizes the Council's
name, or that one in ten thousand can relate anything at all about
its structure or purpose. Indicative of the CFR's power to maintain
its anonymity is the fact that, despite its having been operative
at the highest levels for nearly fifty years and having from the
beginning counted among its members the foremost lions of the
Establishment communications media. Only a handful of articles
on the Council [on Foreign Relations] have appeared in the nation's
great newspapers. Such anonymity - at that level - can hardly
be a matter of mere chance."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"The CFR (Council on Foreign
Relations), dedicated to one-world government, financed by a number
of the largest tax-exempt foundations, and wielding such power
and influence over our lives in the areas of finance, business,
labor, military, education and mass communication media, should
be familiar to every American concerned with good government and
with preserving and defending the U.S. Constitution and our free-enterprise
system. Yet, the nation's news media, usually so aggressive in
exposures to inform our people, remain conspicuously silent when
it comes to the CFR, its members and their activities. The CFR
is the establishment. Not only does it have influence and power
in key decision-making positions at the highest levels of government
to apply pressure from above, but it also finances and uses individuals
and groups to bring pressure from below, to justify the high level
decisions for converting the U.S. from a sovereign Constitutional
Republic into a servile member state of a one-world dictatorship."
Rep. John R. Rarick of Louisiana,
1971
"The Trilateral Commission
doesn't run the world, the Council on Foreign Relations does that."
CFR member Winston Lord,
U.S. Ambassador to China during the Reagan Administration
"Of some 1600 CFR [Council
on Foreign Relations] members, 120 either own or control the nation's
major newspapers, magazines, radio and television networks, as
well as the most powerful book publishing companies. The interlock
with academia is immense.
... CFR members virtually control the major foundations, whose
grants quite often are bestowed on persons or groups tied to the
CFR.
... The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has been under virtual
CFR control since its creation.
... Of the CFR's 1974 membership, about 90 represented the major
Wall Street international banking organizations. In addition,
presidents, vice-presidents and chairmen of the boards of most
of the giant corporations are members of the CFR."
Gary Allen in his book "Kissinger",
1976
"The Council on Foreign
Relations (CFR) is the American Branch of a society which originated
in England ... (and) ... believes national boundaries should be
obliterated and one-world rule established."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"I believe that the Council
on Foreign Relations and its ancillary elitist groups are indifferent
to communism. They have no ideological anchors. In their pursuit
of a new world order, they are prepared to deal without prejudice
with a communist state, a socialist state, a democratic state,
a monarchy, an oligarchy - its all the same to them."
Senator Barry M. Goldwater in his
book "With No Apologies"
"The Council on Foreign
Relations gets little publicity and is virtually unknown to the
general public. But it represents Big Government, Big Business,
Big Banking, and the Big Media. At the apex of this power elite
sits none other than David Rockefeller."
Gary Allen in his book "Kissinger",
1976
"When you examine the Council
on Foreign Relations' member list, you will find that 90% either
sit on the Trilateral Commission or belong to the Bilderberg Group."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"The CFR [Council on Foreign
Relations] established six years after the Federal Reserve was
created, worked to promote an internationalist agenda on behalf
of the international banking elite. It was to alter America's
conceptualization of its place within the world from isolationist
industrial nation to an engine of empire working for international
banking and corporate American interests. Where the Fed took control
of money and debt, the CFR took control of the ideological foundations
of such an empire encompassing the corporate, banking, political,
foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation
into a generally cohesive overall world view. By altering one's
ideology to that of promoting such an internationalist agenda,
the big money that was behind it would ensure one's rise through
government, industry, academia and media. The other major think
tanks and policy institutions in the United States are also represented
at the CFR. They are constitutive of divisions within the elite,
however, such divisions are predicated on the basis of how to
use American imperial power, where to use it, on what basis to
justify it, and other various methodological differences. The
divide amongst elites was never on the questions of: should we
use American imperial power, why has America become an Empire,
or should there even be an empire? If one takes such considerations
to heart and questions these concepts, be it within the foreign
policy establishment, intelligence, military, academia, finance,
corporate world, or media; chances are, such a person is not a
member of the CFR."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"In foreign affairs the
Council on Foreign Relations, superficially an innocent forum
for academics, businessmen, and politicians, contains within its
shell, perhaps unknown to many of its members, a power center
that unilaterally determines U.S. foreign policy. The major objective
of this submerged - and obviously subversive - foreign policy
is the acquisition of markets and economic power (profits, if
you will), for a small group of giant multi-nationals under the
virtual control of a few banking investment houses and controlling
families."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Rise of Hitler"
"In the beginning, the
Council on Foreign Relations was dominated by J.P. Morgan. It
is still controlled by international financiers. The Morgan group
gradually has been replaced by the Rockefeller consortium. It
is the most powerful group in America today. It is even more powerful
than the federal government, because almost all of the key positions
in government are held by its members. In other words, it is the
United States government."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The Creature from Jekyll Island:
a second look at the Federal Reserve"
"The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), established six
years after the Federal Reserve was created, worked to promote
an internationalist agenda on behalf of the international banking
elite. Where the Fed took control of money and debt, the CFR took
control of the ideological foundations of such an empire - encompassing
the corporate, banking, political, foreign policy, military, media,
and academic elite of the nation into a generally cohesive overall
world view."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The Council on Foreign Relations
remains active in working toward its final goal of a government
over all the world - a government which the Insiders - a global
financial elite - and their allies will control."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"[The goal of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is]
to bring about the surrender of the sovereignty and the national
independence of the United States ... Primarily, they [CFR] want
a world banking monopoly from whatever power ends up in the control
of global government."
Admiral Chester Ward, longtime
Council on Foreign Relations member
COUPS
"After World War II, in
the name of containing Communism, the United States, mostly through
the actions of local allies, executed or encouraged coups in,
among other places, Guatemala, Brazil, Chile, Uruguay, Argentina
and patronized a brutal mercenary war in Nicaragua ... By the
end of the Cold War, Latin American security forces trained, funded,
equipped, and incited by Washington had executed a reign of bloody
terror - hundreds of thousands killed, an equal number tortured,
millions driven into exile-from which the region has yet to fully
recover."
Greg Grandin in his book "Empire's
Workshop"
"I have first-hand information
that the [United States] empire, through the U.S. Southern Command,
made the coup d'etat in Honduras."
Bolivian President Evo Morales,
July 2009
"The trigger for military
coups [in Latin America] was less the elite fear of Soviet encroachment
or guerrilla threats than fears of popular demands for social
reform and democratic change."
J. Patrice McSherry in the book
"Predatory States: Operation Condor and Covert War in Latin
America"
"It is unlikely the Honduras
coup took place without the knowledge of the U.S. military, which
has a base in that country... The coup is a message from Latin
American and U.S. 'ultraconservatives' to keep leftist governments
in line."
Ecuador's President Rafael Correa.
July 2009
"The Americans who engineered
countless military coups, death squads and massacres in Latin
America never paid for their crimes - instead they got promoted
and they're now running the 'War on Terror".
author Naomi Klein
"The democratically elected
president [of Honduras Manuel] Zelaya, had called for a new constitution
to replace the old one that was really set up by the oligarchy
in favor of the very wealthy and the international companies.
He also called for a 60 percent increase in the bottom wage rate,
which had a huge impact on Dole and Chiquita, two of the biggest
employers in that company. They, along with a number of companies
that have sweatshops in Honduras, strongly objected, very much
the same way that they had objected to Aristide in Haiti, when
he did something similar, and called in the military. The general
in charge of the military was a graduate of our School of the
Americas, this, you know, school that's famous for creating dictators,
and they overthrew Zelaya. It was a classic CIA-sponsored type
of coup, very similar to what United Fruit had done in Guatemala
in the early '50s. And, of course, United Fruit became Chiquita."
John Perkins, 2009
"The coups in Iran, Guatemala,
South Vietnam, and Chile ... were not rogue operations. Presidents,
cabinet secretaries, national security advisers, and CIA directors
approved them ... The first thing all four of these coups have
in common is that American leaders promoted them consciously,
willfully, deliberately, and in strict accordance with the laws
of the United States."
Stephen Kinzer in his book "Overthrow:
America's Century of Regime Change from Haiti to Iraq"
"Coups do not happen in Latin
America without the support of those with power in the US."
Bill Quigley and Laura Raymond,
2010
" It was under Johnson
that Washington began either to organize or patronize a cycle
of coups starting in Brazil in 1964, continuing through Uruguay,
Bolivia, and Chile, and ending in Argentina in 1976."
Greg Grandin in his book "Empire's
Workshop"
"The coup against Aristide,
then, must be understood not in isolation, but as the culmination
of activities that really began the minute he was re-elected in
2000. Destabilization efforts by the U.S. government, active U.S.
support for the creation of a so-called civil-society opposition,
and eventually the invasion of Haiti by an armed band of criminals
and murderers were all part of a process designed to ensure that
Haiti would return fully to the fold of the U.S. empire and its
minions in Haiti."
Bill Fletcher, Jr, 2004
"The United States... supported
authoritarian regimes throughout Central and South America during
and after the Cold War in defense of its economic and political
interests.
In tiny Guatemala, the Central Intelligence Agency mounted a coup
overthrowing the democratically elected government in 1954, and
it backed subsequent rightwing governments against small leftist
rebel groups for four decades. Roughly 200,000 civilians died.
In Chile, a CIA-supported coup helped put General Augusto Pinochet
in power from 1973 to 1990.
In Peru, a fragile democratic government is still unraveling the
agency's role in a decade of support for the now-deposed and disgraced
president, Alberto K. Fujimori.
The United States had to invade Panama in 1989 to topple its narco-dictator,
Manuel A. Noriega, who, for almost 20 years, was a valued informant
for American intelligence."
John Perkins in his book "Confessions
of Economic Hit Man"
"Jean-Bertrand Aristide's
second term as President of Haiti would end the same way as had
his first had, cut short in a U.S.-backed coup d'état.
Aristide's opposition to neoliberalism, his defiant stance towards
the U.S. and France, and his enduring popularity with Haiti's
poor had made him a marked man from the very beginning of his
term in February 2001."
Nik Barry-Shaw, 2008
"On June 28, 2009, Honduran
President Manuel Zelaya was awakened by gunfire. A coup was carried
out by US-trained military officers, including graduates of the
infamous US Army School of the Americas (WHINSEC) in Georgia.
President Zelaya was illegally taken to Costa Rica.
Democracy in Honduras ended as a de facto government of the rich
and powerful seized control. A sham election backed by the US
confirmed the leadership of the coup powers. The US and powerful
lobbyists continue to roam the hemisphere trying to convince other
Latin American countries to normalize relations with the coup
government."
Bill Quigley and Laura Raymond,
2010
"History is repeating itself
in Haiti, as democracy is being destroyed for the second time
in the past fifteen years. Amazingly, the main difference seems
to be that this time it is being done openly and in broad daylight,
with the support of the "international community" and
the United Nations
... The US Agency for International Development and the International
Republican Institute (the international arm of the Republican
Party) had spent tens of millions of dollars to create and organize
an opposition ... and to make Haiti under Aristide ungovernable.
... Taking advantage of Haiti's desperate poverty and dependence
on foreign aid, it stopped international aid to the government,
from the summer of 2000 until the 2004 coup."
Mark Weisbrot, 2005
"In March 1982, General
Efrain Rios Montt seized power in Guatemala in a military coup.
An avowed fundamentalist Christian, he immediately impressed Washington
where President Reagan hailed Rios Montt as "a man of great
personal integrity." But under Rios Montt, the slaughter
in the countryside and selective assassinations in the cities
only grew worse.
By July 1982, Rios Montt had begun a new scorched-earth campaign
called his "rifles and beans" policy. The slogan meant
that pacified Indians would get "beans," while all others
could expect to be the target of army "rifles." In October,
he secretly gave carte blanche to the feared "Archivos"
intelligence unit to expand "death squad" operations.
Based at the Presidential Palace, the "Archivos" masterminded
many of Guatemala's most notorious assassinations.
The U.S. embassy was soon hearing more accounts of the army conducting
Indian massacres. However, during a swing through Latin America,
Reagan discounted the mounting reports of hundreds of Mayan villages
being eradicated. On December 4, 1982, after meeting with dictator
Rios Montt, Reagan hailed the general as "totally dedicated
to democracy" and asserted that Rios Montt's government was
"getting a bum rap."
On January 7, 1983, Reagan lifted the ban on military aid to Guatemala
and authorized the sale of $6 million in military hardware. Approval
covered spare parts for UH-1H helicopters and A-37 aircraft used
in counterinsurgency operations. Radios, batteries and battery
chargers were also in the package. State Department spokesman
John Hughes said political violence in the cities had "declined
dramatically" and that rural conditions had improved, too.
In February 1983, however, a secret CIA cable noted a rise in
"suspect right-wing violence" with kidnappings of students
and teachers. Bodies of victims were appearing in ditches and
gullies. CIA sources traced these political murders to Rios Montt's
order to the "Archivos" in October to "apprehend,
hold, interrogate and dispose of suspected guerrillas as they
saw fit."
Despite these grisly facts on the ground, the annual State Department
human rights survey praised the supposedly improved human rights
situation in Guatemala. "The overall conduct of the armed
forces had improved by late in the year" 1982, the report
stated."
Robert Parry in his book "Secrecy
& Privilege"
"[President of Haiti Jean-Bertrand]
Aristide did not resign. He was abducted by the United States
in the commission of a coup."
Randall Robinson, the founder and
former director of TransAfrica, 2004
"It is firm and continuing
policy that Allende be overthrown by a coup.... We are to continue
to generate maximum pressure toward this end utilizing every appropriate
resource. It is imperative that these actions be implemented clandestinely
and securely so that United States Government and American hand
be well hidden."
cable outlining CIA objectives
in Chile to the station chief in Santiago
"In Indonesia in 1965 a
group of young military officers attempted a coup against the
U.S.-backed military establishment and murdered six of seven top
military officers. The Agency seized this opportunity to overthrow
Sukarno and to destroy the Communist Party of Indonesia (PKI),
which had three million members... Estimates of the number of
deaths that occurred as a result of this CIA ... operation run
from one-half million to more than one million people."
Ralph McGehee in his book "Deadly
Deceits"
"At the time of the Rios
Montt coup d'etat in March 1982, the Israeli press ... referred
to the Montt coup as "the Israeli connection" because
that group was "trained and equipped by Israel"
... Rios Montt himself told ABC News reporters that his coup had
been successful because "many of our soldiers were trained
by the Israelis."
Bishara Bahbah in her book "Israel
and Latin America: The Military Connection"
The U.S. wants to overthrow
President Hugo Chavez to put Venezuela in line with their other
clients in Latin America and knock down the only government that
offers an alternative foreign policy for the whole region. They
don't want that alternative present.
That's why this coup was planned, directed, and financed by the
Bush administration. It wasn't just the CIA. The assistant secretary
of state for Western hemisphere affairs was involved - I'm talking
about the Cuban terrorist exile Otto Reich. I'm talking about
people like Elliot Abrams, who was in the Reagan administration
and involved in justifying the killings in Central America, which
amounted to 300,000 deaths. I'm talking about John Negroponte,
the U.S. ambassador to the UN, who was involved with the death
squads in Honduras.
You have thugs running U.S. policy in Latin America, who are capable
not only of overthrowing a government but engaging in the kind
of violent repression that was launched in those 24 hours of the
coup against Hugo Chavez.
James Petras interview, 2002
"80 percent of the officers
who carried out the 1964 coup against President Goulart [Brazil]
had been trained by the United States."
Penny Lernoux in her book "Cry
of the People"
"The moment of Arbenz's
fall is the moment history stopped in Guatemala or took another
course, the army withdrawing support for an elected government
that had relied upon it, joining in a CIA-supported coup replacing
democrat with dictator, and beginning forty years of military
repression."
Kate Millett in her book "Politics
of Cruelty"
"Documents clearly show knowledge of the detailed plans
for the coup against Chávez, written by the CIA... financial
and advisory agencies like the National Endowment for Democracy
(NED), the International Republican Institute (IRI), the National
Democratic Institute (NDI) and the Center for International Private
Enterprise (CIPE) financed all the groups, NGOs, trade unions,
businesspeople, political parties and the media involved in the
coup."
Eva Golinger, 2008
"In Guatemala, United Fruit
supported the CIA-backed 1954 military coup against President
Jacobo Arbenz, a reformer who had carried out a land reform package.
Arbenz' overthrow led to more than thirty years of unrest and
civil war in Guatemala."
Nikolas Kozloff, 2009
"On September 11, 1973,
General Augusto Pinochet orchestrated a coup d'état, with
the aid and participation of the CIA, against the Allende government
of Chile, overthrowing it and installing Pinochet as dictator.
The next day, an economic plan for the country was on the desks
of the General Officers of the Armed Forces who performed government
duties. The plan entailed "privatization, deregulation and
cuts to social spending," written up by "U.S.-trained
economists." These were the essential concepts in neoliberal
thought, which, through the oil crises of the 1970s, would be
forced upon the developing world through the World Bank and IMF."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The [U.S.] military acts
in the interests of the corporate and financial elite, as those
countries that do not submit to American economic hegemony are
deemed enemies, and the military is ultimately sent in to implement
"regime change." "
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The coups in Iran, Guatemala,
South Vietnam, and Chile were all "what the President ordered."
They were not rogue operations. Presidents, cabinet secretaries,
national security advisers, and CIA directors approved them, authorized
by the 1947 law that created the CIA and assigned it "duties
related to intelligence affecting the national security."
The first thing all four of these coups have in common is that
American leaders promoted them consciously, willfully, deliberately,
and in strict accordance with the laws of the United States."
Stephen Kinzer in his book "Overthrow:
America's Century of Regime Change from Haiti to Iraq"
"Right wing [American]
ideologues and shell NGOs based out of Washington played a critical
role in the coup [in Honduras in 2009 ... and are hell bent on
stopping the growing populist movements throughout Latin America
from gaining more influence and power."
Bill Quigley and Laura Raymond
CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY
"If Nuremberg were applied,
then every post-war American president would have been hanged."
Noam Chomsky
"This is a very hard choice,
but ... we think the price is worth it."
U.S. Ambassador to the UN Madeleine
Albright when asked whether she considered the deaths of half
a million Iraqi children a reasonable result of U.S. sanctions
"The United States and its
officials aided and abetted by others engaged in a continuing
pattern of conduct from August 6, 1990 until this date to impose,
maintain and enforce extreme economic sanctions and a strict military
blockade on the people of Iraq for the purpose of injuring the
entire population, killing its weakest members, infants, children,
the elderly and the chronically ill, by depriving them of medicines,
drinking water, food, and other essentials in order to maintain
a large US military presence in the region, and dominion and control
over its people and resources including oil.
... The United States, its President Bill Clinton and other officials,
the United Kingdom and its [former] Prime Minister John Major
and other officials have committed a crime against humanity as
defined in the Nuremberg Charter against the population of Iraq.
... The United States, its President Bill Clinton and other officials,
the United Kingdom and its Prime Minister John Major and other
officials have committed genocide as defined in the Convention
against Genocide against the population of Iraq including genocide
by starvation and sickness through use of sanctions."
International Court On Crimes Against
Humanity Committed by the UN Security Council, Madrid, November
1996
"American air power pounded
the hell out of Iraqi armor and buildings with depleted uranium
rounds... I have been in and around buildings destroyed by depleted
uranium rounds, as well as vehicles, armored personnel carriers,
tanks and corpses... During the invasion, we were also exposed
to severe sandstorms, which meant that we were breathing in sand
for days, sand that more than likely contained depleted uranium."
James Gilligan, United States Marine
Corps, 2008
"The Charter of the International
Military Tribunal at Nuremberg was the institution that tried
Nazi war leaders for their crimes [WWII]. Among the crimes listed
in the charter were "crimes against peace," "war
crimes," and "crimes against humanity" Crimes "against
peace" were defined as "planning, preparation, initiation
or waging of a war of aggression, or a war in violation of international
treaties, agreements or assurances, or participation in a common
plan or conspiracy for the accomplishment of any of the foregoing."
David Swanson in his book "War
Is A Lie"
CUBA
"The United States remained
Cuba's main supplier of food and farm products in 2007, selling
the communist-run island more than $600 million in agricultural
exports despite its trade embargo.
... Washington's nearly 50-year-old trade embargo prevents U.S.
tourists from visiting Cuba and prohibits nearly all trade. But
a law passed by the U.S. Congress in 2000 allows the Cuban government
to buy U.S. food and agricultural products with direct cash payments.
... The U.S. has been the island's top food source since 2003."
Will Weissert, Associated Press,
2008
"The embargo has been a
failure by every measure. It has not changed the course or nature
of the Cuban government. It has not liberated a single Cuban citizen.
In fact, the embargo has made the Cuban people a bit more impoverished,
without making them one bit more free."
Cato Institute
"The U.S. embargo against
Cuba, one of the few that includes both food and medicine, has
been described as a war against public health with high human
costs."
Brian Cloughley, 2010
DEBT, CREDIT & MONEY
"I know of no severe depression,
in any country or any time, that was not accompanied by a sharp
decline in the stock of money, and equally of no sharp decline
in the stock of money that was not accompanied by a severe depression."
Milton Friedman
"Instrumental in control
of economics by the rich has been the debt-based monetary system,
where credit is treated as the monopoly of private financial interests
who in turn control governments, intelligence services and military
establishments. Politicians are bought and sold, elected or removed,
or even assassinated for this purpose. The global monetary system
is tightly controlled and coordinated at the top by the leaders
of the central banks who work for the world's richest people."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"Central banking ... needs
to expand its control over industry, nations and people through
the expansion of debt, continually needing to bring more individuals,
nations and industries under debt bondage. Debt is the source
of all power and wealth for the central banking system - as they
do not actually produce any tradable good, such as industry; nor
do they provide any necessary service, such as government. Interest
on debt is the source of income and authority for the central
banking system, and thus, it needs to continually advance credit
and expand debt."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"Central banking functions
on the expansion and creation of money and debt, which is lent
at interest, thus serving as the source of income for the central
banking system."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"Since 97% of the money
in the world is created from debt, any loans paid off decreases
the amount of money in circulation. And when no further loans
are given, the circulating money stock falls dramatically, adversely
affecting businesses and the economy at large. This intentional
reduction of the money supply leads to widespread business failures,
high unemployment, foreclosures on property, and severe hardship
within the community. On the other hand, great wealth is transferred
from defaulting borrowers to the banksters."
Gabriel Donohoe
"When governments fall
into the trap of accepting loans in foreign currencies, they become
"debtor nations" subject to IMF and BIS [Bank for International
Settlements] regulation. They are forced to divert their production
to exports, just to earn the foreign currency necessary to pay
the interest on their loan."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"A great industrial nation
is controlled by it's system of credit. Our system of credit is
concentrated in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one
of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and
dominated governments in the world."
President Woodrow Wilson
"The organizational structure
for creating means of payment out of nothing, we call credit."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"The Western banking system
controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of
money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument
of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money
provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide.
The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override
and destroy national currencies."
Michel Chossudovsky
"One of the primary motivations
for the [American] Revolution was the control of currency by a
foreign imperial power, with the ability to control inflation
and devaluation, essentially controlling the entire economic conditions
of the colony from abroad. The Founding Fathers of the United
States understood the necessity of controlling one's own currency
if one was to preserve sovereignty and independence."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The US is bankrupt. However,
the US dollar remains the world reserve currency. This means that
the US can print money to pay its bills. As long as the world
accepts the dollar as world reserve currency, the US will be able
to continue its wars."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The U.S. bailout ... shows
that countries do not need to borrow credit from foreign banks
at all. The government could have created its own money and credit
system rather than leaving foreign creditors to accrue interest
charges that now represent a permanent and seemingly irreversible
balance-of-payments drain. The United States has shown that any
country can monetize its own credit, at least domestic credit."
Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers,
2008
" America is the largest
debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world's creditor.
"Creating money out of thin air", while at the same
time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes
the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military
power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which
constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing
the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve's overwhelming
powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial
monetary agenda.
... The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic
banking network. The control of money creation at a world level
constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination.
The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies
of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial
design is to override and destroy national currencies."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
DEMOCRACY
"The political institutions
of the West, saturated as they are with contributions from free-floating
global wealth, are more efficient at resisting than generating
a visionary alternative to the status quo."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "The
Road to 9/11"
"An important characteristic
of the Chinese model has been the idea of strong government and
the eschewing of the notion of democracy... In contrast to the
now discredited Washington Consensus, it rejects shock therapy
in favour of a process of gradual reform based on working through
existing institutions. It is predicated upon a strong developmental
state capable of steering and leading the process of reform."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"In Washington, democracy
has a simple definition: does a government do what the state department
wants it to do?"
Mark Weisbrot
"Crowds have always undergone
the influence of illusions. Whoever can supply them with illusions
is easily their master; whoever attempts to destroy their illusions
is always their victim."
Gustave Le Bon, one of the first
pioneers of the study of mass psychology.
"There is little demand
for democracy from within China. Indeed, if anything, there has
been a turn away from democracy since Tiananmen Square. A combination
of a fear of instability following the events of 1989, the disintegration
of the Soviet Union, and what are seen as the difficulties experienced
by Indonesia, Thailand and Taiwan as democracies - and also the
Philippines and India - have reinforced the view of most Chinese
that this is not an immediate issue: that, on the contrary, it
is liable to represent a distraction from the main task of sustaining
the country's economic growth. Implicit in this is the not misplaced
view that any move towards democracy is likely to embroil the
country in considerable chaos and turmoil. This is a key reason
why democracy, for the great majority of Chinese, commands little
support."
Martin Jacques in his book "When
China Rules the World"
"The elites know that once
we stop thinking we become a herd. We react to every new stimulus
as if we were rats crammed into a cage. When the elites push the
button we jump. It is collective sadomasochism. And we get a good
look at it on Election Day."
Chris Hedges
"I don't think [democracy
is] worth a damn .... People say, 'If the Congress were more representative
of the people it would be better.' I say the Congress is too damn
representative. It's just as stupid as the people are; just as
uneducated, just as dumb, just as selfish."
US Secretary of State Dean Acheson
"The West had failed to
bring a better way of life to China. Foreigners had plundered
the country for more than a century under the doctrine of free
enterprise, leading more and more Chinese to reject the doctrine
of individual liberty because they came to believe it was a weapon
of the strong to oppress the weak... Today the Communist Party
is often still seen within China not as a decaying elite feeding
off a brutalized populace but as a political force that retains
considerable legitimacy for the radical changes it has spearheaded."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights"
"All the news we get every
day and every hour is all about the bankers, while presidents,
prime ministers and other elected leaders of the world have been
reduced to the role of mere commentators who are expected to supply
taxpayers' money whenever it is needed to bail out the wealthy.
Indeed, what we are watching is nothing less than the steady transfer
of real political power from the polling station to the market
and from the ballot to the wallet - reversing the democratic gains
we have made over the last century when we were able, increasingly,
to use our votes to shape our economic future."
Tony Benn, 2008
DISSENT
"To oppose the policies
of a government does not mean you are against the country or the
people that the government supposedly represents. Such opposition
should be called what it really is: democracy, or democratic dissent,
or having a critical perspective about what your leaders are doing.
Either we have the right to democratic dissent and criticism of
these policies or we all lie down and let the leader, the Fuhrer,
do what is best, while we follow uncritically, and obey whatever
he commands. That's just what the Germans did with Hitler, and
look where it got them."
Michael Parenti
"Congress passed three
pieces of legislation between 1917 and 1919 to suppress all forms
of dissent.
The Espionage Act of 1917 made it a crime punishable by a fine
of $10,000 and 20 years in jail to attempt to "convey false
reports or false statements with intent to interfere with the
operation or success of the military or naval forces of the United
States or to promote the success of its enemies...or attempt to
cause insubordination, disloyalty, mutiny, or refusal to duty."
The Sedition Act of 1918, under the same penalties, made it illegal
to "utter, print, write, or publish any disloyal, profane,
scurrilous, or abusive language about the form of government of
the United States...or any language intended to...encourage resistance
to the United States."
The third piece of legislation, passed in 1918, decreed that "any
alien who, at any time after entering the United States, is found
to have been at the time of entry, or to have become thereafter,
a member of any one of the classes of aliens"-anarchists,
anyone who advocated revolution or assassinations of public officials-would
be "taken into custody and deported."
Annie Zirin, 2002
"On October 23 2007 the
House of Representatives passed the Violent Radicalization and
Homegrown Terrorism Bill.
... The bill is designed to identify which ideas are likely to
radicalize the American people and promote dissenting activity.
A nationwide network of academic researchers is charged with the
responsibility of identifying certain ideologies and the thoughts
that underpin them. Thus, it is a pre-criminal thought control
piece of legislation amending the Homeland Security Act, and has
moved stealthily through two committees of the House of Representatives.
While not criminalizing "thought crime" at this juncture,
it sets up an elaborate foundation for that move in the future."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"No revolution can be successful
without organization and money. "The downtrodden masses"
usually provide little of the former and none of the latter. But
Insiders at the top can arrange for both."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"[The] process of incrementally
closing down what is left of an "open society" has been
a part of the political program of every dictatorship. Control
over the major sources of mass information through an elaborate
filtering system, ultimately presided over by compliant editors,
is essential to creating homogenous views in a population who,
in many instances, are already conditioned not to want to know.
Allowing peripheral dissent still affords rulers the opportunity
to claim that other views are allowed. The reality is that it
is a fringe activity, irrelevant to the dominant system of control."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"To convey the illusion
of democracy [in America], "the globalizers" must "fabricate
dissent"... they must create and finance their own political
opposition. In order to appear legitimate, they must actively
encourage the type of "criticism" which does not challenge
"their right to rule"
This libertarian "counter-discourse" - which serves
to disarm a genuine mass movement against war and globalization
- constitutes part of the foundations of this evolving totalitarian
system. Leaders of trade union confederations and mainstream NGOs,
together with selected "academics" and critics, are
invited to participate in policy formulation together with bankers,
corporate executives and politicians.
The ploy is to selectively handpick civil society leaders "whom
we can trust" and integrate them into a "dialogue' The
idea is to cut them off from their rank and file, make them feel
that they are "global citizens" acting on behalf of
their fellow citizens, but make them act in a way which serves
the interests of the corporate establishment:
... Once the fundamental premise that the US Administration is
committed to curbing international terrorism is accepted, these
leftist intellectuals and civil society critics are invited to
express their "reservations" regarding America's conduct
of the war, the impacts on civilians or their humanitarian concerns
regarding the derogation of the Rule of Law.
In this ritual, the main justification for waging the war, which
is a complete falsehood, is never questioned despite documented
evidence that the "war on terrorism" is a fabrication.
... While the "globalizers" are subjected to "constructive
criticism", their legitimate right to rule remains unchallenged.
What this "left accommodation" and "civil society
mingling" does is to reinforce the [control] the military-intelligence
elites and the corporate establishment, while weakening the real
protest movement.
More importantly, "left accommodation" splits up the
protest movement. It divides the anti-war movement from the antiglobalization
movement. It prevents the development of a broader movement against
the American Empire. The large trade unions and the mainstream
non-governmental organizations, by failing to denounce the falsehoods
behind the "war on terrorism' have contributed unwittingly
to the failure of a real opposition movement being mounted against
the New World Order."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"America's War on Terrorism"
DRUG TRAFFICKING
"The single, integrated,
multinational cartel which runs [the international drug] trade
is properly referred to as "Dope, Inc.".
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Money laundering, according
to IMF estimates for the 1990s, was between 590 billion and 1.5
trillion dollars a year, representing 2-5 percent of global GDP.
The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited in the banking system.
Drug money is laundered in the numerous offshore banking havens
in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British Channel Islands, the Cayman
Islands and some 50 other locations around the globe. It is here
that criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade and the representatives
of the world's largest commercial banks interact. Dirty money
is deposited in these offshore havens, which are controlled by
major Western banks and financial institutions. The latter, therefore,
have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining the drug
trade.
Once the money has been laundered, it can be recycled into bona
fide investments not only in real estate, hotels, etc, but also
in other areas such as the services economy and manufacturing.
Dirty and covert money is also funneled into various financial
instruments including speculative stock exchange transactions
(derivatives), primary commodities, stocks and government bonds."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The British Crown Colony
of Hong Kong, with the British Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
(HSBC) at the top, is considered the number-one money-laundering
center for the heroin trade ... Illegal drugs are the biggest
business in the Far East -and close to being the biggest business
in the world - but in Hong Kong, drugs do not merely dominate
the economy: They are the economy."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"In 2009, the United Nations
Office on Drugs and Crime reported that billions of dollars in
drug money saved the major banks during the financial crisis,
providing much-needed liquidity."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"[Drug money was] the only
liquid investment capital" available to banks on the brink
of collapse, with roughly $325 billion in drug money absorbed
by the financial system. Without identifying specific countries
or banks, Costa stated that, "Inter-bank loans were funded
by money that originated from the drugs trade and other illegal
activities... There were signs that some banks were rescued that
way."
Antonio Maria Costa, the head of
the UN Office on Drugs and Crime, 2009
"The kingpins of the U.S.
branch of the drug cartel [are] led by Henry Kissinger and the
Anti-Defamation League of B'nai Brith."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"The Hong Kong and Shanghai
Bank [HSBC] and related companies finance the opium trade. In
this, they are acting as designated agents of the British monarchy,
through the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
The world illegal drug traffic is controlled by a single group
of men whose intimate ties of ownership, family, and political
collaboration go back 200 years."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"The large international
banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using
it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Under U.S. law, banks
must report all cash deposits of $10,000 or more. Traffickers
have turned to high cash-turnover businesses - such as hotels,
casinos, restaurants, and sports events-to launder their money.
Since banks don't have to report deposits made by these businesses,
drug profits are simply mixed in with legal cash flows.
Cash is also frequently shipped out of the United States. Often
planes which fly cocaine into the U.S., fly back loaded with $20,
$50, and $100 bills. The bills can then either be deposited directly
in offshore banking centers - where no questions are asked -or
in remote bank branches in the drug-producing countries. These
funds are then wire-transferred out to the offshore banks, into
secret accounts where there is no government supervision."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Cocaine is indeed clearly
the most profitable article of trade in the world."
Economist magazine, August 1989
"Some of the world's leading
private financial institutions [are] deeply implicated in the
witting laundering of hundreds of billions of dollars a year in
illegal dope money... [Illegal drugs are] the largest commodity
in international trade, with the exception of petroleum, and the
annual revenues of the narcotics traffic exceed[s] the national
product of most of the world's nations, and the revenues of the
largest multinational companies."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"In the half century since
the Korean War the United States has been involved in four major
wars in the Third World: in Vietnam (1961-1975), in the Persian
Gulf (1990-1991), in Colombia (1991-present), and in Afghanistan
(2001-2002).' All four wars were fought in or near significant
oil-producing areas. All four involved reliance on proxies who
were also major international drug traffickers. The American habit
of training, arming, and financing its drug-trafficking allies
in order to help secure oil resources abroad has been a major
factor in the huge increase in global illicit drug trafficking
since World War II."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"The drug activities of
the US - and the US-led NATO - are tightly linked with the NATO
expansion and the creation of US military bases in the protectorates
established along the drug-trafficking and pipeline routes. The
best example is the supervised state of Kosovo used by drug lords
to relay narcotics from Afghanistan to Europe via the Balkan route.
The Albanian drug mafia's throughput is estimated at four to six
tons of heroin of the Afghan origin monthly, the annual revenues
being as high as $2 billion. According to the UN, Europe which
is the key market for Afghan opiates absorbs up to 150 tons of
heroin annually, with 35-50 tons going to Russia. The Albanian
mafia is responsible for 75% of heroin supplies to West Europe
and 50% - to the US."
Elena Ponomareva
"All empires since the
Renaissance have been driven by the search for foreign resources,
and nearly all-including the British, the French, and the Dutch-used
drugs as a cheap way to pay for overseas expansion. When the United
States decided to preserve Western influence in Southeast Asia,
it inherited a social structure of former colonial regimes that
had coexisted in one way or other with powerful Chinese Triads
engaged in the drug traffic."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"The United States has
become more and more committed to exclusive domination of the
world oil economy, both to secure its increasing oil needs and
to preclude this power from passing into the hands of anyone else.
The consistent U.S. recourse to actions that have built up the
global drug traffic raises an analogous question: Did the United
States seek to maintain control over the global drug economy to
ensure that its riches would strengthen the U.S. economy and to
deny them to communist enemies?"
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"The U.S. military intervention
in Afghanistan in 2001 was accompanied by restoration of opium
for the world market, a recreation of what happened with the earlier
U.S. intervention of 1979-1980, and before that with the U.S.
intervention in Indochina after 1959, and in Southeast Asia in
1950."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"The strengthening of the
global narcotics traffic has fueled other smuggling and related
criminal activities, leading to the consolidation of an international
criminal milieu. Chinese Triads, Japanese Yakuza, Russian gangs,
and the Mafias of Italy, America, and Colombia have now combined
into a "worldwide criminal consortium."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"The drug "industry"
is run as a single integrated world operation, from the opium
poppy to the nickel bag of heroin sold on an inner-city street
corner. Not only is illegal drug traffic under the control of
a single world network, but opiates traffic in particular is without
doubt the best-controlled production and distribution system of
any commodity in international trade, illegal or legal.
... The drug-related illegal economy is the biggest business in
the world.
... The British monarchy organized most of the Far East to conform
to the drug traffic.
... The Anglo-Dutch "offshore" banking system and related
precious metals and gems trade were designed around illegal money.
... The world drug traffic is a top-down operation under the immediate
control of the British and allied monarchies."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"The heroin epidemic that
ravaged our cities during the fifties and sixties originated with
the CIA out of Southeast Asia. Almost from the moment of their
founding in 1947, the CIA was giving covert support to organized
drug traffickers in Europe and the Far East, and eventually the
Middle East and Latin America. During the Vietnam War, heroin
was being smuggled into this country in the bodies of soldiers
being flown home."
Jesse Ventura in the book "American
Conspiracies"
"In my 30-year history
in the Drug Enforcement Administration and related agencies, the
major targets of my investigations almost invariably turned out
to be working for the CIA."
Dennis Dayle, a forms DEA agent
in the Middle East
"A huge chunk of international
banking and related financial operations have been created solely
to manage dirty money.
... The Anglo-Dutch banking operations control illegal drug and
related trade.
... The Anglo-Dutch oligarchy's banking operations have the following
qualifications:
They have run the drug trade for a century and a half.
They dominate those banking centers closed off to law enforcement
agencies.
Almost all such "offshore," unregulated banking centers
are under the direct political control of the British and Dutch
monarchies and their allies.
They dominate all banking at the heart of the narcotics traffic;
the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, created in 1864 to finance the
drug trade, is exemplary.
They control world trade in gold and diamonds, a necessary aspect
of "hard commodity" exchange for drugs.
They subsume the full array of connections to organized crime,
the pro-drug legislative lobby in the USA, and all other elements
of distribution, protection, and legal support.
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"Drug trafficking constitutes
the third biggest global commodity in cash terms after oil and
the arms trade. Supported by powerful interests, heroin is a multibillion-dollar
business, which requires a steady and secure commodity flow. One
of the hidden objectives of the war In Afghanistan was effectively
to restore the CIA sponsored drug trade to its historical levels
and exert direct control over the drug routes."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The global narcotics market
is estimated by the UN to be of the order of $400-500 billion
a year."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The main heroin supply
routes from the NATO-dominated Afghanistan [are a] land heroin
route through Turkey,Bulgaria, Kosovo or Bosnia, [and a] maritime
heroin route via Mediterranean trade lines to the island of Corsica.
... How many tons of heroin were intercepted on merchant vessels
in Mediterranean during more than ten years of the operation Active
Endeavour? ... Not a single gram... In 2003-2009 155 merchant
vessels were boarded and checked by NATO inspection teams. They
did not find anything.
... Why is NATO is wasting stupendous resources on a purposeless
operation [Operation Active Endeavor]? The answer is evident:
both NATO's International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) and
Active Endeavour are perfectly complying with their real mission:
to ensure total control over production, transportation and distribution
of illegal drugs."
www.voltairenet.org/, April1 ,
2012
"Intelligence agencies
and powerful business syndicates, which are allied with organized
crime, are competing for the strategic control over the heroin
routes. The multi-billion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited
in the Western banking system. Most of the large international
banks, together with their affiliates in the offshore banking
havens, launder large amounts of narco-dollars.
This trade can only prosper if the main actors involved in narcotics
have "political friends in high places". Legal and illegal
undertakings are increasingly intertwined; the dividing line between
"business people" and criminals is blurred."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
DYNASTIC BANKING FAMILIES
These eight private banks own the
most shares of the Federal Reserve. Essentially, they own the
FED.
1. Rothschild Bank of London
2. Warburg Bank of Hamburg
3. Rothschild Bank of Berlin
4. Lehman Brothers of New York
5. Lazard Brothers of Paris
6. Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York
7. Israel Moses Seif Banks of Italy
8. Goldman, Sachs of New York
9. Warburg Bank of Amsterdam
10. Chase Manhattan Bank of New York
"During the past two centuries
when the peoples of the world were gradually winning their political
freedom from the dynastic monarchies, the major banking families
of Europe and America were actually reversing the trend by setting
up new dynasties of political control through the formation of
international financial combines. These banking dynasties had
learned that all governments must have sources of revenue from
which to borrow in times of emergency. They had also learned that
by providing such funds from their own private resources, they
could make both kings and democratic leaders tremendously subservient
to their will.
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The merchant bankers of
London had already at hand in 1810-1850 the Stock Exchange, the
Bank of England, and the London money market when the needs of
advancing industrialism called all of these into the industrial
world which they had hitherto ignored. In time they brought into
their financial network the provincial banking centers, organized
as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies,
to form all of these into a single financial system on an international
scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that
they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one
side and industries on the other. The men who did this, looking
backward toward the period of dynastic monarchy in which they
had their own roots, aspired to establish dynasties of international
bankers and were at least as successful at this as were many of
the dynastic political rulers. The greatest of these dynasties,
of course, were the descendants of Meyer Amschel Rothschild (1743-1812)
of Frankfort, whose male descendants, for at least two generations,
generally married first cousins or even nieces. Rothschild's five
sons, established at branches in Vienna, London, Naples, and Paris,
as well as Frankfort, cooperated together in ways which other
international banking dynasties copied but rarely excelled."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"Hundreds of years ago,
bankers began to specialize, with the richer and more influential
ones associated increasingly with foreign trade and foreign-exchange
transactions. Since these were richer and more cosmopolitan and
increasingly concerned with questions of political significance,
such as stability and debasement of currencies, war and peace,
dynastic marriages, and worldwide trading monopolies, they became
the financiers and financial advisers of governments.
Moreover, since their relationships with governments were always
in monetary terms and not real terms, and since they were always
obsessed with the stability of monetary exchanges between one
country's money and another, they used their power and influence
to do two things: (1) to get all money and debts expressed in
terms of a strictly limited commodity - ultimately gold; and (2)
to get all monetary matters out of the control of governments
and political authority, on the ground that they would be handled
better by private banking interests."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"By the end of the 1890's
[J.P.] Morgan and [John D.] Rockefeller had become the giants
of an increasingly powerful Money Trust controlling American industry
and government policy. There was little room for the actual practice
of democracy in their world. Power was the commodity of their
trade. It was the creation of an American aristocracy of blood
and money, every bit as elite and exclusive as the titled nobility
of Britain, Germany or France - despite the Constitutional ban
on titled nobility in America. It was an oligarchy, a plutocracy
in every sense of the word - rule by the wealthiest in their self-interest.
Some 60 families - names like Rockefeller, Morgan, Dodge, Mellon,
Pratt, Harkness, Whitney, Duke, Harriman, Carnegie, Vanderbilt,
DuPont, Guggenheim, Astor, Lehman, Warburg, Taft, Huntington,
Baruch and Rosenwald formed a close network of plutocratic wealth
that manipulated, bribed, and bullied its way to control the destiny
of the United States. At the dawn of the 20th Century, some sixty
ultra-rich families, through dynastic intermarriage and corporate,
interconnected shareholdings, had gained control of American industry
and banking institutions."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"We are ruled, though it
may be difficult to imagine, by a small dynastic power structure,
largely consisting of powerful banking families, such as the Rothschilds,
Rockefellers, and others. The emerged in controlling the financial
system, extended their influence over the political system, the
educational system, and, through the major foundations, have become
the dominant social powers of our world, creating think tanks
and other institutions which shape and change the course of society
and modern human history. Among these central institutions which
extend the domination of these elites and their social group are
the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg Group, and the
Trilateral Commission."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"J. W. McCallister, oil
industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in The
Grim Reaper that information he acquired from Saudi bankers cited
80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank - by far the
most powerful Fed branch - by just eight families, only four of
which reside in the US. They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers,
Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschild's of Paris
and London; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of
Rome."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
ECONOMIC SHOCK THERAPY
"The neoliberal global
system never was open in practice. America never imposed on itself
the kind of shock therapy that President Clinton's Treasury Secretary
Robert Rubin promoted in Russia and the rest of the former Soviet
bloc, from the Baltic countries in the northwest to Central Asia
in the southeast. Just the opposite! Despite the fact that America's
own balance of trade and payments is soaring, consumer prices
are rising and financial and property markets are plunging, there
are no calls among its power elite to let the system self-correct.
The Treasury is subsidizing America's financial markets so as
to save its financial class and support its asset prices. Interest
rates are being lowered to re-inflate asset prices, not raised
to stabilize the dollar or slow domestic price inflation."
Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers
"The entire thirty-year
history of he Chicago School experiment has been one of mass corruption
and corporatist collusion between security states and large corporations,
from Chile's piranhas, to Argentina's crony privatizations, to
Russia's oligarchs, to Enron's energy shell game, to Iraq's "free
fraud zone." The point of shock therapy is to open up a window
for enormous profits to be made very quickly-not despite the lawlessness
but precisely because of it."
Naomi Klein in her book "The
Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism"
"The Latin American debt
crisis ... erupted as a direct result of [US Federal Reserve Chairman
Paul] Volcker's interest rate shock therapy. In August 1982 Mexico
announced it could no longer pay the interest on its staggering
dollar debt. Mexico, along with most of the Third World from Argentina
to Brazil, from Nigeria to Congo, from Poland to Yugoslavia, had
fallen for the New York banks' debt trap."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"Along with former Federal
Reserve chairman Paul Volcker; Citibank vice-chairman H. Anno
Ruding, who was formerly with the IMF; and Harvard Professor Jeffrey
Sachs, George Soros had a big hand in creating the Polish model
of "shock therapy." [Sachs drew Soros's attention through
his work in implementing IMF-style "shock therapy" in
Bolivia.]"
Executive Intelligence Review Special
Report, April 1997
"The Communist state was
simply replaced with a corporatist one: the beneficiaries of the
boom were confined to a small club of Russians, many of them former
Communist Party apparatchiks, and a handful of Western mutual
fund managers who made dizzying returns investing in newly privatized
Russian companies. A clique of nouveaux billionaires, many of
whom were to become part of the group universally known as "the
oligarchs" for their imperial levels of wealth and power,
teamed up with Yeltsin's Chicago Boys and stripped the country
of nearly everything of value, moving the enormous profits offshore
at a rate of $2 billion a month. Before shock therapy, Russia!
had no millionaires; by 2003, the number of Russian billionaires
had risen to seventeen, according to the Forbes list.
... By 1998, more than 80 percent of Russian farms had gone bankrupt,
and roughly seventy thousand state factories had closed, creating
an epidemic of unemployment. In 1989, before shock therapy, 2
million people in the Russian Federation were living in poverty,
on less than $4 a day. By the time the shock therapists had administered
their "bitter medicine" in the mid-nineties, 74 million
Russians were living below the poverty line, according to the
World Bank. That means that Russia's "economic reforms"
can claim credit for the impoverishment of 72 million people in
only eight years. By 1996, 25 percent of Russians - almost 37
million people-lived in poverty described as "desperate."
Russia's population is ... in dramatic decline-the country is
losing roughly 700,000 people a year. Between 1992, the first
full year of shock therapy, and 2006, Russia's population shrank
by 6.6 million."
Naomi Klein in her book "The
Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism"
"The aim of Washington's
IMF "market reforms" in the former Soviet Union was
brutally simple: destroy the economic ties that bound Moscow to
each part of the Soviet Union .... IMF shock therapy was intended
to create weak, unstable economies on the periphery of Russia,
dependent on Western capital and on dollar inflows for their survival
-- a form of neocolonialism .... The Russians were to get the
standard Third World treatment... IMF conditionalities and a plunge
into poverty for the population. A tiny elite were allowed to
become fabulously rich in dollar terms, and manipulable by Wall
Street bankers and investors."
William Engdahl in his book"
A Century of War"
"The country has been intentionally
plundered and will eventually wind up in the hands of its creditors...
After a nation is successfully driven to destitution, public policy
decisions are made by creditors and not by representatives of
the people .... The catastrophe that middle class Americans face
is what these elites breezily refer to as "shock therapy";
a sudden jolt, followed by fundamental changes to the system.
In the near future we can expect tax reform, fiscal discipline,
deregulation, free capital flows, lowered tariffs, reduced public
services, and privatization."
Mike Whitney, 2005
"For over 40 years, Washington
had quietly supported Yugoslavia, and the Tito model of mixed
socialism, as a buffer against the Soviet Union. As Moscow's empire
began to fall apart, Washington had no more use for a buffer -
especially a nationalist buffer which was economically successful,
one that might convince neighboring states in eastern Europe that
a middle way other than IMF shock therapy was possible. The Yugoslav
model had to be dismantled, for this reason alone, in the eyes
of top Washington strategists. The fact that Yugoslavia also lay
on a critical path to the potential oil riches of central Asia
merely added to the argument."
William Engdahl in his book"
A Century of War"
ECONOMICS
"Economic science is an
ideological construct which serves to camouflage and justify the
New World Order. A set of dogmatic postulates serves to uphold
free market capitalism by denying the existence of social inequality
and the profit-driven nature of the system is denied. The role
of powerful economic actors and how these actors are able to influence
the workings of financial and commodity markets is not a matter
of concern for the discipline's theoreticians. The powers of market
manipulation which serve to appropriate vast amounts of money
wealth are rarely addressed."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The theories offered by
economists rationalize the self-interest of big business and the
wealthy. Such theories claim to benefit society and the public's
well-being. But they do just the opposite: they make the great
mass of people poorer while making the rich fabulously richer."
economist Ravi Batra
"What [the wealthy elite]
are trying to do is to roll back the Enlightenment, roll back
the moral philosophy and social values of classical political
economy and its culmination in Progressive Era legislation, as
well as the New Deal institutions. They're not trying to make
the economy more equal, and they're not trying to share power.
Their greed is (as Aristotle noted) infinite. So what you find
to be a violation of traditional values is a re-assertion of pre-industrial,
feudal values. The economy is being set back on the road to debt
peonage. The Road to Serfdom is not government sponsorship of
economic progress and rising living standards; it's the dismantling
of government, the dissolution of regulatory agencies, to create
a new feudal-type elite."
Michael Hudson, 2008
"Today CEOs and wealthy
businessmen are the ruling elite in the Western world, especially
the United States. Their donations finance elections and even
education, which they are constantly saying has to adapt itself
to the needs of the market (that is, be molded to inculcate their
views. It should come as no surprise therefore that the theories
offered by economists rationalize the self-interest of big business
and the wealthy. Overtly, of course, such theories claim to benefit
society and the public's well-being. But covertly, they do just
the opposite: they make the great mass of people poorer while
making the rich fabulously richer."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
New Golden Age", 2007
"The advanced capitalist
economies of North America and Europe are desperately trying to
maintain their hegemony and economic survival by means of austerity
programs which shift the burden of the depression from the wealthy
financiers and speculators who created it to the poor and working
class who must pay for it... The Western imperial powers seek
to destroy the social safety net and drive their populations into
further destitution and desperation. This is the crisis of advanced,
post-industrial capitalism - an economic system which must expand
the divide between rich and poor, create extremes of wealth and
poverty and generally perpetuate itself on the misery and poverty
of the lower classes."
Eric Draitser, Global Research,
2013
"Economists are schooled in
bank-funded university economics departments where they are thoroughly
indoctrinated in monetary theories. The Money Power ensures that
economists are methodically trained in economic language and thought
and are programmed to spout the official, approved version.
... Economists show no inclination whatsoever to challenge the
fundamentals of a centuries old fraudulent practice of private,
debt-based, interest-bearing money creation.
Gabriel Donohoe
"Why don't elite economists
ever want to reduce payroll, gasoline and sales taxes? Why do
they always want to cut income and corporate taxes? Why do some
Ivy League experts always want to slash tax rates on capital gains
and dividends? Why is their theory silent about the beneficial
effects of cuts for low-income people? The reason is simple: these
other rate cuts won't offer much benefit to the rich, so well-paid
economists working for the affluent see no investment and growth
benefits from such reductions. If the experts urged consideration
of tax cuts for the middle and lower classes, their colleges would
likely starve for donations from the CEOs."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
New Golden Age", 2007
"83 percent of all U.S.
stocks are in the hands of 1 percent of the people.
66% of the income growth between 2001 and 2007 went to the top
1% of all Americans.
In 1950, the ratio of the average executive's paycheck to the
average worker's paycheck was about 30 to 1. Since the year 2000,
that ratio has exploded to between 300 to 500 to one.
As of 2007, the bottom 80 percent of American households held
about 7% of the liquid financial assets.
The bottom 50 percent of income earners in the United States now
collectively own less than 1 percent of the nation's wealth.
The top 1% of U.S. households own nearly twice as much of America's
corporate wealth as they did just 15 years ago.
More than 40% of Americans who actually are employed are now working
in service jobs.
For the first time in U.S. history, more than 40 million Americans
are on food stamps.
Approximately 21 percent of all children in the United States
are living below the poverty line in 2010 - the highest rate in
20 years.
The top 10% of Americans now earn around 50% of our national income."
www.businessinsider.com/, July
2010
"In 1959, manufacturing
represented 28 percent of U.S. economic output. In 2008, it represented
11.5 percent.
The United States has lost 32 percent of its manufacturing jobs
since the year 2000."
Michael Snyder, 2010
"The big question is why
hasn't government and the Fed tried to solve the economic situation
[in the United States]? The answer is they have no intention of
doing so, because they want the public on their knees economically
and financially so they can impose World Government."
Bob Chapman, 2011
ENEMIES
"The need for major states
as enemies stems partly from the fact that only the perceived
presence of enemy states can justify military spending at the
level which the industries concerned have come to demand."
David Edwards - Burning All Illusions
"There was no comer of
the known world where some interest was not alleged to be in danger
or under actual attack If the interests were not Roman, they were
those of Rome's allies; and if Rome had no allies, then allies
would be invented When it was utterly impossible to contrive such
an interest-why, then it was the national honor that had been
insulted. The fight was a/ways invested with an aura of legality.
Rome was always being attacked by evil-minded neighbors, always
fighting for a breathing space. The whole world was pervaded by
a host of enemies, and it was manifestly Rome's duty to guard
against their indubitably aggressive designs."
Joseph Schumpeter, Austrian economist,
1979 essay "The Sociology of Imperialisms"
"However unlikely some
of the possible alternate enemies may seem, we must emphasize
that one must be found, of credible quality and magnitude, if
a transition to peace is ever to come about without social disintegration....
It is more probable, in our judgment, that such a threat will
have to be invented, rather than developed from unknown conditions."
Report from Iron Mountain, 1967
"Enemies are necessary
for the wheels of the U.S. military machine to turn."
former CIA official John Stockwell
"Our government has kept
us in a perpetual state of fear - kept us in a continuous stampede
of patriotic fervor - with the cry of grave national emergency.
Always there has been some terrible evil to gobble us up if we
did not blindly rally behind it by furnishing the exorbitant funds
demanded. Yet, in retrospect, these disasters seem never to have
happened, seem never to have been quite real."
General Douglas MacArthur, 1957,
as quoted in "American Caesar" by William Manchester,
1978
"Were the Soviet Union
to sink tomorrow under the waters of the ocean, the American military-industrial
establishment would have to go on, substantially unchanged, until
some other adversary could be invented. Anything else would be
an unacceptable shock to the American economy."
George Kennan, State Department
Cold War strategist
"However unlikely some
of the possible alternate enemies ... may seem, we must emphasize
that one must be found, of credible quality and magnitude, if
a transition to peace is ever to come about without social disintegration...
It is more probable, in our judgment, that such a threat will
have to be invented, rather than developed from unknown conditions."
Report from Iron Mountain, 1967
"Now that the cold war
is becoming a memory, America's foreign policy establishment has
begun searching for new enemies. Possible new villains include
"instability" in Europe, the "vanishing" ozone
layer, nuclear proliferation, and narco-terrorism. Topping the
list of potential new global bogeymen, however, are the Yellow
Peril, the alleged threat to American economic security emanating
from East Asia, and the so-called Green Peril (green is the color
of Islam)."
Leon T. Hadar, Cato Institute,
in the 1990s
"Among Latin American elites,
a peasant asking for a higher wage or a priest helping organize
a peasant cooperative is a communist. And someone going so far
as to suggest land reform or a more equitable tax system is a
communist fanatic. There is no word or act suggesting the desirability
of elite generosity toward the poor, or the need for education,
organization or material advance for the majority, that has not
been branded communistic in Latin America in recent decades. ...
Since communism is the enemy and peasants trying to improve themselves,
priests with the slightest humanistic proclivity, and naturally
anyone seriously challenging the status quo, are communists, they
are also, by definition, enemies."
Edward S. Herman
"The whole aim of practical
politics is to keep the populace alarmed ... by menacing it with
an endless series of hobgoblins, all of them imaginary... The
urge to save humanity is almost always only a false face for the
urge to rule it."
H L Mencken, In Defense of Women,
Dover Publications, 1918
"The ruling elites know
who their enemies are, and their enemies are the people, the people
at home and the people abroad. Their enemies are anybody who wants
more social justice, anybody who wants to use the surplus value
of society for social needs rather than for individual class greed,
that's their enemy."
Michael Parenti
"America cherishes her
enemies. Without enemies, she is a nation without purpose and
direction. The various components of the National Security State
need enemies to justify their swollen budgets, to aggrandize their
work, to protect their jobs, to give themselves a mission in the
aftermath of the Soviet Union."
William Blum in his book "Rogue
State"
"How does continuous war
act to keep the Lows "stupefied by poverty" and thereby
assure the maintenance of the social structure? The goal of the
wars is to enable the economy to be kept going for the benefit
of the High, its military, and its bureaucracy and control personnel
(the Thought Police, etc.), but at the same time to assure that
any excess production capacity is prevented from producing consumer
goods for the lower classes. That excess capacity is instead directed
to producing excess military goods which will ' ultimately rust
away or be destroyed in warfare; that is, the excess capacity
is deliberately wasted in order to turn it away from the production
of goods which would result in added leisure or well-being for
the lower classes. Those classes are instead continually forced
into group activities expressing hatred toward the current enemy
(any enemy) and dependency upon and love toward their benevolent
rulers for protecting them from that enemy. They are thereby led
to accept the consumer shortages, the poverty, and the other privations
to which they are subjected. Their economic status is kept at
the subsistence level, forcing their priorities to be focused
on simply acquiring basic food, clothing, and shelter. They are
thus denied either the time or the inclination to question the
fairness or permanence of their societal condition, or to otherwise
evolve into a threat to the established hierarchy."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"It is now clear that we
are facing an implacable enemy whose avowed objective is world
domination by whatever means and at whatever cost. There are no
rules in such a game. Hitherto acceptable norms of human conduct
do not apply. If the United States is to survive, long-standing
American concepts of "fair play" must be reconsidered.
We must develop effective espionage and counterespionage services
and must learn to subvert, sabotage and destroy our enemies by
more clever, more sophisticated, and more effective methods than
those used against us. It may become necessary that the American
people be made acquainted with, understand and support this fundamentally
repugnant philosophy."
Doolittle Report - White House
commission to study the ClA's covert activities , 1954
"The collapse of the Soviet
Union ... ended China's main usefulness to the United States as
an ally, while enhancing its new status as a possible long-term
rival to American hegemony. In the wake of the Cold War, with
the Pentagon intent on maintaining near Cold War levels of military
spending, enemies on the global horizon were much needed.
With the Soviet army increasingly seen as a disintegrating "paper
tiger," China's economic emergence as a major power in the
Pacific offered one possible fit with the Pentagon's need for
a major enemy."
Chalmers Johnson in his book "Blowback"
"There's really no serious
proposal about what to do about the severe problems of health,
education, homelessness, joblessness, crime, soaring criminal
populations, jails, deterioration in the inner cities - the whole
raft of problems... In such circumstances you've got to divert
the bewildered herd, because if they start noticing this they
may not like it, since they're the ones suffering from it... You
have to whip them up into fear of enemies."
Noam Chomsky in his book "Media
Control"
"This is total war. We
are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them out
there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan,
then we will do Iraq, then we take a look around and see how things
stand. This is entirely the wrong way to go about it... If we
just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely,
and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just
wage a total war . . . our children will sing great songs about
us years from now."
neoconservative Richard Perle
"In the eyes of officials
and citizens of a given country, a 'terrorist' is someone who
is killing friends, but the murderer of political enemies is labeled
a 'rebel' or a 'freedom fighter."
Chicago Sun-Times columnist Carl
T. Rowan, 1984
"In order to rally people,
governments need enemies...if they do not have a real enemy, they
will invent one in order to mobilize us."
Thich Nhat Hanh, Vietnamese Buddhist
monk
"The need for major states
as enemies stems partly from the fact that only the perceived
presence of enemy states can justify military spending at the
level which the industries concerned have come to demand."
Anatol Lieven in his book "America
Right or Wrong"
"From the era of US wars
to disarm and eliminate "merciless Indian savages" to
the era of capitalist wars to contain and then vanquish red communism,
to the current era of global police and military operations mounted
in the name of opposing the largely manufactured demon of al-Qaeda,
the American empire of material aggrandizement has always required
an external enemy to give military support to the expansionary
enterprises of its biggest engines of corporate profit. It has
required pretexts to present wars of aggression as self-defence."
Anthony J. Hall in his book "Earth
into Property: Colonization, Decolonization, and Capitalism"
ENVIRONMENTALISM
"'Big Green' has been used
to describe the biggest environmental organizations in the United
States. These are heavily-staffed, well-funded non-profit corporations
each with budgets in the tens of millions of dollars a year, offices
in Washington, DC and other major cities, highly paid executive
directors, and a staff of lobbyists, analysts and marketers. Big
Green environmental groups together raise and spend hundreds of
millions of dollars a year, most of it contributed by non-profit
foundations and individual donors. Many of the Big Green groups
partner with corporations and have representatives of major corporations
on their boards of directors."
www.organicconsumers.org
Members of Big Green
Defenders of Wildlife
Environmental Defense
Greenpeace
National Audubon Society
National Wildlife Federation
Natural Resources Defense Council
The Nature Conservancy
Sierra Club
The Wilderness Society
World Wildlife Fund (WWF)
"Report from Iron Mountain
(1967) was the first publication to draw together themes that
have been linked together ever since. It is the source document
for a key constellation of ideas, namely: (1) that the threat
of war must be replaced by another threat, preferably global in
scope, (2) that the ecothreat is the best of several possible
replacements, and, finally, (3) that the threat must be cultivated
and the populace prepared before the "solution" to the
threat can be applied."
Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders
in their book "The Greening: The Environmentalists' Drive
for Global Power"
"It may be that gross pollution
of the environment can eventually replace the possibility of mass
destruction by nuclear weapons as the principal apparent threat
to the survival of the species. Poisoning of the air, and of the
principal sources of food and water supply, is already well advanced,
and at first glance would seem promising in this respect; it constitutes
a threat that can be dealt with only through social organization
and political power. But from present indications it will be a
generation to a generation and a half before environmental pollution,
however severe, will be sufficiently menacing, on a global scale,
to offer a possible basis for a solution."
Report from Iron Mountain, 1967
"The figures at the helm
of each and every one of the major environmental foundations such
as the World Wildlife Fund, the Heritage Trust, the Nature Conservancy,
the National Wildlife Federation, The Sierra Club, the World Wilderness
Congress, Conservation International, and the Center for Earth
Resource Analysis, are key members of the elite political organizations,
including the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Council
on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg Group, the Club of Rome,
and the Trilateral Commission)."
Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders
in their book "The Greening: The Environmentalists' Drive
for Global Power"
"The WWF [World Wildlife Fund]
was established in 1961... Thirty years later, the WWF controls
10% of the world's surface."
Dutch Attorney J. Wilgers
"The figures at the helm
of each and every one of the major environmental foundations (such
as the World Wildlife Fund, the Heritage Trust, the Nature Conservancy,
the National Wildlife Federation, The Sierra Club, the World Wilderness
Congress, Conservation International, and the Center for Earth
Resource Analysis are key members of the elite political organizations
previously and repetitiously identified (i.e., the Royal Institute
of International Affairs, the Council on Foreign Relations, the
Bilderberg Group, the Club of Rome, and the Trilateral Commission)."
Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders
in their book "The Greening: The Environmentalists' Drive
for Global Power"
"Global environmentalism
requires global planning, global regulation. and inevitably, global
bureaucrats."
Wall Street Journal, November 8,
1989
"The environmental issue
has clearly been selected as the major policy initiative to be
developed... It might be possible to enhance the environmental
threat, or even to invent a fake issue if an appropriate real
one could not be found."
Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders
in their book "The Greening: The Environmentalists' Drive
for Global Power"
"The global elites genuinely
believe they are the destined elite worthy to rule the world.
Environmentalism is merely the rally, ragged rationalization designed
to hoodwink the world into accepting their rule."
ESPIONAGE ACT - 1917
/ SEDITION ACT - 1918
"Anti-war protesters in
1917, after the Espionage Act was passed, were often arrested
and sentenced... Today's Espionage Act, ostensibly \directed at
domestic terrorism, is just as wide-ranging."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"The Espionage Act of 1917
made it a crime punishable by a fine of $10,000 and 20 years in
jail to attempt to "convey false reports or false statements
with intent to interfere with the operation or success of the
military or naval forces of the United States or to promote the
success of its enemies...or attempt to cause insubordination,
disloyalty, mutiny, or refusal to duty.
... The Sedition Act of 1918, made it illegal to "utter,
print, write, or publish any disloyal, profane, scurrilous, or
abusive language about the form of government of the United States...or
any language intended to...encourage resistance to the United
States."
Annie Zirin, 2002
"The Sedition Act passed
by the Federalist Congress in 1798 prohibited "any false,
scandalous and malicious writing... against the government of
the United States, or President of the United States, with intent
to defame said government (or Congress or President) with intent
to bring them into contempt or disrepute, or to excite against
them the hatred of the good people of the United States."
Lewis Lapham in his book "Gag
Rule"
"The Espionage Act of 1917,
and an amendment, the Sedition Act of 1918 made it a crime to
"willfully utter, print, write or publish any disloyal, profane,
scurrilous, or abusive language about the form of government of
the United States," punishable by a $10,000 fine and up to
twenty years in prison."
Sherry Wolf, 2006
EUGENE DEBS
"The master class has always
declared the wars; the subject class has always fought the battles.
The master class has had all to gain and nothing to lose, while
the subject class has had nothing to gain and all to lose--especially
their lives."
Eugene Debs , Canton, Ohio, June
16, 1918
"They have always taught
and trained you to believe it to be your patriotic duty to go
to war and to have yourselves slaughtered at their command. But
in all the history of the world, you, the people, have never had
a voice in declaring war, and strange as it certainly appears,
no war by any nation in any age has ever been declared by the
people."
Eugene Debs , Canton, Ohio, June
16, 1918
"The working class that
fights all the battles, the working class that makes the supreme
sacrifices, the working class that freely sheds its blood and
furnishes the corpses, has never yet had a voice in either declaring
war or making peace."
Eugene Debs , Canton, Ohio, June
16, 1918
"It is the ruling class
... alone declare war and they alone make peace. "Yours not
to reason why; Yours but to do and die.' That is their motto,
and we object on the part of the awakening workers of this nation."
Eugene Debs , Canton, Ohio, June
16, 1918
"While there is a lower
class, I am in it, and while there is a criminal element I am
of it, and while there is a soul in prison, I am not free."
Eugene Debs , Canton, Ohio, June
16, 1918
"I look upon the Espionage
Law as a despotic enactment in flagrant conflict with democratic
principles and with the spirit of free institutions."
Eugene Debs , Canton, Ohio, June
16, 1918
EUROPEAN ROYAL DYNASTIC
FAMILIES
In Europe today there are only
ten monarchies left.
HOUSE OF WINDSOR (Great Britain
and Northern Ireland)
NETHERLANDS
BELGIUM
LIECHTENSTEIN
LUXEMBOURG
SPAIN
DENMARK
NORWAY
SWEDEN
MONACO
"At the center of oligarchy
is the idea that certain families are born to rule as an arbitrary
elite, while the vast majority of any given population is condemned
to oppression, serfdom, or slavery. Oligarchs identify wealth
purely in money terms, and practice usury, monetarism, and looting.
The oligarchy has believed for millennia that the Earth is overpopulated.
The essence of oligarchism is summed up in the idea of the empire,
in which an elite identifying itself as a master race rules over
a degraded mass of slaves or other oppressed victims. If oligarchical
methods are allowed to dominate human affairs, they always create
a breakdown crisis of civilization, with economic depression,
war, famine, plague, and pestilence. A pillar of the oligarchical
system is the family fortune. The continuity of the family fortune
which earns money through usury and looting is often more important
than the biological continuity across generations of the family
that owns the fortune."
"The Venetian Black Nobility
and the Concept of Oligarchy" an article by Dr. Webster Griffin
Tarpley & James Higham
"European dynastic families
constitute a financial oligarchy; they are the power behind the
Windsor throne [Britain]. They view themselves as the heirs to
the Venetian oligarchy, which infiltrated and subverted England
from the period 1509-1715, and established a new, more virulent,
Anglo-Dutch-Swiss strain of the oligarchic system of imperial
Babylon, Persia, Rome, and Byzantium."
historian Jeffrey Steinberg, henrymakow.com
2004
"The European Black Nobility is responsible for the insidious
entanglements of numerous secret societies, lodges, and organizations,
which are backed with high finance and powerful political connections.
Such organizations include: Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg
Group (German version of CFR), Council on Foreign Relations (CFR),
United Nations (founded by CFR), Illuminati order Skull &
Bones (inner circle of the CFR), International Monetary Fund (IMF),
World Bank, Bank of International Settlement, Club of Rome, Chatham
House (formally the Royal Institute of International Affairs
RIIA), Round Table, Tavistock Institute for Human Studies (England's
psychological warfare think tank), Associated Press, Reuters (Rothschild
owned news monopoly used for brainwashing the masses), and many
others, all of which, whether they are dupes or adapts, work in
favor of Great Britain's aristocracy and their one world government
agenda. Although there is a wide cross-section, all roads lead
to the Queen of England."
John Colman, 2012
"The Swedish Nobel and
French Rothschild families discovered oil in Russia through their
Far East Trading Company, which later combined with Oppenheimer
family interests to become Shell Oil. The Dutch House of Orange
joined forces with the British House of Windsor in the Dutch East
Indies to launch Royal Dutch Petroleum."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"Royal Dutch/Shell is controlled
by the Rothschild, Oppenheimer, Nobel and Samuel families along
with the British House of Windsor and the Dutch House of Orange."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The Black Nobility are
the oligarchic families of Venice and Genoa, who in the 12th century
held privileged trading rights (monopolies). The first of three
crusades, from 1063 to 1123, established the power of the Venetian
Black Nobility and solidified the power of the wealthy ruling
class. In 1204 the oligarchic families parceled out feudal enclaves
to their members, and from this date, they built up power until
government became a closed corporation of the leading Black Nobility
families.
The European Black Nobility is responsible for the insidious entanglements
of numerous secret societies and organizations, which are backed
with high finance and powerful political connections. Such organizations
include: Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign
Relations (CFR), United Nations, International Monetary Fund (IMF),
World Bank, Bank of International Settlements (BIS), Club of Rome,
Chatham House, and many others. Present day European Black Nobility
families are connected with the House of Guelph, one of the original
Black Nobility families of Venice from which the House of Windsor
and thus
the present Queen of the United Kingdom Elizabeth II descends."
Dr. John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300: A Brief History of World Power"
"During the Middle Ages, European power centers coalesced
into two camps: the Ghibellines and the Guelphs. The Pope then
allied himself with the Guelphs against the Ghibellines resulting
in their victory. All of modern history stems directly from the
struggle between these two powers. The Guelphs were also called
the Black Guelphs and Black Nobility. Every subsequent coup d'état,
revolution and war has centered in the battle of the Guelphs to
hold and enhance their power, which is now the World Order. The
power of the Guelphs grew through their control of banking and
international trade."
Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley &
James Higham in their book "The Venetian Black Nobility and
the Concept of Oligarchy"
"There is a vast network
of private financial interests, controlled by the leading aristocratic
and royal families of Europe.
A secret cross-linked vast holding of private financial interests,
tied to the told aristocratic oligarchy of Western Europe, was
developed (Club of the Isles). It was in many ways modeled on
the 17th-century British or Dutch East India Company models.
The center of this Club of the Isles is the financial center of
the old British Empire, the "City of London"."
William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence
Review, April 1997
FALSE FLAGS
"The easiest way to gain
control of a population is to carry out acts of terror. [The public]
will clamor for such laws if their personal security is threatened."
Josef Stalin
"The easiest way to carry
out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that
simulates the very attack you want to carry out . This is exactly
how government perpetrators in the US and UK handled the 9/11
and 7/7 "terror" attacks, which were in reality government
attacks blamed on "terrorists"."
Captain Eric H. May, former Army
military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008
"9/11 was an example of
state-sponsored, false-flag, synthetic terrorism. The 9/11 events
were organized and directed by a rogue network of high government
and military officials of the United States, with a certain participation
by the intelligence agencies of Britain and Israel, and with a
more general backup from the intelligence agencies of the other
Echelon states Australia, New Zealand, Canada."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"For many Americans, the
idea that we are living in a country whose own leaders planned
and carried out the attacks of 9/11 is simply too horrible to
entertain. Unfortunately, however, there is strong evidence in
support of this view."
9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals
Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz,
Stephen Hadley, Elliott Abrams, and Condoleezza Rice ran the attacks
[9/11].
It was called a stand down, a false flag operation in order to
mobilize the American public under false pretenses... it was told
to me by the general on the staff of Wolfowitz.
I taught stand down and false flag operations at the national
war college, I've taught it with all my operatives so I knew exactly
what was done to the American public."
Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik , Deputy
Assistant Secretary of State under Nixon, Ford and Carter
POWER: "At half past nine
this morning we were actually running an exercise for a company
of over a thousand people in London based on simultaneous bombs
going off precisely at the railway stations where it happened
this morning, so I still have the hairs on the back of my neck
standing up right now."
BBC HOST: "To get this quite straight, you were running an
exercise to see how you would cope with this and it happened while
you were running the exercise?"
POWER: "Precisely."
Peter Power, former Scotland Yard
anti-terrorism agent, who was a contract employee working in government
exercises on the day of the July 2007 London railway bombings
- interviewed by BBC
"The owner of all three
[World Trade Center] buildings was Larry Silverstein, who had
recently doubled the insurance value of the Twin Towers. He stated
in a PBS interview that he and the New York Fire Department agreed
to a controlled demolition of WTC 7. Since skyscrapers are not
[normally] wired for demolition -- unless someone intends to demolish
them -- Silverstein's statement is an admission that 9/11 was
an inside job."
Captain Eric H. May, former Army
military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008
"[Operation Northwoods]
The U.S. government declassified documents showing that in the
1960's, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan
to blow up American airplanes, and also to commit terrorist acts
on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order
to justify an invasion of Cuba."
Washington's Blog, Global Research,
2010
"The Israeli embassy had
been advised in advance by Scotland Yard of an impending bomb
attack [London, July 7, 2005]:
Just before the blasts, Scotland Yard called the security officer
at the Israeli Embassy to say they had received warnings of possible
attacks.
... Israeli Finance Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was warned by
his embassy not to attend an economic conference. Netanyahu was
staying at the Aidridge Hotel in Mayfair. The conference venue
was a few miles away at the Great Eastern Hotel close to the Liverpool
subway station; where one of the bomb blasts occurred."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The former Italian Prime
Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian counterintelligence
admit that NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried
out terror bombings in Italy and other European countries in the
1950s and blamed the communists, in order to rally people's support
for their governments in Europe in their fight against communism."
Washington's Blog, 2010
FASCISM
"The really dangerous American
fascist is the man who wants to do in the United States in an
American way what Hitler did in Germany in a Prussian way. The
American fascist would prefer not to use violence. His method
is to poison the channels of public information. With a fascist
the problem is never how best to present the truth to the public
but how best to use the news to deceive the public into giving
the fascist and his group more money or more power.
... They claim to be super-patriots, but they would destroy every
liberty guaranteed by the Constitution. They demand free enterprise,
but are the spokesmen for monopoly and vested interest. Their
final objective toward which all their deceit is directed is to
capture political power so that, using the power of the state
and the power of the market simultaneously, they may keep the
common man in eternal subjection."
Vice President Henry Wallace, New
York Times, April 9, 1944
"When fascism comes to
America it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying a cross."
Sinclair Lewis, 1835
"The movement from democracy
to fascism has historically involved the criminalization not only
of active dissent, but also of speech and ideas... the Violent
Radicalization Bill, which is clearly on that track, is an attempt
to legitimize an effort to identify words and thoughts that may
be capable of radicalizing citizens of the Republic. As a part
of this process, the narrow constitutional definition of treason
is expanded to a new level. Unpatriotic speech or slander against
the president, the government, or the state becomes treasonous."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"What happened here was
the gradual habituation of the people, little by little, to being
governed by surprise; to receiving decisions deliberated in secret,
to believing that the situation was so complicated that the government
had to act on information which the people could not understand,
or so dangerous that, even if the people could understand it,
it could not be released because of national security .... I do
not speak of your "little men," your baker and so on;
I speak of my colleagues and myself, learned men, mind you. Most
of us did not want to think about fundamental things and never
had. There was no need to. Nazism gave us some dreadful, fundamental
things to think about-we were decent people-and kept us so busy
with continuous changes and "crises" and so fascinated,
yes, fascinated, by the machinations of the "national enemies,"
without and within, that we had no time to think about those dreadful
things that were growing, little by little, all around us. Unconsciously,
I suppose, we were grateful. Who wants to think?*
... To live in this process is absolutely not to be able to notice
it-please try to believe me-unless one has a much greater degree
of political awareness, acuity, than most of us had ever had occasion
to develop. Each step was so small, so inconsequential, so well
explained or, on occasion, "regretted," that, unless
one were detached from the whole process from the beginning, unless
one understood what the whole thing was in principle, what all
these "little measures" that no "patriotic German"
could resent must some day lead to, one no more saw it developing
from day to day than a farmer in his field sees the corn growing.
One day it is over his head."
Milton Mayer "They Thought
They Were Free: The Germans 1933-1945"
"The liberty of a democracy
is not safe if the people tolerate the growth of private power
to the point where it becomes stronger than the democratic state
itself. That in its essence is fascism - ownership of government
by an individual, by a group or any controlling private power."
President Franklin Roosevelt
"Fascism should more appropriately
be called Corporatism because it is a merger of State and corporate
power."
Benito Mussolini, dictator of Italy,
1930-43
"Washington supported Latin-American
dictators who claimed to be anti-communist, as in the case of
General Stroessner in Paraguay. But the result of this preoccupation
with communism was the revival of another monster: a creole version
of European fascism.
A latent force in several of the most important South-American
countries, fascism - particularly Mussolini's corporate state
- had long attracted certain military and civilian sectors. During
the 1930s it was also popular within an influential wing of the
Catholic Church because of its virulent anti-communism and emphasis
on "God, Fatherland, and Family." Called "integralism"
in South America, this creole brand of European fascism made its
greatest impact on Argentina, although the Brazilian populist
dictator Getulio Vargas (president 1930-45, 1951-S4) also flirted
with integralism, especially after 1937, when he seized total
power and established his Estado Novo. Chile and Paraguay were
also influenced by fascism."
Penny Lernoux in her book "Cry
of the People"
"The elements are in place
[for fascism]: a weak legislative body, a legal system that is
both compliant and repressive, a party system in which one party,
whether in opposition or in the majority, is bent upon reconstituting
the existing system so as to permanently favor a ruling class
of the wealthy, the well-connected and the corporate... That scheme
is abetted by a sycophantic and increasingly concentrated media."
Sheldon Wolin "Inverted Totalitarianism",
2003
"Fascism is on the march
today in America. Millionaires are marching to the tune. It will
come in this country unless a strong defense is set up by all
liberal and progressive forces... A clique of U.S. industrialists
is hell-bent to bring a fascist state to supplant our democratic
government, and is working closely with the fascist regime in
Germany and Italy. Aboard ship a prominent executive of one of
America's largest financial corporations told me point blank that
if the progressive trend of the Roosevelt administration continued,
he would be ready to take definite action to bring fascism to
America."
William Dodd, former US Ambassador
to Germany, 1938
"Fascism is the imposed
dictatorship of the ruling class utilizing armed force to preserve
the social-economic system wherever it is collapsing. The destruction
of democracy - the suppression of all civil liberties, the destruction
of the trade unions and the intellectuals, the glorification of
the State - these are the natural results of the coming into power
of a regime whose one purpose is the salvation of the profit system
and whose hired leaders are superpatriots, demagogues, militarists,
political racketeers, and fanatics. Fascism has no place for the
intelligent.
George Seldes
FEDERAL RESERVE
"The Federal Reserve Act,
1913, [was] a coup that authorized a private cartel to create
money out of nothing, lend it to the government with interest
and control the national money supply, expanding or contracting
it at will."
Nikki Alexander, 2009
"The American central bank
(the Fed or the Federal Reserve System) is an institution that
is entrusted to regulate banks and other financial institutions,
but it is partly owned by the large money center banks. It is
in a perpetual conflict of interests. In fact, it can be said
that the Fed is the banks' own private government. In good times,
large Wall Street banks, bank holding companies and other large
integrated financial groups are pretty much left alone and allowed
to build profitable but risky and shaky financial pyramids, with
scant supervision. When things go bad, however, the Fed stands
ready to bail them out with automatic discounting, zero-interest
loans and other goodies, the overall cost being transferred to
the general public through an inflation tax and a debased currency."
Professor Rodrigue Tremblay, Global
Research
"The establishment of the
Federal Reserve (1913) ensured that the United States would become
indebted to and owned by international banking interests, and
thus, act in their interest."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The Federal Reserve System
is a privately owned central bank. While the Federal Reserve Board
is a government body, the process of money creation is controlled
by the twelve Federal Reserve banks, which are privately owned.
The shareholders of the Federal Reserve banks (with the New York
Federal Reserve Bank playing a dominant role) are among America's
most powerful financial institutions."
Michel Chossudovsky
"The Chairman of the Federal
Reserve has one essential mandate: to preserve the power of the
big banks."
F. William Engdahl
"In the early 20th century,
European and American banking interests achieved what they had
desired for over a century within America, the creation of a privately
owned central bank [Federal Reserve - 1913]. It was created through
collaboration of American and European bankers, primarily the
Morgans, Rockefellers, Kuhn, Loebs and Warburgs."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"All public debt operations
go through the Federal Reserve, which is in charge of monetary
policy, acting on behalf of private financial interests. The government
as such has no authority over money creation. This means that
public debt operations essentially serve the interests of the
banks."
Michel Chossudovsky
"The regional Federal Reserve
banks are not government agencies. ... but are independent, privately
owned and locally controlled corporations."
US Supreme Court ruling - Lewis
vs. United States, 1982
"When you or I write a
check there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the
check, but when the Federal Reserve writes a check there is no
bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve
writes a check, it is creating money."
"Putting it simply" Boston
Federal Reserve Bank
"We have, in this country,
one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known.
I refer to the Federal Reserve Board. This evil institution has
impoverished the people of the United States and has practically
bankrupted our government. It has done this through the corrupt
practices of the moneyed vultures who control it."
Congressman Louis T. McFadden in
1932
"When the President signs
this act [Federal Reserve Act of 1913], the invisible government
by the money power - proven to exist by the Monetary Trust Investigation
- will be legalized. The new law will create inflation whenever
the trusts want inflation. From now on, depressions will be scientifically
created."
Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh,
Sr., 1912
"The financial system has
been turned over to the Federal Reserve Board. That Board administers
the finance system by authority of a purely profiteering group.
The system is Private, conducted for the sole purpose of obtaining
the greatest possible profits from the use of other people's money."
Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh,
Sr., 1923
"Some people think the
Federal Reserve Banks are the United States government's institutions.
They are not government institutions. They are private credit
monopolies which prey upon the people of the United States for
the benefit of themselves and their foreign swindlers.
Congressman Louis T. McFadden,
1932 [He was poisoned in 1936]
"The Federal Reserve ...
controls our monetary policy. By changing the supply of dollars
in circulation, they have influence over interest rates, mortgage
payments, whether the financial markets boom or collapse, and
basically whether our economy expands or stumbles. But the Fed
is only partly an institution of government. The stockholders
in a dozen different Federal Reserve banks in different regions
of the country are the big private banks.
The Federal Reserve was created by Congress in 1913, after a financial
panic that led to a secret meeting at banker J.P. Morgan's private
resort, off the coast of Georgia at a place called Jekyll Island.
... What emerged was a cartel agreement with five objectives:
stop the growing competition from the nation's newer banks; obtain
a franchise to create money out of nothing for the purpose of
lending; get control of the reserves of all banks so that the
more reckless ones would not be exposed to currency drains and
bank runs; get the taxpayer to pick up the cartel's inevitable
losses; and convince Congress that the purpose was to protect
the public. It was realized that the bankers would have to become
partners with the politicians and that the structure of the cartel
would have to be a central bank."
Jesse Ventura in the book "American
Conspiracies"
"For most of the twentieth
century the Federal Reserve System, particularly the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York (which is outside the control of Congress, unaudited
and uncontrolled, with the power to print money and create credit
at will), has exercised a virtual monopoly over the direction
of the American economy."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Rise of Hitler"
FIAT MONEY SYSTEM
"The ultimate control over
the world economy is achieved through command over money creation:
through fiat money, by creating money from nothing. The "long
war" is intended to instate the hegemony of the U.S.-EU financial
system as well as the contours of "world government"."
Michel Chossudovsky
"When you or I write a
check there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the
check, but when the Federal Reserve writes a check there is no
bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve
writes a check, it is creating money."
"Putting it simply" Boston
Federal Reserve Bank
"If all the bank loans
were paid, no one could have a bank deposit, and there would not
be a dollar of coin or currency in circulation. This is a staggering
thought. We are completely dependent on the commercial Banks.
Someone has to borrow every dollar we have in circulation, cash
or credit. If the Banks create ample synthetic money we are prosperous;
if not, we starve. We are absolutely without a permanent money
system. When one gets a complete grasp of the picture, the tragic
absurdity of our hopeless position is almost incredible, but there
it is. It is the most important subject intelligent persons can
investigate and reflect upon. It is so important that our present
civilization may collapse unless it becomes widely understood
and the defects remedied very soon."
Robert H. Hemphill, former Credit
Manager of Federal Reserve Bank, Atlanta, Ga., 1935
"The modern banking system
manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the
most astounding piece of sleight of hand that was ever invented...
Bankers own the earth. Take it away from them but leave them the
power to create money, and, with a flick of a pen, they will create
enough money to buy it back again... If you want to continue to
be the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery,
then let bankers continue to create money and control credit."
Sir Josiah Stamp, Director of the
Bank of England, 1927
"[The] creation of paper
claims greater than the reserves available means that bankers
were creating money out of nothing. The same thing could be done
in another way, not by note-issuing banks but by deposit banks.
Deposit bankers discovered that orders and checks drawn against
deposits by depositors and given to third persons were often not
cashed by the latter but were deposited to their own accounts.
Thus there were no actual movements of funds, and payments were
made simply by bookkeeping transactions on the accounts. Accordingly,
it was necessary for the banker to keep on hand in actual money
(gold, certificates, and notes) no more than the fraction of deposits
likely to be drawn upon and cashed; the rest could be used for
loans, and if these loans were made by creating a deposit for
the borrower, who in turn would draw checks upon it rather than
withdraw it in money, such "created deposits" or loans
could also be covered adequately by retaining reserves to only
a fraction of their value. Such created deposits also were a creation
of money out of nothing."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"When you or I write a
check there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the
check, but when the Federal Reserve writes a check there is no
bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve
writes a check, it is creating money."
"Putting it simply" Boston
Federal Reserve Bank
"The founding of the Bank
of England by William Paterson and his friends in 1694 is one
of the great dates in world history. For generations men had sought
to avoid the one drawback of gold, its heaviness, by using pieces
of paper to represent specific pieces of gold. Today we call such
pieces of paper gold certificates. Such a certificate entitles
its bearer to exchange it for its piece of gold on demand, but
in view of the convenience of paper, only a small fraction of
certificate holders ever did make such demands. It early became
clear that gold need be held on hand only to the amount needed
to cover the fraction of certificates likely to he presented for
payment; accordingly, the rest of the gold could be used for business
purposes, or, what amounts to the same thing, a volume of certificates
could be issued greater than the volume of gold reserved for payment
of demands against them. Such an excess volume of paper claims
against reserves we now call bank notes. In effect, this creation
of paper claims greater than the reserves available means that
bankers were creating money out of nothing."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"In Pennsylvania in the
first half of the 18th century, the provincial government not
only printed its own money but owned its own bank. Colonial scrip
was printed and lent to farmers at 5% interest, and this money
recycled back to the government as it was repaid. The money went
out and came back in a circular flow, preventing inflation...
The Bank of Pennsylvania issued its fiat currency as loans for
domestic use, loans on which not only the principal but the interest
came back to the government. Since the provincial government had
the power to issue the local scrip, it could issue some extra
to meet its expenses; and this money filtered through the economy
to provide the additional sums needed to cover the interest on
the loans. During the time this provincial system was in place,
the Pennsylvania colonists paid no taxes, there was no government
debt, and price inflation did not result."
Ellen Brown, 2009
"During the Civil War,
[President] Lincoln issued Greenbacks. That was a form of fiat
money in an emergency situation, but what it did, partially at
least, was to take the control of the U.S. debt temporarily out
of the hands of London and New York banks. That displeased London
to an extraordinary extent."
F. William Engdahl, 2011
FINANCIAL CAPITALISM
"The powers of financial
capitalism [international bankers] had a far-reaching aim, nothing
less than to create a world system of financial control in private
hands able to dominate the political system of each country and
the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled
in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting
in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private
meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the
Bank for International Settlements [BIS] in Basel, Switzerland,
a private bank owned and controlled by the world's central banks
which were themselves private corporations."
Carroll Quigley "Tragedy and
Hope"
"Financial markets acting
like a global supra-government oust entrenched regimes where normal
political processes could not do so. They force austerity, banking
bail-outs and other major policy changes. Their influence dwarfs
multilateral institutions such as the International Monetary Fund.
Indeed, leaving aside unusable nuclear weapons, they have become
the most powerful force on earth."
Roger Altman, former Deputy Secretary
of the Treasury, Financial Times, 2011
"American history over
the previous century [19th century] had been driven an increasingly
powerful cartel of financial elites and the large industrial trusts
they controlled [The Money Trust]. Their interests, rather than
the interests of the nation and the population as a whole, defined
the strategic priorities of that powerful cartel. Their overwhelming
control of the national media allowed their propaganda experts
to portray their interests as 'America's interests.' Most Americans,
wanting to think the best of their country, bought the propaganda.
... Their economic model was that of the British East India Company
or, more accurately, of the Barbary pirates, looting and plundering
to exhaustion one region after the next to prop up their empire,
leaving behind as little of value as possible. For the Rockefellers
... the entire world was considered their 'frontier.' By portraying
their mission after 1948 as a Cold War fought by 'American democracy'
against 'Godless Communism' they gave the cause of advancing American
interests a messianic religious cover that was astonishingly effective
for decades."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money: Wall Street and the Death of the American
Century"
"Countries that do not
follow the dictates of the "financial market" are punished
with lower credit ratings, higher interest, speculative attacks,
and in the cases of Greece and Italy in November of 2011, their
democratically-elected governments are simply removed and replaced
with technocratic administrations made up of bankers and economists
who then push through austerity and adjustment policies that impoverish
and exploit their populations... and if your elected governments
do not succumb to "market discipline," they will be
removed and replaced in what under any other circumstances
is referred to as a 'coup.'"
Roger Altman, former Deputy Secretary
of the Treasury, Financial Times, 2011
"The world financial system
is now as addicted to drug monies as a junkie is to heroin. Without
the regular flow of those monies, the system would collapse."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"The U.S. monetary system
is supported by the most powerful military power on earth. The
dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which constitutes a means
for displacing national currencies and imposing the U.S. dollar.
In this regard, the Federal Reserve's overwhelming powers of money
creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial monetary
agenda.
... The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic
banking network. The control of money creation at a world level
constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination.
The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies
of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial
design is to override and destroy national currencies."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"The $500 billion international
narcotics trade today is second only to the world oil trade. Total
world trade volume is $1.7 trillion... The question that emerges
is: "How is it possible that $500 billion and up in dirty
money, crisscrossing international borders, can remain outside
the control of the law?" Only one possible answer can be
admitted: A huge chunk of international banking and related financial
operations has been created solely to manage dirty money."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Financial manipulation
is an integral part of the New World Order. It constitutes a powerful
means to accumulate wealth. It has contributed to destabilizing
the U.S. fiscal structure. Under the present political arrangement,
those responsible for monetary policy are quite deliberately serving
the interests of the financiers, to the detriment of working people,
leading to economic dislocation, unemployment and mass poverty.
What we are dealing with is the fraudulent confiscation of lifelong
savings and pension funds and the appropriation of tax revenues
to finance the bank bailouts... What is at stake is then outright
criminalization of the financial system, financial theft on an
unprecedented scale."
Michel Chossudovsky
"Our global system is one
of state-capitalism, where the state and corporate interests are
interdependent and mutually beneficial, at least for those in
power."
Roger Altman, former Deputy Secretary
of the Treasury, Financial Times, 2011
"Financial markets acting
like a global supra-government oust entrenched regimes where normal
political processes could not do so. They force austerity, banking
bail-outs and other major policy changes. Their influence dwarfs
multilateral institutions such as the International Monetary Fund.
Indeed, leaving aside unusable nuclear weapons, they have become
the most powerful force on earth. They oust entrenched regimes
where normal political processes could not do so. They force austerity,
banking bail-outs and other major policy changes. Their influence
dwarfs multilateral institutions such as the International Monetary
Fund. Indeed, leaving aside unusable nuclear weapons, they have
become the most powerful force on earth."
Roger Altman, former Deputy Secretary
of the Treasury under the Clinton administration in an article
in the Financial Times, December 2011
"By early 2000, the process
of global financial deregulation was in many regards a fait accompli.
Wall Street routinely invaded country after country. The domestic
banking system was put on the auction block and reorganized under
the surveillance of external creditors. National financial institutions
were systematically destabilized and driven out of business; mass
unemployment and poverty are the invariable results."
Michel Chossudovsky
"The small, but politically
powerful, minority of financiers and industrialists is interested
in various forms of economic imperialism. By a judicious use of
their resources, the capitalists of highly industrialized countries
stake out claims for themselves within nominally independent countries.
Those claims are then represented as being the claims of the respective
nations, and the quarrels between the various financial interests
concerned become quarrels between states. The peace of the world
has frequently been endangered, in order that oil magnates might
grow a little richer."
Aldous Huxley in his book "Ends
and Means", 1937
FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION
(FDA)
"In 1960, Senate investigators
discovered that FDA officials had been receiving financial incentives
from the companies they were supposed to regulate... In 1969,
a congressional study revealed that thirty-seven of forty-nine
top FDA officials who left the agency took jobs with food and
drug companies."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
"People think the FDA is
protecting them. It isn't. What the FDA is doing and what the
public thinks it's doing are as different as night and day."
former FDA Commissioner Dr. Herbert
Ley said in 1969
"The Food and Drug Administration
is so closely linked to the biotech industry now that it could
be described as their Washington branch office."
Betty Martini of the consumer group
Mission Possible
"The GAO [Government Accounting
Office] found that more than half of the drugs approved by the
FDA between 1976 and 1985 had severe or fatal side effects that
had not been detected during the agency's review and testing."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
"Thimserosal used as a
preservative in vaccines is likely related to the autism epidemic.
This epidemic in all probability may have been prevented or curtailed
had the FDA not been asleep at the switch regarding the lack of
safety data regarding injected thimerosal and the sharp rise of
infant exposure to his known neurotoxin. Our public health agencies'
failure to act is indicative of institutional malfeasance for
self-protection and misplaced protectionism of the pharmaceutical
industry."
Subcommittee on Human Rights and
Wellness in the House's Committee on Government Reform, May 2003
"In 1960, Senate investigators
discovered that FDA officials had been receiving financial incentives
from the companies they were supposed to regulate... In 1969,
a congressional study revealed that thirty-seven of forty-nine
top FDA officials who left the agency took jobs with food and
drug companies.
... [In 1976] several FDA officials and drug company executives
were convicted on corruption, racketeering, and similar charges
for a bribery scheme that went on from 1989-1992. Generic drug
companies paid off FDA officials to approve their drugs and block
approval of competitors' drugs. The generic drug companies also
withheld data and even substituted other companies' brand name
drugs for evaluation, instead of risking an evaluation of their
own product."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
"The thing that bugs me
is that people think the FDA [Food and Drug Administration]is
protecting them. It isn't. What the FDA is doing and what the
public thinks it's doing are as different as night and day."
former FDA Commissioner Dr. Herbert
Ley, 1969
"The FDA's [Food and Drug
Administration] failures have become a scientific breakdown that
threatens the safety of America's food supply generally, and dairy
products in particular .... As a result of [their] failure to
act, the nation's milk supply - as well as products such as infant
formula, ice cream, cheese and yogurt that are made from milk
- is highly contaminated with unknown levels of animal-drug residues
that have not been shown to be safe."
FDA chemist Joseph Settapani
"References to the unintended
negative effects of bioengineering [at the FDA in the 1990s] were
progressively deleted from drafts of the policy statement, and
a final statement was issued claiming (a) that [GM] foods are
no riskier than others and (b) that the agency has no information
to the contrary."
public interest attorney Steven
Druker, who has studied the FDA's internal files
"At the top [of the FDA]
there are political appointees not necessarily bound by science,
but often influenced by other agendas. Many pass through the agency
at a rapid clip, moving from one regulated enterprise to another.
At the same time, some of the finest scientists and public servants
that I have ever met worked at the FDA. Unfortunately many of
them are often hired away by universities, nonprofit groups, and
other public health agencies, leaving a less dedicated and less
competent residue of people not highly sought after outside of
government."
James Turner, long-time FDA watchdog
and author of the book "The Chemical Feast: The Nader Report
on the Food and Drug Administration"
"There seemed to be a trend
[at the FDA] toward approval at any price. It went from a university-like
setting where there was independent scientific review to an atmosphere
of 'approve, approve, approve... the thinking is, 'How many things
can we approve this year?' Somewhere along the way they abdicated
their responsibility to the public welfare."
FDA veterinarian Richard Burroughs
describing what the saw at the FDA
"The [Government Accounting
Office] GAO [found] that more than half of the drugs approved
by the FDA between 1976 and 1985 had severe or fatal side effects
that had not been detected during the agency's review and testing."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
FOREIGN AID
"In 1987, [the United States]
allocated $13 billion, or only 0.19 percent of its gross national
product, for foreign aid, but $4.8 billion of it went for military
equipment. Only $1.5 billion was for food, $3.2 billion for economic
security, and $2.5 billion for development assistance. Furthermore,
over half the economic and security aid was disbursed to Egypt
and Israel. (In 1980, U.S. aid to Israel per capita was 120 times
the U.S. aid to India.)
... In 1986, U.S. foreign aid expenditure totaled $15.9 billion,
while Americans spent $10.3 billion on movies and theaters, $34.2
billion on tobacco, and $59 billion on alcohol. An expenditure
of five cents per person would save the sight of 100,000 children
who are blinded annually because of a vitamin A deficiency, and
a mere three dollars each would immunize them against poliomyelitis,
tetanus, whooping cough, diphtheria, and measles. One year's expenditure
by the U.S. cosmetics industry would provide 1.6 billion people
with sanitation.
In percentage of GNP given away as foreign aid, Norway tops all
countries, with 1.1 percent. The Netherlands spends 0.98 percent.
The United States ranks next to last out of eighteen countries,
with 0.19 percent of its GNP."
Helen Caldicott in her book "If
You Love this Planet"
"According to polls, Americans
believe that foreign aid constitutes roughly 20 percent of the
federal budget... in fact the United States provides less in foreign
aid (as a percentage of GNP) than any other industrialized nation:
a mere sliver of one percent."
Miriam Pemberton and John Feffer
in their book "Power Trip"
"According to the United
Nations, developing countries send developed countries ten times
as much money through unequal trade and financial relations as
they receive through foreign aid."
Eduardo Galeano in his book "Upside
Down"
"The United States is last among the industrialized nations
in the amount of foreign aid we distribute per capita.
... The United States gives less than one half of one percent
of our $1.6 trillion budget to foreign aid, but we are still number
one in providing military aid to developing countries.
Michael Moore in his book "Downsize
This"
"Total American spending
on nonmilitary foreign aid in 2002 represented a mere 0.15 percent
of gross domestic product, placing the United States last among
twenty-one industrialized countries.
On a more comprehensive measurement, the 2003 Commitment to Development
Index prepared by the Center for Global Development and Foreign
Policy magazine, gauging whether twenty-one countries' aid, trade,
immigration, investment, peacekeeping, and environmental policies
help or hurt poor countries, the United States finished next to
last."
William Schulz in his book "Tainted
Legacy"
"Foreign aid has been perfected
so that it subsidizes corporate U.S. agriculture while preventing
poor countries from developing profitable agriculture or feeding
themselves."
Nicholas Von Hoffman in his book
"Hoax"
"The Council for a Livable
World Education Fund reports that most U.S. aid is for the military
of the recipient nations and that 90 percent of all American foreign
aid has gone to the Middle East, with most of that to Israel or
regimes like Egypt's, which keep their restive Islamic masses
under control."
Ben Bagdikian in his book "New
Media Monopoly"
"World Health Organization
(WHO} report shows the share of GNP given in foreign aid by advanced
countries - the United States ranks dead last."
Paul Krugman in his book "Great
Unraveling"
"Americans always overestimate
the amount of foreign aid we give. In recent national polls, people
have guessed, on average, that between 15 and 24 percent of the
federal budget goes for foreign aid. In reality, it is less than
1 percent. The U.N. has set a foreign-aid goal for the rich countries
of .7 percent of gross national product. A few countries have
attained that modest goal, all of them Scandinavian. The U.S.
has never come close. Indeed, it comes in dead last, consistently,
in the yearly totals of rich-country foreign aid as a percentage
of GNP. In 2000, we gave .1 percent."
journalist William Finnegan
"Economic hit men (EHMs)
are highly paid professionals who cheat countries around the globe
out of trillions of dollars. They funnel money from the World
Bank, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), and
other foreign "aid" organizations into the coffers of
huge corporations and the pockets of a few wealthy families who
control the planet's natural resources. Their tools include fraudulent
financial reports, rigged elections, payoffs, extortion, sex,
and murder. They play a game as old as empire, but one that has
taken on new and terrifying dimensions during this time of globalization."
John Perkins in his book "Confessions
of Economic Hit Man"
"Foreign aid is when the
poor people of a rich country give money to the rich people of
a poor country."
Michael Parenti in his book "Against
Empire"
"Today Israel - a country
of 6.5 million people-receives 33 percent of the entire foreign-aid
budget of the American empire ($3 billion a year). Another 20
percent of the budget goes to Egypt (in part as a payment for
not attacking Israel), and Jordan is the third largest recipient.
In short, more than half the budget concerns the security of Israel.
The average African receives 10 cents a year from U.S. foreign
aid. The average Israeli receives $500 a year. Only 0.2 percent
of the U.S. GNP goes to foreign aid-by this measure America ranks
last out of the twenty-two wealthiest countries in the world."
Cornel West in his book "Democracy
Matters"
FOREIGN POLICY
"Since World War Two the
United States has attempted to overthrow more than fifty foreign
governments, it has dropped bombs on the people of around thirty
countries, has attempted to assassinate some sixty foreign leaders,
helped to suppress dozens of populist or nationalist movements,
has tortured many thousands, and seriously and illegally intervened
in one way or another in virtually every country on the planet,
in the process of which the U.S. has caused the end of life for
several million people, and condemned many millions more to a
life of agony and despair."
author William Blum, in a speech
at the University of Vermont, November 2, 2007
"Which nation's leaders
since 1945 have murdered, maimed, made homeless, tortured, assassinated
and impoverished the largest number of civilians who were not
its own citizens? I have asked this question of Americans in every
walk of life since I discovered the bombing of Laos in 1969. It's
a simple matter of fact, not involving judgments of right and
wrong, and I remain astonished at how most answer "the Russians,"
"the Chinese," or just have no idea that their leaders
have killed more noncitizen civilians than the rest of the world's
leaders combined since 1945."
Fred Branfman
"Since the anticommunism
hysteria in the years following the Second World War, a bipartisan
consensus has existed on foreign policy. Meaningful political
discourse has been almost absent about foreign policy issues.
So many foreign policy decisions have been placed beyond public
scrutiny, that almost all of what passes as official information
about foreign policy is manufactured by government agencies for
its propaganda effect."
Daniel Hellinger and Dennis R.
Judd Brooks in their book "The Democratic Facade"
"The greatest myth concerning
American foreign policies is the deeply-held belief that no matter
what the United States does abroad, no matter how bad it may look,
no matter what horror may result, the American government means
well. American leaders may make mistakes, they may blunder, they
may even on the odd occasion cause more harm than good, but they
do mean well. Their intentions are always honorable. Of that Americans
are certain. They genuinely wonder why the rest of the world can't
see how kind and generous and self-sacrificing America has been."
William Blum
"Since the Bush-Cheney
Administration took office in January 2001, controlling the major
oil and natural gas fields of the world had been the primary,
though undeclared, priority of US foreign policy... Not only the
invasion of Iraq, but also the toppling of the Taliban in Afghanistan,
had nothing to do with 'democracy,' and everything to do with
pipeline control across Central Asia and the militarization of
the Middle East."
F. William Engdahl
"The United States became
the target of terrorists on 9/11 not because of the country's
freedom and democracy, but because U.S. Middle East policy has
had nothing to do with freedom and democracy."
Stephen Zunes
"From 1945 to 2003, the
United States attempted to overthrow more than 40 foreign governments,
and to crush more than 30 populist-nationalist movements fighting
against intolerable regimes. In the process, the US bombed some
25 countries, caused the end of life for several million people,
and condemned many millions more to a life of agony and despair."
William Blum in his book "Killing
Hope"
"In the last decades of
the twentieth century, self-interest, sovereignty and taking care
of number one became the primary criteria for any serious provision
of support or resources to the globe's trouble spots. If the country
in question is of any possible strategic value to the world powers,
then it seems that everything from covert operations to the outright
use of overwhelming force is fair game. If it is not, indifference
is the order of the day."
former Lieutenant-General Romeo
Dallaire who commanaded the UN peacekeping force in Rwanda in
1993-1994
"Our leaders are cruel
because only those willing to be inordinately cruel and remorseless
can hold positions of leadership in the foreign policy establishment.
People capable of expressing a full human measure of compassion
and empathy toward faraway powerless strangers do not become president
of the United States, or vice president, or secretary of state,
or national security adviser."
William Blum
"Mass graves and cemeteries
everywhere are filled with people which have been killed instead
of helped, and the US will never again be regarded as benevolent:
the world has seen enough and knows the US is a bully."
Seymour Hersh, 2005
"Do American leaders really
believe the utterances that emanate from their mouths? When the
words "god" and "prayer" are regularly invoked
in their talks, while American Hellfire missiles are sent screaming
into a city center or a village marketplace teeming with life
...when they carry on endlessly about democracy and freedom, while
American soldiers are smashing down doors, dragging off the men,
humiliating the women, traumatizing the children... when they
proclaim the liberation of a people and the bringing forth of
a better life, while vast quantities of American depleted uranium
are exploding into a fine vapor which will poison the air, the
soil, the blood, and the genes forever."
William Blum in is book "Freeing
the World to Death"
"U.S. leaders have nothing
against those they regularly kill and impoverish... But they are
products of a system that is indifferent to the fate of the "unpeople",
whether in the Shah's Iran, Somoza's Nicaragua, Suharto's Indonesia
or the many other dictatorial regimes that enjoyed [US] support."
Fred Branfman
"Doing the right thing
is not a principle of American foreign policy, not an ideal or
a goal of policy in and of itself. If it happens that doing the
right thing coincides with, or is irrelevant to, Washington's
overriding international ambitions, American officials have no
problem walking the high moral ground. But this is rarely the
case. ... the engine of American foreign policy has been fueled
not by a devotion to any kind of morality, nor even simple decency,
but rather by the necessity to serve other masters."
William Blum in his book "Rogue
State"
"Over the long haul, since
World War II, oil interests have dictated the general disposition
of U.S. foreign policy."
Peter Dale Scott
"American leaders are perhaps
not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take
pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they
just don't care ... the same that could be said about a sociopath.
As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire,
as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth
and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and
suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them ...
then they just don't care about it happening to other people,
including the American soldiers whom they throw into wars and
who come home-the ones who make it back alive-with Agent Orange
or Gulf War Syndrome eating away at their bodies. American leaders
would not be in the positions they hold if they were bothered
by such things."
William Blum in his book "Killing
Hope"
"U.S. leaders have nothing
against those they regularly kill and impoverish. On the contrary,
they often exhibit compassion for them. But they are products
of a system that is indifferent to the fate of the "unpeople"
in the dictatorial regimes that enjoyed their support."
Fred Branfman
"The engine of American
foreign policy has been fueled not by a devotion to any kind of
morality, but rather by the necessity to serve other imperatives,
which can be summarized as follows: making the world safe for
American corporations; enhancing the financial statements of defense
contractors at home who have contributed generously to members
of congress; preventing the rise of any society that might serve
as a successful example of an alternative to the capitalist model;
extending political and economic hegemony over as wide an area
as possible, as befits a "great power."
William Blum, 1999
"Tallying only the death
toll inflicted by US. armed forces or U.S.-backed surrogate forces
around the world, the estimates are as follows: 3,000,000 in Vietnam,
1,000,000 in Cambodia, 1,000,000 in Mozambique, 500,000 to 1,000,000
in Indonesia, 600,000 in Angola, 300,000 in Laos, 250,000 in East
Timor, 200,000 in Iraq, 200,000 in Afghanistan, 150,000 in Guatemala,
100,000 in Nicaragua, 90,000 in El Salvador, and tens of thousands
in Chile, Argentina, Zaire, Iran (under the Shah), Colombia, Bolivia,
Brazil, Panama, Somalia, South Yemen, Western Sahara, and other
countries."
Michael Parenti in his book "
Dirty Truths"
"American foreign-policy
makers are exquisitely attuned to the rise of a government, or
a movement that might take power, that will not lie down and happily
become an American client state, that will not look upon the free
market or the privatization of the world known as "globalization",
that will not change its laws to favor foreign investment, that
will not be unconcerned about the effects of foreign investment
upon the welfare of its own people, that will not produce primarily
for export, that will not allow asbestos, banned pesticides and
other products restricted in the developed world to be dumped
onto their people, that will not easily tolerate the International
Monetary Fund or the World Trade Organization inflicting a scorched-earth
policy upon the country's social services or standard of living,
that will not allow an American or NATO military installation
upon its soil... Given the proper pretext, such bad examples have
to be reduced to basket cases, or, where feasible, simply overthrown."
William Blum in his book "Rogue
State"
"In foreign policy administrations
from Truman to Bush were all habitually interventionist, brutal,
fanatically anti-communist, concerned mainly with making the world
safe for US multinational corporations, and unconcerned about
human rights."
William Blum in his book "Freeing
the World to Death"
FREE MARKET AND FREE
TRADE
"The greater percentage
of global trade is controlled by powerful multinational enterprises.
Within such a context, the notion of free trade on which the rules
of the WTO [World Trade Organization] are constructed is a fallacy.
The net result is that for certain sectors of humanity -- particularly
the developing countries of the South -- the WTO is a veritable
nightmare."
United Nations Sub-Commission on
the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights, June 2000
"Manufacturing, not trade,
is the main source of prosperity."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
Pooring of America"
"The increased concentration
of corporate farming and the dismantling of state programs that
sustained the agricultural sector have driven small farmers out
of business all over the planet, while making many of those who
remain ever more dependent on expensive chemical pesticides, fertilizer,
and seeds. For instance, as a result of the North American Free
Trade Agreement, Mexico lost 1.3 million agricultural jobs, forcing
many desperate small farmers to cross into the United States as
migrant workers. Even more strikingly, the continent of Africa
went from a net exporter of food in the late 1960s to a net importer
today -- thanks to the World Bank and the WTO riding roughshod
through the continent in the same cavalry unit as the four horsemen
of the apocalypse. The Bank's "structural adjustment programs"
and the WTO's "tariff reductions" don't quite have the
ring of war, pestilence, famine, and death, but they have been
just as devastating."
John Feffer, 2008
"Washington's idealized
picture of how free markets operate (as if such a thing ever existed)
promised that countries outside the United States would get rich
faster, approaching U.S.-style living standards if they let global
investors buy their key industries and basic infrastructure. For
half a century, this neoliberal model has been a hypocritical
exercise in poor policy at best, and deception at worst, to convince
other economies to impose self-destructive financial and tax policies,
enabling U.S. investors to swoop in and buy their key assets at
distress prices."
Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers,
2008
"Free trade has done to
America what even the Great Depression could not do. Even during
the economic cataclysm of the 1930s, earnings rose with productivity
because the United States was still a closed economy with high
tariffs. But since 1973, earnings have declined while productivity
has continued to rise. Eventually, free trade could be more devastating
than even the Great Depression."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
Pooring of America"
"The U.S. economy rose
to dominance as a result of Progressive Era regulatory reforms
prior to World War I, reinforced by popular New Deal reforms put
in place in the Great Depression. Neoliberal economics was promoted
as a means of undoing these reforms. By undoing them, the Washington
Consensus would deny to foreign countries the development strategy
that has best succeeded in creating thriving domestic markets,
rising productivity, capital formation and living standards."
Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers,
2008
"Practically all of today's
developed countries, including Britain and the US, the supposed
homes of the free market and free trade, have become rich on the
basis of policy recipes that go against the orthodoxy of neo-liberal
economics.
Today's rich countries used protection and subsidies, while discriminating
against foreign investors - all anathema to today's economic orthodoxy
and now severely restricted by multilateral treaties, like the
WTO Agreements, and proscribed by aid donors and international
financial organizations (notably the IMF and the World Bank)."
Ha-Joon Chang in his book "Bad
Samaritans: The Myth of Free Trade and the Secret History of Capitalism"
"Today, there are certainly
some people in the rich countries who preach free market and free
trade to the poor countries in order to capture larger shares
of the latter's markets and to preempt the emergence of possible
competitors."
Ha-Joon Chang in his book "Bad
Samaritans: The Myth of Free Trade and the Secret History of Capitalism"
"Neo-liberal economic orthodoxy:
in order to fit into it, a country needs to privatize state-owned
enterprises, maintain low inflation, reduce the size of government
bureaucracy, balance the budget (if not running a surplus), liberalize
trade, deregulate foreign investment, deregulate capital markets,
make their currency convertible, reduce corruption and privatize
pensions."
Ha-Joon Chang in his book "Bad
Samaritans: The Myth of Free Trade and the Secret History of Capitalism"
"Practically all of today's
rich countries used nationalistic policies (e.g., tariffs, subsidies,
restrictions on foreign trade) to promote their infant industries.
... The two champions of free trade, Britain and the US, were
not only not free trade economies, but had been the two most protectionist
economies among rich countries until they each in succession became
the world's dominant industrial power."
Ha-Joon Chang in his book "Bad
Samaritans: The Myth of Free Trade and the Secret History of Capitalism"
"The elite economists backed
free trade in full knowledge that it creates poverty in America."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
New Golden Age", 2007
"The TRIPS (Trade-related
Intellectual Property Rights) agreement, strengthened the protection
of patents and other intellectual property rights. Unlike trade
in goods and services, where everyone has something to sell, this
is an area where developed countries are almost always sellers
and developing countries buyers. Therefore, increasing the protection
for intellectual property rights means that the cost is mainly
borne by the developing nations."
Ha-Joon Chang in his book "Bad
Samaritans: The Myth of Free Trade and the Secret History of Capitalism"
GENETICALLY-ENGINEERED
FOOD
genetically-modified organisms
(GMO)
"The hope of the biotech
industry is that over time, the market is so flooded that there's
nothing you can do about it. You just sort of surrender."
a biotech consultant - in the book
"Seeds of Deception" by Jeffrey M. Smith
"The project of making
GMO crops the dominant basic crops on the world agricultural market
was the creation of a new enforcement institution which would
stand above national governments. That new institution, which
opened its doors in 1995 was to be called the World Trade Organization
(WTO)."
F. William Engdahl
"Dr. Arpad Pusztai, the
world's expert on lectins, found that rats which were fed GM potatoes
suffered damaged immune systems... Compared to rats fed a non-GM
control diet, some of the GM-fed rats had smaller, less developed
brains, livers, and testicles. Other rats had enlarged tissues,
including the pancreas and intestines. Some showed partial atrophy
of the liver. What's more, significant structural changes and
a proliferation of cells in the stomach and intestines of GM-fed
rats may have signaled an increased potential for cancer.
... In the end only the rats that ate the GM potatoes suffered
the serious negative effects. From the evidence, it was clear
that the lectins were not the major cause of the health damage.
Rather, there was some effect from the process of genetic engineering
itself that caused the damaged organs and immune dysfunction of
the adolescent rats.
... Pusztai knew that his results strongly suggested that the
GM foods already approved and being eaten by hundreds of millions
of people every day might be creating similar health problems
in people, especially in children.
... Furthermore, if human beings developed problems similar to
his rats, it could take years to appear and it would be highly
unlikely for anyone to suspect GM foods as the cause.
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
"Population reduction and
genetically engineered crops were clearly part of [a] broad strategy:
the drastic reduction of the world's population. It was in fact
a sophisticated form of what the Pentagon termed biological warfare,
promulgated under the name of "solving the world hunger problem."
F. William Engdahl
"Researchers at Cornell
University announced that monarch butterflies died when they came
into contact with pollen from corn engineered to create its own
pesticide."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
"In Europe, nearly the
entire food manufacturing and retail industry has banned GM ingredients,
and the majority of the world's population are covered by restrictions
on the sale and use of GM crops."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
"The World Health Organization,
the World Bank, the UN environmental department, the UN Population
Fund, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation are closing in
on all of humanity with mass-scale vaccination programmes and
genetically engineered food."
Jurriaan Maessen, 2012
"In the last four or five
years ... I became very concerned. The problems with GM foods
may be irreversible and the true effects may only be seen well
in the future.
The situation is like the tobacco industry. They knew about it
but they suppressed that information. They created misleading
evidence that showed that the problem wasn't so serious. And all
the time they knew how bad it was. Tobacco is bad enough. But
genetic modification, if it is going to be problematic, if it
is going to cause us real health problems, then tobacco will be
nothing in comparison with this. The size of genetic modification
and problems it may cause us are tremendous.
If we injure the health prospects of humanity in this and the
next and the next generation, then I think those people should
be made accountable for the crimes they committed."
Dr. Arpad Pusztai, researcher and
the world's expert on lectins
"GM foods are a regular
part of the U.S. diet. Approximately 80 percent of the soy and
38 percent of the corn planted in the U.S. in 2003 is genetically
engineered. Derivatives from these two crops are found in about
70 percent of processed foods. In addition, 70 percent of the
cotton crop and more than 60 percent of the canola crop, both
used for cooking oil, are also genetically modified. About 75
percent of these crops are engineered to withstand otherwise deadly
applications of an herbicide, 17 percent produce their own insecticide,
and 8 percent are engineered to do both. There are also hundreds
of foods produced with genetically engineered cooking agents,
food additives, and enzymes, as well as varieties of GM squash
and papaya. And there are dairy products from cows injected with
a GM bovine growth hormone. All these are sold without labels
identifying them as GMOs."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
"Research on GMOs is now
taboo. You can't find money for it. We tried everything to find
more financing, but we were told that because there are no data
in the scientific literature proving that GMOs cause problems,
there was no point in working on it. People don't want to find
answers to troubling questions. It's the result of widespread
fear of Monsanto and of GMOs in general."
Manuela Malatesta, researcher at
he University of Pavia, 2006
"The introduction of GMOs
into Argentina came about with no public or even parliamentary
debate. There is still no law regulating their marketing... After
they were authorized in 1996, [Monsanto's] RR soybeans spread
through Argentina at an absolutely unprecedented speed in the
history of agriculture: an average of more than two million acres
a year. We now have a veritable green desert devouring one of
the world's breadbaskets."
Walter Pengue, an agricultural
engineer at the University of Buenos Aires
"In Europe, nearly the
entire food manufacturing and retail industry has banned GM ingredients.
... Because of the difficulty of segregating GM crops from non-GM
crops, many overseas buyers have simply rejected all corn, soy,
canola, and cotton from the U.S. and Canada. Since these four
GM crops and their derivatives are found in most processed foods
in the U.S., American-made packaged foods are also off-limits
in many markets."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
GENOCIDE
"In going over the battleground
the next day, I did not see a body of a man, woman or child but
was scalped and in many instances their body was mutilated in
the most horrible manner - men, women and children's privates
cut out, &c. I heard one man say he had cut out a woman's
private parts and had them for exhibition on a stick; I heard
another man say that he had cut the fingers off an Indian to get
the rings on the hand; according to the best of my knowledge and
belief, these atrocities were committed with the knowledge of
J. M. Chivington, and I do not know of his taking any measures
to prevent them; I heard one instance of a child a few months
old being thrown in the feedbox of a wagon, and after being carried
some distance left on the ground to perish; I also heard of numerous
instances in which men had cut out the private parts of females
and stretched them over the saddle-bows, and wore them over their
hats while riding in the ranks."
Lieutenant James Connor, soldier
who fought in the Sand Creek, Colorado massacre, November, 1864
"The United States had
never in its history intervened to stop genocide and had in fact
rarely even made a point of condemning it as it.
... U.S. policymakers knew a great deal about the crimes being
perpetrated [during specific genocides]... The United States did
have countless opportunities to mitigate and prevent slaughter.
But time and again, decent men and women chose to look away.
...[The U.S.'s] consistent policy of nonintervention in the face
of genocide offers sad testimony not to a broken American political
system but to one that is ruthlessly effective. The system, as
it stands now, is working! No US. president has ever made genocide
prevention a priority, and no US. president has ever suffered
politically for his indifference to its occurrence. It is thus
no coincidence that genocide rages on.
Samantha Power in her book "A
Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide"
"Since the invasion of Iraq
655,000 Iraqis had died as a direct result of the invasion...
the figure was equal to the figure for deaths in the Fordham University
study of the Rwandan genocide."
John Pilger, 2007
"Romeo Dallaire, a Canadian
major general who commanded UN peacekeeping forces in Rwanda in
1994, appealed for permission to disarm militias and to prevent
the extermination of Rwanda's Tutsi three months before the genocide
began. Denied this by his political masters at the United Nations,
he watched corpses pile up around him as Washington led a successful
effort to remove most of the peacekeepers under his command and
then aggressively worked to block authorization of UN reinforcements.
The United States refused to use its technology to jam radio broadcasts
that were a crucial instrument in the coordination and perpetuation
of the genocide. And even as, on average, 8,000 Rwandans were
being butchered each day, the issue never became a priority for
senior U.S. officials. Some 800,000 Rwandans were killed in 100
days."
Samantha Power in her book "A
Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide"
"There seems to be a systematic
plan to crush the Armenian race [by the Turkish government].
... Persecution of Armenians assuming unprecedented proportions.
Reports from widely scattered districts indicate systematic attempt
to uproot peaceful Armenian populations and through arbitrary
arrests, terrible tortures, whole-sale expulsions and deportations
from one end of the Empire to the other accompanied by frequent
instances of rape, pillage, and murder, turning into massacre,
to bring destruction and destitution on them. These measures are
not in response to popular or fanatical demand but are purely
arbitrary and directed from Constantinople in the name of military
necessity.
... It is difficult for me to restrain myself from doing something
to stop this attempt to exterminate a race, but I realize that
I am here as Ambassador and must abide by the principles of non-interference
with the internal affairs of another country.
Henry Morganthau Sr., U.S. Ambassador
to the Ottoman Empire, in a July 10, 1915 cable to Washington
"Researchers from Johns Hopkins
University and a professional survey company in Great Britain,
Opinion Research Business (ORB) report that the United States
is directly responsible for over one million Iraqi deaths since
our invasion over six and half years ago. In a January 2008 report,
ORB reported that, "survey work confirms our earlier estimate
that over 1,000,000 Iraqi citizens have died as a result of the
conflict which started in 2003. We now estimate that the death
toll between March 2003 and August 2007 is likely to have been
of the order of 1,033,000." A 2006 Johns Hopkins study confirmed
that US aerial bombing in civilian neighborhoods caused over a
third of these deaths and that over half the deaths are directly
attributable to US forces. Iraqi civilian death levels in the
fall of 2009 likely now exceed 1.2 million."
Peter Phillips, Global Research,
2009
"[Sanctions] do not impact
on governance effectively and instead [they damage] the innocent
people of the country. For me what is tragic, in addition to the
tragedy of Iraq itself, is the fact that the United Nations Security
Council member states ... are maintaining a program of economic
sanctions deliberately, knowingly killing thousands of Iraqis
each month. And that de
"It was knowingly and lightheartedly
that Genghis Khan sent thousands of women and children to their
deaths. History sees in him only the founder of a state... The
aim of war is not to reach definite lines but to annihilate the
enemy physically. It is by this means that we shall obtain the
vital living space that we need. Who today still speaks of the
massacre of the Armenians?"
Adolf Hitler to his military chiefs,
August 1939
"Men, fourteen to sixty
years old, were driven to a single place, a square or a cemetery,
where they were slaughtered or shot by machine guns or killed
by hand grenades. They had to dig their own graves. Children in
orphanages, inmates in old-age homes, the sick in hospital were
shot, women were killed in the streets. In many towns the Jews
were carried off to "an unknown destination" and killed
in adjacent woods."
Jewish Socialist Bund in Poland,
May 1942
"The vast majority of people
simply did not believe what they read... A plot for outright annihilation
had never been seen and therefore could not be imagined, the tales
of German cremation factories and gas chambers sounded far-fetched...
When tales of Nazi gas vans and extermination plots emerged, many
people believed that such stories were being manufactured or embellished
as part of an Allied propaganda effort.
... In April 1943, at the Bermuda conference, after twelve days
of secretive and ineffectual meetings, the Allies rejected most
of the modest proposals to expand refugee admissions, continuing
to severely limit the number of Jews who would be granted temporary
refuge in the United States and unoccupied Europe."
Samantha Power in her book "A
Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide"
"It takes centuries and
sometimes thousands of years to create a natural culture, but
Genocide can destroy a culture instantly, like fire can destroy
a building in an hour."
Rafael Lemkin, in his book 'Axis
Rule'
"With the end of war in
Europe on May 8,1945, and the Allied liberation of the Nazi death
camps, the scale of Hitler's madness had been revealed. Practically
all that had sounded far-fetched proved real. Some 6 million Jews
and 5 million Poles, Roma, Communists, and other "undesirables"
had been exterminated."
Samantha Power in her book "A
Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide"
"The Nuremberg court treated
aggressive war ("crimes against peace"), or the violation
of another state's sovereignty, as the cardinal sin and prosecuted
only those crimes against humanity and war crimes committed after
Hitler crossed an internationally recognized border. Nazi defendants
were tried for atrocities they committed during but not before
World War II. By inference, if the Nazis had exterminated the
entire German Jewish population but never invaded Poland, they
would not have been liable at Nuremberg. States and individuals
who did not cross an international frontier were still free under
international law to commit genocide."
Samantha Power in her book "A
Problem from Hell: America and the Age of Genocide"
"What we have been living
here is a disgrace. The international community and the UN member
states have on the one hand been appalled at what has happened
in Rwanda while, on the other hand, these same authorities, apart
from a few exceptions, have done nothing substantive to help the
situation .... The [UN] force has been prevented from making a
modicum of self-respect and effectiveness on the ground.
... Although Rwanda and UNAMIR have been at the centre of a terrible
human tragedy, that is not to say Holocaust, and although many
fine words had been pronounced by all, including members of the
Security Council, the tangible effort... has been totally, completely
ineffective."
General Romeo Dallaire, UN Commander
in Rwanda, in one of his parting cables
"[The dropping of the atomic
bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki] was mass murder. The people in
these cities were overwhelmingly non-combatants. The bombings
were not necessary for ending the war. The Japanese were ready
to surrender and President Harry Truman knew it."
Daniel Jonah Goldhagen
GEORGE
SOROS
"George Soros is not only
one of the world's leading megaspeculators; throughout his entire
life he has served as an "errand boy" for the Anglo-American
monetarist establishment, running looting operations against the
nations of Eastern Europe, as well as attacks against the sovereignty
of nations.
... Through his Open Society Foundations, George Soros positioned
himself, long before communism fell, as the man who, on behalf
of Anglo-American banking interests and the IMF, tried to put
into place the mechanism for the economic and political "transition"
to occur in the Eastern European countries.
Soros became a staunch advocate of the policy of "shock therapy,"
which was approved by British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher
and her close associate George HW Bush, after the Berlin Wall
had fallen."
Executive Intelligence Review,
April 1997
"George Soros is merely
the visible face of a vast network of private financial interests,
controlled by the leading aristocratic and royal families of Europe."
William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence
Review, 1997
"The Club of the Isles
provides capital for George Soros' Quantum Fund NV - which made
substantial financial gains in 1998-99 following the collapse
of currencies of Thailand, Indonesia and Russia. Soros was a major
shareholder at George W. Bush's Harken Energy. The Club of Isles
is led by the Rothschilds and includes Queen Elizabeth II and
other wealthy European aristocrats and Nobility."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"George Soros is part of
a circle which includes Marc Rich of Zug, Switzerland and Tel
Aviv, the indicted metals and commodity speculator and fugitive;
Shaul Eisenberg, the secretive Israeli arms and commodities dealer;
and "Dirty Rafi" Eytan - both linked to the financial
side of the Israeli Mossad, and to the family of Jacob Lord Rothschild.
Understandably, Soros and the Rothschild interests prefer to keep
their connection hidden far from public view, so as to obscure
the powerful friends Soros can claim in the City of London, the
British Foreign Office, Israel, and the U.S. financial establishment."
William Engdahl, 2007
"In 1992, George Soros
and his giant hedge fund Quantum Group backed by Citibank and
other powerful institutional speculators, used derivatives to
collapse the currencies of Great Britain and Italy in a single
day. The European Monetary System was taken down with them."
Ellen Hodgson Brown in her book
"Web of Debt"
"The National Endowment
for Democracy (NED), the George Soros Open Society Institute,
Freedom House and Gene Sharp's Albert Einstein Institution, a
US intelligence asset [are] used to spark "non-violent"
regime change around the world on behalf of the US strategic agenda."
William Engdahl, 2007
"Mikhail Saakashvili a
36-year-old U.S.-educated lawyer, took over the presidency of
Georgia in a rose revolution [2004]. The latter was supported
by Washington and the Soros Foundation."
William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War"
"The US State Department
admits to supporting the activities of the NED [National Endowment
for Democracy] in Myanmar. The NED is a US government-funded "private"
entity whose activities are designed to support US foreign policy
objectives, doing today what the CIA did during the Cold War...
the NED funds [George] Soros' Open Society Institute in fostering
regime change in Myanmar. "
F. William Engdahl
GLOBALIZATION
"By early 2000, the process
of global financial deregulation was in many regards a fait accompli.
Wall Street routinely invaded country after country. The domestic
banking system was put on the auction block and reorganized under
the surveillance of external creditors. National financial institutions
were systematically destabilized and driven out of business; mass
unemployment and poverty are the invariable results."
Michel Chossudovsky
"The relationship between
globalization and militarism should be seen as two sides of the
same coin. On one side, globalization promotes the conditions
that lead to unrest, inequality, conflict, and, ultimately, war.
On the other side, globalization fuels the means to wage war by
protecting and promoting the military industries needed to produce
sophisticated weaponry. This weaponry, in turn, is used or is
threatened to be used to protect the investments of transnational
corporations and their shareholders."
Steven Staples
"Globalization can be seen
as the triumph of capitalism: the ascendancy of economics over
politics, of corporate demands over public policy, of the private
over the public interest, of the transnational corporation and
its global framework over the national state."
Gary Teeple in his book "Globalization
and the Decline of Social Reform"
"Corporations want to move
in and grab hold of everything, be it education, health, medical
care, water supplies, electrical utilities, whatever else. Privatize
and deregulate. That's their goal, the thirdworldization of America
- and everywhere else. They just want to get richer and richer
and make us work harder and harder for less and less. That's what
globalization and the "free market" are all about."
Michael Parenti, 2002
"If we're going to have
globalization, let's have a globalization of human rights."
Howard Zinn, 2002
"Today corporate globalization
needs an international confederation of loyal, corrupt, authoritarian
governments in poorer countries to push through unpopular reforms
and quell the mutinies. It needs a press that pretends to be free.
It needs courts that pretend to dispense justice."
Arundhati Roy in her book "War Talk"
"America can't let us stay
in power. We are the exception to the new globalization order.
If we succeed, we are an example to all the Americas."
Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez's
minister Miguel Bustamante Madriz
"For globalization to work,
America can't be afraid to act like the almighty superpower that
it is. The hidden hand of the market will never work without a
hidden fist.
McDonald's cannot flourish without McDonnell-Douglas, the designer
of the F-15, and the hidden fist that keeps the world safe for
Silicon Valley's technology is called the United States Army,
Air Force, Navy and Marine Corps."
Thomas Friedman, 1999
"Globalization, as it has
been advocated, often seems to replace the old dictatorships of
national elites with new dictatorships of international finance.
Countries are effectively told that if they don't follow certain
conditions, the capital markets or the IMF will refuse to lend
them money. They are basically forced to give up part of their
sovereignty, to let capricious capital markets, including the
speculators whose only concerns are short-term rather than the
long-term growth of the country and the improvement of living
standards, "discipline" them, telling them what they
should and should not do."
Joseph Stiglitz in his book "Globalization
and Discontents"
"Modern democracies have
been around for long enough for neo-liberal capitalists to learn
how to subvert them. They have mastered the technique of infiltrating
the instruments of democracy - the "independent" judiciary,
the "free" press, the parliament - and molding them
to their purpose. The project of corporate globalization has cracked
the code. Free elections, a free press, and an independent judiciary
mean little when the free market has reduced them to commodities
on sale to the highest bidder."
Arundhati Roy in her book "An
Ordinary Person's Guide to Empire"
"There is no known case
in which globalization has led to prosperity in any Third World
country, and none of the world's twenty-four reasonably developed
capitalist nations, regardless of their ideological explanations,
got where they are by following any of the prescriptions contained
in globalization doctrine."
Chalmers Johnson in his book "Sorrows
of Empire"
"Economic hit men (EHMs)
are highly paid professionals who cheat countries around the globe
out of trillions of dollars. They funnel money from the World
Bank, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), and
other foreign "aid" organizations into the coffers of
huge corporations and the pockets of a few wealthy families who
control the planet's natural resources. Their tools include fraudulent
financial reports, rigged elections, payoffs, extortion, sex,
and murder. They play a game as old as empire, but one that has
taken on new and terrifying dimensions during this time of globalization."
John Perkins in his book "Confessions
of Economic Hit Man"
"Corporations are like
the feudal domains that evolved into nation-states; they are nothing
less than the vanguard of a new Darwinian organization of politics
... the forefront of real globalization."
Robert Kaplan, 1997
"The goal [of globalization]
was to create an integrated international order that offered no
barriers to the flow of goods, capital, and ideas, and that is
administered by the United States. The whole world is to become
a free-market economy, and the US. military is there to remove
any opposition to this process. And since there will be those
who will not be happy with this project and will resist it, our
foreign policy necessarily has to become, in essence, a military
one."
Andrew Bacevich in his book "American
Empire"
"Looking at the global
picture one gets a striking view of inequality. The fact that
the combined wealth of the 225 richest people in the world nearly
equals the annual income of the poorer half of the earth's population,
that is to say more than 2.5 billion human beings, is more arresting
than volumes of social criticism."
social critic Daniel Singer in
his 1999 book "Whose Millennium: Theirs or Ours?"
" America is the largest
debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world's creditor.
"Creating money out of thin air", while at the same
time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes
the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military
power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which
constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing
the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve's overwhelming
powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial
monetary agenda.
... The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic
banking network. The control of money creation at a world level
constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination.
The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies
of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial
design is to override and destroy national currencies."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
GLOBAL WARMING
"There was a concerted
effort on the part of a small clique of elite scientists at the
UN and in supporting institutions, governments and universities
to concoct the climate change "consensus" to pressure
governments and public opinion into supporting the political,
economic and social agenda of elites.
This small group of scientists have for years been influential
in driving the worldwide alarm over global warming ... not least
through the role they play at the heart of the UN's Intergovernmental
'Panel on Climate Change'."
R. Warren Anderson and Dan Gainor
"The Rockefeller faction in
the Anglo-American world began to prepare the Global Warming fraud
- a fairy tale that oil from transportation vehicles or from coal
fired plant emissions of CO2 are the cause of the gradual warming
of the earth. However, no climate model takes into account the
major influence on world climate: our Sun.
F. William Engdahl
"There is no convincing
scientific evidence that human release of carbon dioxide, methane,
or other greenhouse gases is causing or will, in the foreseeable
future, cause catastrophic heating of the Earth's atmosphere and
disruption of the Earth's climate. Moreover, there is substantial
scientific evidence that increases in atmospheric carbon dioxide
produce many beneficial effects upon the natural plant and animal
environments of the Earth."
petition signed by 31,000 Scientists,
including over 9,000 PhDs
"CO2 emissions make absolutely
no difference one way or the other every scientist knows this,
but it doesn't pay to say so."
Dr. Kunihiko, Chancellor of Japan's
Institute of Science and Technology
"Accurate temperature records
have been kept only since the end of the 19th Century, shortly
after the world left the Little Ice Age. So while recorded temperatures
are increasing, they are not the warmest ever. A 2003 study by
Harvard and the Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics determined
that the 20th century is neither the warmest century nor the century
with the most extreme weather of the past 1,000 years.
... America and Europe had escaped a 500-year period of cooling,
called the Little Ice Age, around 1850."
R. Warren Anderson and Dan Gainor
"Scientists who dissent
from the [global warming] alarmism have seen their grant funds
disappear, their work derided, and themselves labeled as industry
stooges, scientific hacks or worse. Consequently, lies about climate
change gain credence even when they fly in the face of the science
that supposedly is their basis."
MIT meteorologist Richard S. Lindzen
"Print news media have
warned of four separate climate changes in slightly more than
100 years global cooling, warming, cooling again, and, perhaps
not so finally, warming.Some current warming stories combine the
concepts and claim the next ice age will be triggered by rising
temperatures .
Recent global warming reports have continued that trend, morphing
into a hybrid of both theories. News media that once touted the
threat of "global warming" have moved on to the more
flexible term "climate change."
The effect of the idea of "climate change" means that
any major climate event can be blamed on global warming, supposedly
driven by mankind."
R. Warren Anderson and Dan Gainor
"The suggestion that future
hazardous climate events could in any way be mitigated by the
control of carbon dioxide emissions is absurdity in the extreme."
William Kivninmonth, Emeritus head
of Australia's National Climate Centre
"Compared to solar magnetic
fields, the carbon dioxide production has as much influence on
climate as a flea has on the weight of an elephant."
Dr. Oliver K Manuel, University
of Missouri
"The hypothesis of current
global warming resulting from the increased emission of greenhouse
gases into the atmosphere is a myth. Humans are not responsible
for the increase in the global surface temperature of 1 degree
F = O.56 degree centigrade during the last century and one should
explain this increase by the natural forces heating the atmosphere
... the anthropogenic impact on the global temperature is negligible."
O.G.Sorokhtin, G.V. Chilinger and
L.F. Khilyuk all PhD's and published authors in Earth Sciences
"Increase of carbon dioxide
concentration in the atmosphere is not the cause of global warming
which has a solar origin There exists no reliable scientific evidence
that anthropogenic increase of the carbon dioxide concentration
has caused current global warming or can lead to catastrophic
changes of the Earth climate in the visible futureanthropogenic
global warming is a Great Myth."
Habibullo I. Abdussamatov , Head
of the Space Research Laboratory of the Russian Academies of Sciences'
Pulkovo Observatory
"I am convinced that the
current alarm over carbon dioxide is mistaken. Fears about man-made
global warming are unwarranted and are not based on good science...
I had the privilege of being fired by Al Gore, since I refused
to go along with his alarmism."
Dr. William Happer, former director
of the U.S. Department of Energy's Office of Energy under the
first President Bush in July of 1991
"Creating an ideology pegged
to carbon dioxide is a dangerous nonsense. The present alarm on
climate change is an instrument of social control, a pretext for
major businesses and political battle."
Delgado Domingo, Environmental
Scientist, Portugal, the founder of the Numerical Weather Forecast
group
GOVERNMENTS LIE
"We Americans are the ultimate
innocents. We are forever desperate to believe that this time
the government is telling us the truth."
Sydney Schanberg
"Every government is run
by liars, and nothing they say should be believed."
journalist Izzy Stone
"Never believe governments,
not any of them, not a word they say; keep an untrusting eye on
all they do."
Martha Gelhorn, American journalist
"The Patriot's [missle]
success, of course, is known to everyone. It's 100 percent-so
far, of 33 [Scuds] engaged, there have been 33 destroyed."
General Norman Schwarzkopf, Commander
of Allied Forces in the Gulf War, Pentagon briefing, Riyadh, Saudi
Arabia, January 31, 1991
"To the best of my recollection,
only one Scud missile exploded in the air as a consequence of
a Patriot explosion."
General Dan Shomron, Chief of Staff
of the Israeli Defense Force at the time of the Gulf War, The
Christian Science Monitor, September 8, 1997
"If there is somebody captured,
I expect those people to be treated humanely. If not, the people
who mistreat the prisoners will be treated as war criminals."
President George W. Bush, March
23, 2003
"It is a blatant violation
of the Geneva Convention to humiliate and abuse prisoners of war
or to harm them in any way."
Pentagon spokeswoman Victoria Clarke,
March 24, 2003
"The Geneva Convention
is very clear on the rules for treating prisoners. They're not
supposed to be tortured or abused; they're not supposed to be
intimidated; they're not supposed to be made public displays of
humiliation or insult."
Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz
to the BBC, March 24, 2003
"Defense Department officials
don't lie to the public. The Defense Department doesn't do covert
action, period."
Douglas Feith, Under Secretary
of Defense for Policy, 2002
"No country in the world
upholds the Geneva Conventions on the laws of armed conflict more
steadfastly than does the United States."
Douglas Feith, Under Secretary
of Defense for Policy, 2002, 2004
"The world will note that
the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima, a military base.
That was because we wished in this first attack to avoid, insofar
as possible, the killing of civilians. [The bomb killed more than
150,000 civilians in this Japanese city with a population of 400,000.]"
President Harry Truman, August
9, 1945
HABEAS CORPUS
"The establishment of the
writ of habeas corpus... are perhaps greater securities to liberty
and republicanism than any it [the Constitution] contains ....
The practice of arbitrary imprisonments have been, in all ages,
the favorite and most formidable instruments of tyranny."
Alexander Hamilton in The Federalist
#84 in August of 1788
"Even in 1215, the King
of England was held to the standard of habeas corpus. I guess
we want to turn the clock back to before the Magna Carta."
Senator Tom Harkin, 2007
"The 2006 Military Commissions
Act authorizes the president to seize American citizens as enemy
combatants, even if they have never left the United States. And
once thrown into military prison, they cannot expect a trial by
their peers or any other of the normal protections of the Bill
of Rights.
Anyone designated an "enemy combatant" can be denied
the right to habeas corpus. Habeas corpus petitions allow defendants
to challenge their unlawful imprisonment and to seek their release
if their cases were tried unfairly. By suspending habeas corpus,
the new law takes human rights back to the thirteenth century."
Yale law professor Bruce Ackerman
"The American government
could already be described as authoritarian... Due process of
law and the right of habeas corpus, which for centuries have characterized
the rule of law in democratic states, have been eliminated. At
the discretion of the president, non-citizens and citizens alike
may be classified as enemy combatants, picked up and held for
an indeterminate period of time without access to counsel. A network
of secret prisons and camps is being established both inside and
outside of the United States. Paramilitary forces or private mercenary
armies are being developed to make up for the inadequate numbers
of the existing volunteer army. This is effectively resulting
in the privatization of the US military."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"September 29, 2006, the
US Senate agreed to the Military Commissions Act of 2006 ... The
new Act does 3 things:
1) Strips the right of detainees to habeas corpus (the traditional
right of detainees to challenge their detention);
2) Gives the US President the power to detain indefinitely anyone-US
or foreign nationals, from within the US, and from abroad-it deems
to have provided material support to anti-US hostilities, and
even use secret and coerced evidence (i.e. through use of torture)
to try detainees who will be held in secret US military prisons;
3) Gives US officials immunity from prosecution for torturing
detainees that were captured before the end of 2005 by US military
and CIA."
Anup Shah, 2006
"The Military Commissions
Act of 2006 effectively suspended habeas corpus and freed up the
executive branch to designate any American citizen an "enemy
combatant" forfeiting all privileges accorded under the Bill
of Rights."
Christopher Ketcham, 2008
"The corporate media has
ignored the fact that habeas corpus can now be suspended for anyone
by order of the President. With the approval of Congress, the
Military Commissions Act (MCA) of 2006, signed by Bush on October
17, 2006, allows for the suspension of habeas corpus for US citizens
and non-citizens alike."
Peter Phillips and Mickey Huff,
Project Censored, December 21, 2009
"Ever since Bill Clinton,
George W. Bush and now Barack Obama, what we've learned is law
means nothing to the executive branch in the US. They don't obey
our own laws; they don't obey international law; they violate
all the civil liberties and buried the principal of habeas corpus
and the ability for a defendant to be legally represented."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2011
HAITI
"During the Cold War, the
U.S. supported the dictatorships of Papa Doc Duvalier and then
Baby Doc Duvalier - which ruled the country from 1957 to 1986
- as an anti-communist counter-weight to Castro's Cuba nearby.
Under guidance from Washington, Baby Doc Duvalier opened the Haitian
economy up to U.S. capital in the 1970s and 1980s. Floods of U.S.
agricultural imports destroyed peasant agriculture. As a result,
hundred of thousands of people flocked to the teeming slums of
Port-au-Prince to labor for pitifully low wages in sweatshops
located in U.S. export processing zones.
In the 1980s, masses of Haitians rose up to drive the Duvaliers
from power - later, they elected reformer Jean-Bertrand Aristide
to be president on a platform of land reform, aid to peasants,
reforestation, investment in infrastructure for the people, and
increased wages and union rights for sweatshop workers.
The U.S. in turn backed a coup that drove [Jean-Bertrand] Aristide
from power in 1991. Eventually, the elected president was restored
to power in 1994 when Bill Clinton sent U.S. troops to the island
- but on the condition that he implement the U.S. neoliberal plan
- which Haitians called the "plan of death."
Aristide resisted parts of the U.S. program for Haiti, but implemented
other provisions, undermining his hoped-for reforms. Eventually,
though, the U.S. grew impatient with Aristide's failure to obey
completely, especially when he demanded $21 billion in reparations
during his final year in office. The U.S. imposed an economic
embargo that strangled the country, driving peasants and workers
even deeper into poverty.
In 2004, Washington collaborated with Haiti's ruling elite to
back death squads that toppled the government, kidnapped and deported
Aristide. The United Nations sent troops to occupy the country,
and the puppet government was installed to continue Washingotn's
neoliberal plans."
Ashley Smith
"[Haitian president Jean-Bertrand]
Aristide was overthrown in a violent US-backed coup under the
George H.W. Bush administration... What Clinton did is he kept
Aristide in exile for years, until they could squeeze out of Aristide
a commitment to uphold US neoliberal economic programs in Haiti
and that Aristide would agree not to lay claim to the years he
spent in exile as part of his presidency.
He was a democratically elected president. The US violently overthrew
him. They butchered Haiti. And then Clinton refused to put Aristide
back in power, even though he could have done it with one phone
call. And instead, what he did is he implemented a vicious regime
of economic neoliberalism inside of Haiti. The Haitian people
now are suffering under that neoliberal economic model and the
aftermath of this repression force that just terrorized the people
of Haiti.
To have Bill Clinton now be the person who's going to "stabilize"
Haiti and dabble in the economics of this incredibly poor suffering
nation, to me, is just a grotesque act on the part of the United
Nations. And I think that anyone who's about justice for Haiti
should rise up and say that Bill Clinton has no business stepping
foot in Haiti in any official capacity with the United Nations
at all."
Jeremy Scahill, 2009
"Condelleza Rice and Colin
Powell are both dangerous people. What they did in Haiti [2004
U.S.-backed coup that ousted democratically elected President
Jean-Bertrand Aristide] is a good measure of it. They destroyed
a democracy. They squelched loans that had been approved by the
Inter-American Development Bank. They did everything behind the
scenes, including arming the thugs that came to overrun the country.
They're frauds."
Randall Robinson
"Haiti was the centerpiece
of the Caribbean Basin Initiative, launched by David Rockefeller's
International Basic Economy Corporation, which aimed to create
a low-wage manufacturing platform in the Caribbean for US multinationals.
Real wages in Haiti declined 56% from 1983-1991 after the Caribbean
Basin Initiative kicked in... The US textile industry has a huge
presence in Haiti. Nowhere in the world is labor cheaper."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The Clinton administration
was credited for working for the return to power of Jean Bertrand
Aristide after he was overthrown in a military coup. But, in fact,
Clinton had stalled the return for as long as he could, and had
instead tried his best to return anti-Aristide conservatives to
a leading power role in a mixed government, because Aristide was
too leftist for Washington's tastes.
... Clinton was not actually repulsed by coup leader Raoul Cédras
and company, for they posed no ideological barrier to the United
States continuing the economic and strategic control of Haiti
it's maintained for most of the century.
... Faced ultimately with Aristide returning to power, Clinton
demanded and received - and then made sure to publicly announce
- the Haitian president's guarantee that he would not try to remain
in office to make up for the time lost in exile. Clinton of course
called this 'democracy,' although it represented a partial legitimization
of the coup... Jean-Bertrand Aristide's reception was a joyous
celebration filled with optimism. However, unbeknownst to his
adoring followers, while they were regaining Aristide, they may
have lost Aristidism."
William Blum, author of the book
'Killing Hope', about appointment of former US President Bill
Clinton as special UN envoy to Haiti
"The violent U.S., Canadian,
and French-inspired coup d'état [against Jean-Bertrand
Aristide elected-President of Haiti] in February 2004 left thousands
killed, displaced, imprisoned and exiled, and the imposition of
a disastrous regime of human rights abuses that lasted two years
under direct United Nations sanction. The 2004 coup was yet another
crushing blow to Haiti's remarkable democratic movement of the
poor majority - and has set the country back decades, economically,
socially and politically."
Niraj Joshi, 2009
"A relatively few Americans
knew what wealthy white Haitians were doing to poor Haitians through
their black surrogates in the years between 1957 and the coup
of February 29, 2004. With the unpublicized support of the bourgeoisie,
François (Papa Doc) Duvalier and his dreaded macoutes killed
an estimated 50,000 poor blacks during his rule. His son, Jean-Claude,
took up where his father left off. Even after Jean-Claude's expulsion
from the country in February 1986, the slaughter of the pro-democracy
black poor continued unabated."
Randall Robinson in his book "An
Unbroken Agony: Haiti, from Revolution to the Kidnapping of a
President"
"Haiti is best understood
as a successfully failed state. As of last estimate, 65% of Haiti's
government revenue comes from international agencies. 84% of its
rice grown abroad. This is because of U.S. and other Northern
countries' economic policies, wherein Haiti's ability to feed
itself with domestic rice production was wiped out by Washington-subsidized
imports that U.S. agribusiness has profited from. At Ronald Reagan's
behest, Haiti initiated a series of neoliberal measures in the
1980s, including trade liberalization, privatization and decreasing
investment in agriculture, that led to the disappearance of Haiti's
cotton and sugar export industries. During the 1990s, the U.S.
conditioned its food aid sent to alleviate a hunger crisis
with demands that Haiti lower its tariffs and open its markets
to U.S. imports. This subsidized U.S. rice was much cheaper than
Haitian rice, forcing local farmers out of business. Over the
same period, Haiti became increasingly more reliant on the International
Financial Institutions, which imposed more neoliberal conditions
on its help. Since 1980, when Haiti started receiving the World
Banks' help in earnest, its per capita Gross Domestic Product
has shrunk by 38.3%. Haiti is left with a 1.4 billion dollar multinational
debt. In addition to draining resources from needed sectors
such as health, education, or developing national production,
this debt has served as leverage for the IMF and World Bank to
impose even more neoliberal measures."
Mark Schuller, an anthropologist
at Vassar College, 2008
"We should be wary of the
role of international NGOs. While many NGOs are trying to address
the crisis, the U.S. and other governments are funneling aid to
them in order to undermine Haitians' democratic right to self-determination.
The international NGOs are unaccountable to either the Haitian
state or Haitian population. So the aid funneled through them
further weakens what little hold Haitians have on their own society."
Ashley Smith
"Thirty years ago, Haiti
imported almost no rice. Today, Haiti imports nearly all of its
rice. It even imports sugar, even though it was the sugar-growing
capital of the Caribbean. And the reason is that in order to get
these loans, which they need desperately to be able to survive,
that they had to open up their markets to competition.
... The United States exports over 200 million metric tons of
rice every year to Haiti... And the reason is that our rice is
cheaper than the rice that they could grow there themselves, because
our rice is so heavily subsidized. A billion dollars a year of
taxpayer money goes to rice farmers in the United States, plus
we have a tariff ... that adds between three and 24 percent protection
for our rice farmers. And as a result, the rich and powerful country
of the United States, along with other rich and powerful countries
in the world, have just really bullied these small countries into
accepting our rice. And as the rice from the United States came
in, it destroyed the ability of farmers in Haiti to be able to
grow rice. And as a consequence, the country now depends totally
on imported rice."
Bill Quigley, law professor at
Loyola University in New Orleans, 2008
"The effort to weaken,
demoralize and then overthrow Lavalas [the social/political movement
that allowed Aristide to achieve the Presidency of Haiti] in the
first years of the twenty-first century was perhaps the most successful
exercise of neo-imperial sabotage since the toppling of Nicaragua's
Sandinistas in 1990. In many ways it was much more successful,
at least in the short-term, than previous international triumphs
in Iraq (2003), Panama (1989), Grenada (1983), Chile (1973), the
Congo (1960), Guatemala (1954) or Iran (1953). Not only did the
coup of 2004 topple one of the most popular governments in Latin
America but it managed to topple it in a manner that wasn't widely
criticized or even recognized as a coup at all."
Peter Hallward in his book "Damning
the Flood: Haiti, Aristide, and the Politics of Containment"
"Few people anywhere have
suffered more for so long, yet endure and keep struggling for
change. For brief periods under Jean-Bertand Aristide, they got
it until a US-led February 29, 2004 coup d'etat forced him into
exile where he remains Haiti's symbolic leader.
UN paramilitaries [MINUSTAH] occupy the country . Washington effectively
controls it.
... Haitians suffer dearly as a result, deeply impoverished, at
times starving, denied the most basic essentials, plagued by violence,
a brutal occupier, police repression, an odious and onerous debt,
and exploitive sweatshop conditions for those lucky enough to
have a job in a country plagued by unemployment and deprivation."
Stephen Lendman, 2009
"In many ways, the people
(first-world diplomats, IFI economists, USAID consultants, IRI
mediators, CIA analysts, media specialists, ex-military personnel,
security advisors, police trainers, aid-workers, NGO staff) ...
managed to back one of the most popular political leaders in Latin
America i[Haitian president Jean-Bertande Aristide] nto a corner
from which he couldn't escape. They managed not only to overthrow
but also to discredit the most progressive government in Haitian
history, and they managed to attack this government in ways that
were rarely perceived (by mainstream commentators) as aggressive
at all. They managed to disguise a deliberate and elaborate political
intervention as a routine contribution to the natural order of
things. Ten years after his triumphant return from exile in 1994,
Aristide's enemies not only drove him out of office but into an
apparently definitive disgrace."
Peter Hallward in his book "Damning
the Flood: Haiti, Aristide, and the Politics of Containment"
"The last and only Haitian
leader strongly committed to putting the welfare of the Haitian
people before that of the domestic and international financial
mafia was President Jean-Bertrand Aristide. Being of a socialist
persuasion, Aristide was, naturally, kept from power by the United
States - twice; first by Bill Clinton, then by George W. Bush,
the two men appointed by President Obama to head the earthquake
relief effort."
author William Blum
"Jean-Bertrand Aristide, a
reformist priest, was elected to the presidency in Haiti in 1990,
then ousted in a military coup eight months later in 1991 by men
on the CIA payroll... In 1994 the Clinton White House found itself
in the awkward position of having to pretend - because of all
their rhetoric about "democracy" - that they supported
the democratically-elected Aristide's return to power. After delaying
his return for more than two years, Washington finally had its
military restore Aristide to office, but only after obliging the
priest to guarantee that after his term ended he would not remain
in office to make up the time lost because of the coup; that he
would not seek to help the poor at the expense of the rich; and
that he would stick closely to free-market economics. This meant
that Haiti would continue to be the assembly plant of the Western
Hemisphere, with its workers receiving starvation wages."
author William Blum
"In 2006 elections, the Haitian
masses voted in longtime Aristide ally René Préval
as president. But Préval has been a weak figure who collaborated
with U.S. plans for the country and failed to address the growing
social crisis.
In fact, the U.S., UN and other imperial powers effectively
bypassed the Préval government [of Haiti] and instead poured
money into NGOs. "Haiti now has the highest per capita presence
of NGOs in the world," says Yves Engler. The Préval
government has become a political fig leaf, behind which the real
decisions are made by the imperial powers, and implemented through
their chosen international NGOs."
Ashley Smith
"Haiti is called "the
Republic of NGOs," with over 10,000 operating (according
to World Bank estimates) for its nine million people, the highest
per capita presence worldwide in all sectors of activity and society,
many with sizable budgets. Yet their numbers beg the question.
With that abundant firepower, why is Haiti the poorest country
in the hemisphere, one of the poorest in the world."
Stephen Lendman, 2010
"After the [Haitian slave]
revolution which concluded in January, 1804, Haiti became the
second free country in the Western World (after the United States),
and the first black republic. However, the United States was still
a slave nation, as was England. While France had freed the Haitian
slaves during the revolution, France and other European nations
had slaves in Africa and Asia. The international community decided
that Haiti's model of a nation of freed slaves was a dangerous
precedent. An international boycott of Haitian goods and commerce
plunged the Haitian economy into chaos.
It is difficult to measure the exact impact of this international
conspiracy. Here was a nation of ex-slaves trying to rise to democratic
self-rule, rising to run an economy in which the masses had only
served as slaves before. The international boycott of Haitian
products at this time was devastating for Haiti's long-term economic
development."
Bob Corbett, Director of "People
To People", 1999
"Haiti is best understood
as a successfully failed state. As of last estimate, 65% of Haiti's
government revenue comes from international agencies, 84% of its
rice grown abroad. This is because of U.S. and other Northern
countries' economic policies wherein Haiti's ability to feed itself
with domestic rice production was wiped out by Washington-subsidized
imports that U.S. agribusiness has profited from. At Ronald Reagan's
behest, Haiti initiated a series of neoliberal measures in the
1980s, including trade liberalization, privatization and decreasing
investment in agriculture, that led to the disappearance of Haiti's
cotton and sugar export industries. During the 1990s, the U.S.
conditioned its food aid sent to alleviate a hunger crisis
with demands that Haiti lower its tariffs and open its markets
to U.S. imports. This subsidized U.S. rice was much cheaper than
Haitian rice, forcing local farmers out of business. Over the
same period, Haiti became increasingly more reliant on the International
Financial Institutions, which imposed more neoliberal conditions
on its help. Since 1980, when Haiti started receiving the Banks'
help in earnest, its per capita Gross Domestic Product has shrunk
by 38.3%. Haiti is left with a 1.4 billion dollar multinational
debt, with a debt service next year of almost 80 million. In addition
to draining resources from needed sectors such as health,
education, or developing national production, this debt has served
as leverage for the IMF and World Bank to impose even more neoliberal
measures."
Mark Schuller, an anthropologist
at Vassar College, 2008
HEALTH CARE
"The medical systems are
controlled by financiers in order to serve financiers. Since you
cannot serve people unless they get sick, the whole medical system
is designed to make people sicker and sicker."
Guylaine Lanctot,, MD
"The United States is the
only country in the developed world that doesn't already have
a fundamentally public--that is, tax-supported--health care system.
The United States now has the most expensive health care system
on earth and, despite remarkable technology, the general health
of the U.S. population is lower than in most industrialized countries.
Worse, Americans' mortality rates--both general and infant--are
shockingly high.
In the United States, infant mortality rates are 7.1 per 1,000,
the highest in the industrialized world.
U.S. government statistics rank the U.S. 43rd in infant mortality,
in the company of Croatia and Lithuania, below Taiwan and Cuba.
Today, over half the family bankruptcies filed every year in the
United States are directly related to medical expenses, and a
recent study shows that 75 percent of those are filed by people
with health insurance."
Holly Dressel, 2006
"We [US] are the only advanced
nation without a national system of subsidized health care.
Elliott Currie in his book "'Crime
and Punishment in America"
"When a patient goes into
a hospital in Canada, they hand a card in for the national plan
[Canadian single-payer health care system], and that's the end
of it. You are not threatened with bankruptcy in Canada, Britain,
Germany, France, Finland, Norway, Sweden, Japan, Italy, Spain.
In none of these countries can a citizen be bankrupted by their
illness. But it is the leading cause of bankruptcy in the United
States."
Congressman Jim McDermott
"For decades, the healthcare
issue has been at the top of domestic concerns, for very good
reasons. The US has the most dysfunctional healthcare system in
the industrial world, has about twice the per capita costs and
some of the worst outcomes. It's also the only privatized system."
Noam Chomsky , 2009
"The for-profit insurance
industry through waste, fraud, abuse and bureaucracy eats up 31%
the cost of health care.
... Health care costs are a cause in two-thirds of bankruptcies
[in United States].
... The effort to protect the insurance industry at all costs
is making real health care reform impossible."
Kevin Zeese, 2009
"We've got a medical system
in which private for-profit insurers are spending a lot of money
trying to avoid sick people. It's an absurd system. And all of
that money they're spending, marketing and finding groups of people
who are relatively healthy and at relatively low risk and avoiding
the sick people, all of that money is being wasted."
Robert Reich, economist, and Clinton
Administration Secretary of Labor
"The health insurance industry
has always tried to make Americans think that government-run systems
are the worst thing that could possibly happen to them, that if
you even consider that, you're heading down on the slippery slope
towards socialism. So they have used scare tactics for years,
to keep that from happening. If there were a broader [public health
insurance] program like our Medicare program, it could potentially
reduce the profits of these big companies. So that is their biggest
concern."
Wendell Potter, former head of
Public Relations for CIGNA Insurance Company
"If you don't stop Medicare
and I don't do it, one of these days you and I are going to spend
our sunset years telling our children and our children's children
what it once was like in America when men were free."
Ronald Reagan, 1961
"All that stands in the
way of universal health care in America are the greed of the medical-industrial
complex, the lies of the right-wing propaganda machine, and the
gullibility of voters who believe those lies."
economist Paul Krugman, 2009
HEGELIAN DIALECTIC
Georg Wilhelm Fredrich Hegel
thesis + antithesis = synthesis
"In classical liberalism,
the State is always subordinate to the individual. In Hegelian
Statism, as we see in Naziism and Marxism, the State is supreme,
and the individual exists only to serve the State.
... Progress in the Hegelian State is through contrived conflict:
the clash of opposites makes for progress. If you can control
the opposites, you dominate the nature of the outcome."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"In Hegelian terms, an
existing force (the thesis) generates a counterforce (the antithesis).
Conflict between the two forces results in the forming of a synthesis.
Then the process starts all over again: Thesis vs. antithesis
results in synthesis.
The synthesis sought by the Establishment is called the New World
Order. Without controlled conflict this New World Order will not
come about... The International bankers backed the Nazis, the
Soviet Union, North Korea, North Vietnam against the United States.
The "conflict" built profits while pushing the world
ever closer to One World Government. The process continues today."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"Progress in the Hegelian
State is through contrived conflict: the clash of opposites makes
for progress. If you can control the opposites, you dominate the
nature of the outcome."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"What is the function of
a Parliament or a Congress for Hegelians? These institutions are
merely to allow individuals to feel that their opinions have some
value and to allow a government to take advantage of whatever
wisdom the "peasant" may accidentally demonstrate."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"The State in practice
becomes all powerful. The immediate task of "the revolution"
is to convey all power to the state, and modern Marxist states
operate under a constant paranoia that power may indeed pass away
from the hands of the State into the hands of the people.
... If Marxism is posed as the thesis and national socialism [Nazism]
as antithesis, then the most likely synthesis becomes a Hegelian
New World Order, a synthesis evolving out of the clash of Marxism
and national socialism. Moreover, in this statement those who
finance and manage the clash of opposites can remain in control
of the synthesis [New World Order]."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"In the Hegelian system,
conflict is essential ... for Hegel and systems based on Hegel,
the State is absolute. The State requires complete obedience from
the individual citizen. An individual does not exist for himself
in these so-called organic systems but only to perform a role
in the operation of the State. He finds freedom only in obedience
to the State. There was no freedom in Hitler's Germany, there
is no freedom for the individual under Marxism, neither will there
be in the New World Order. And if it sounds like George Orwell's
1984 - it is."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"A tragic failure of American
education in this century has been a failure to teach children
how to read and write and how to express themselves in a literary
form ... their prime purpose is not to teach subject matter but
to condition children to live as socially integrated citizen units
in an organic society - a real life enactment of the Hegelian
absolute State. In this State the individual finds freedom only
in obedience to the State, consequently the function of education
is to prepare the individual citizen unit for smooth entry into
the organic whole."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"To Friedrich Hegel, our
world is a world of reason. The state is Absolute Reason and the
citizen can only become free by worship and obedience to the state.
Both fascism and communism have their philosophical roots in Hegelianism."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"For [German philosopher
Georg] Hegel every quality of an individual exists only at the
mercy and will of the State. This approach is reflected in political
systems based on Hegel whether it be Soviet Communism or Hitlerian
national socialism."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"The World Order organizes
and finances Communist groups; it then organizes and finances
anti-Communist groups. It is not necessary for the Order to throw
these groups against each other, they seek each other out like
heat-seeking missiles, and try to destroy each other. By controlling
the size and resources of each group, the World Order can always
predetermine the outcome."
The World Order Our Secret Ruler
by Eustace Mullins, 1984
"The Dewey educational
system does not accept the role of developing a child's talents
but, contrarily, only to prepare the child to function as a unit
in an organic whole - in blunt terms a cog in the wheel of an
organic society. Whereas most Americans have moral values rooted
in he individual, the values of the school system are rooted in
the Hegelian concept of the State as the absolute."
John Dewey in his book "My
Pedagogic Creed"
"The concept of the necessity
of conflict takes much from the philosopher Hegel (1770-1831).
He believed that ... might certifies right, and war is a legitimate
expression of the dominant power of the moment... [War is] a force
for the good of the state since it discourages internal dissent
and corruption and fosters the spiritual cement of patriotism.
L. Fletcher Prouty in his book
"JFK: The CIA, Vietnam, and the Plot to Assassinate John
F. Kennedy"
"Freidrich Hegel's Hegelian
dialectic put forth a process whereby opposites thesis and antithesis
are reconciled into synthesis.
The Rothschild's Business Roundtable that sponsored him ... saw
in the dialectic a boon to their monopolies by presenting phony
communism (antithesis) as bogeyman to capitalism (thesis). The
ensuing conflict which manifest in the Cold War produced a huge
market for arms and oil which their trusts manufactured.
Genuine revolutionary struggle in the Third World could be labeled
as "Soviet communist conspiracy" and more arms could
then be sent to depopulate the undesirable poor, dispensing of
agitators who threatened Roundtable interests... By upholding
Soviet state capitalism to all the world as an example of "failed
Communism", the bankers could discredit this dangerous idea
while producing their desired synthesis - a New World Order ruled
by the Illuminati banking families and Black Nobility monarchs,
with laissez faire monopoly capitalism as their economic paradigm."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
HENRY KISSINGER
"Today, Americans would
be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order;
tomorrow, they will be grateful. This is especially true if they
were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real
or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then
that all people of the world will plead with world leaders to
deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is
the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights
will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well-being
granted to them by their world government."
Henry Kissinger
"It is Henry Kissinger's
belief that by controlling food one can control people, and by
controlling energy - especially oil - one can control nations
and their financial systems. By placing food and oil under international
control along with the world's monetary system, Kissinger is convinced
a loosely knit world government can become a reality."
Washington columnist Paul Scott,
1976
"Depopulation should be
the highest priority of foreign policy towards the third world."
Henry Kissinger
" Henry Kissinger was the
high priest of imperialism and neocolonialism, animated by an
instinctive hatred for nationalist world leaders.
... Kissinger was a Zionist, dedicated to economic, diplomatic
and military support of Israeli aggression and expansionism to
keep the Middle East in turmoil, so as to prevent Arab unity and
Arab economic development."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkinin their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"The illegal we do immediately,
the unconstitutional takes a little longer."
Henry Kissinger
"Henry Kissinger, together
with his international political directorate known as Kissinger
Associates, is the individual who stands at the intersection point
of every one of these networks: the back-channel with the Soviet
Union, the drug and terror networks from Italy to Ibero-America,
and the highest levels of finance - including his directorship
in American Express, the entity into which has merged a major
portion of Dope, command structure."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"The issues are much too
important for the Chilean voters to be left to decide for themselves.
... I don't see why we need to stand by and watch a country go
Communist due to the irresponsibility of its own people. "
Henry Kissinger, about Chile under
Salvador Allende
"Oil is much too important
a commodity to be left in the hands of the Arabs."
Henry Kissinger
"I refuse to believe that
a little fourthrate power like North Vietnam does not have a breaking
point."
Henry Kissinger
"If you control the oil,
you control entire nations. If you control the food, you control
the people. If you control the money, your control the entire
world."
Henry Kissinger
"Jimmy Carter is not the
President of the United States. The Trilateral Commission is the
President of the United States; I represent the Trilateral Commission."
Henry Kissinger
"The kingpins of the U.S.
branch of the drug cartel [are] led by Henry Kissinger and the
Anti-Defamation League of B'nai Brith."
DOPE, INC., the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Although [Henry] Kissinger
has been historically a close ally of the most rabid factions
inside Israel and within the Zionist establishment in the United
States, his primary allegiance through-out his political career
has been to the British Crown and its intelligence and financial
tentacles."
DOPE, INC., the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"if we can't control Latin America, how can we dominate
the world?"
Henry Kissinger, 1970s
"While Kissinger's 1973
oil shock had a devastating impact on world industrial growth,
it had an enormous benefit for certain established interests -
the major New York and London banks, and the Seven Sisters oil
multinationals of the United States and Britain. By 1974, Exxon
had overtaken General Motors as the largest American corporation
in gross revenues. Her sisters, including Mobil, Texaco, Chevron
and Gulf, were not far behind.
The bulk of the OPEC dollar revenues, Kissinger's 'recycled petrodollars,'
was deposited with the leading banks of London and New York, the
banks which dealt in dollars as well as international oil trade.
Chase Manhattan, Citibank, Manufacturers Hanover, Bank of America,
Barclays, Lloyds, Midland Bank - all enjoyed the windfall profits
of the oil crisis."
William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War"
HIROSHIMA and NAGASAKI
(atomic bombs dropped on two
Japanese cities, 1945)
"The MacArthur memorandum
to F.D.R. of January 20, 1945 ... explicitly set forth the terms
of an authentic Japanese peace offer which were virtually identical
with the final surrender terms that we accepted from the Japanese
seven months later at the cost of countless needlessly expended
lives, Japanese and American alike.
The major reason for dropping the bomb was a saber-rattling gesture
to the Russians against whom we were already preparing the Cold
War."
historian Harry Elmer Barnes, National
Review, 1958
"The Japanese were ready
to surrender and it wasn't necessary to hit them with that awful
thing {atomic bomb]."
Dwight Eisenhower, Newsweek, 1963
"It is my opinion that
the use of this barbarous weapon at Hiroshima and Nagasaki was
of no material assistance in our war against Japan. The Japanese
were already defeated and ready to surrender because of the effective
sea blockade and the successful bombing with conventional weapons.
The lethal possibilities of atomic warfare in the future are frightening.
My own feeling was that in being the first to use it, we had adopted
an ethical standard common to the barbarians of the Dark Ages.
I was not taught to make war in that fashion, and wars cannot
be won by destroying women and children."
William Leahy, Chief of Staff to
Presidents Franklin Roosevelt and Harry Truman
"We didn't need to do it
[bomb HIroshima and Nagasaki], and we knew we didn't need to do
it, and they knew that we knew we didn't need to do it; we used
them as an experiment for two atomic bombs."
Brigadier General Carter Clarke,
military intelligence officer,
in charge of preparing intercepted Japanese cables for President
Truman and his advisors
"The world will note that
the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima, a military base.
That was because we wished in this first attack to avoid, insofar
as possible, the killing of civilians. [The bomb killed more than
150,000 civilians in this Japanese city with a population of 400,000.]"
President Harry Truman, August
9, 1945
HITLER
"Wall Street corporations
viewed the Nazis ... as enemies of communism. American investment
in Germany increased 48.5 percent between 1929 and 1940... Major
investors included Ford, General Motors, General Electric, Standard
Oil, Texaco, International Harvester, ITT, and IBM."
David Swanson in his book "War
Is A Lie"
"I. G. Farben and Standard
Oil of New Jersey operated a "preconceived plan" to
suppress development of the synthetic rubber industry in the United
States, to the advantage of the German Wehrmacht and to the disadvantage
of the United States in World War II."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Rise of Hitler"
"Never leave room for alternatives;
never accept blame; concentrate on one enemy at a time and blame
him for everything that goes wrong; people will believe a big
lie sooner than a little one; and if you repeat it frequently
enough people will sooner or later believe it."
Adolf Hitler
"General Electric was prominent
in financing Hitler, it profited handsomely from war production
- and yet it managed to evade bombing in World War lI."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall Street and the Rise of
Hitler"
"It was Henry Ford who
in the 1930s built the Soviet Union's first modern automobile
plant ... and which in the 50s and 60s produced the trucks used
by the North Vietnamese to carry weapons and munitions for use
against Americans. At about the same time, Henry Ford was also
the most famous of Hitler's foreign backers, and he was rewarded
in the 1930s for this long-lasting support with the highest Nazi
decoration for foreigners."
"Henry Ford and Edsel Ford
respectively contributed money to Hitler and profited from German
wartime production. Standard Oil of New Jersey, General Electric,
General Motors, and I.T.T ... made financial or technical contributions
which comprise prima facie evidence of "participating in
planning or carrying out Nazi enterprises.""
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Rise of Hitler"
"We must aggravate the
inequality between people by putting impenetrable barriers. There
will be the class of masters and below them there will be anonymous
mob, the lowest ones forever. Still further down, there will be
the defeated foreigner modern slaves. And above all these will
rise a new aristocratic class of which I can say nothing yet."
Adolf Hitler
"Shell Oil is principally
owned by the British royal family. Shell's chairman, Sir Henri
Deterding, helped sponsor Hitler's rise to power, by arrangement
with the royal family's Bank of England Governor, Montagu Norman.
Their ally Standard Oil would take part in the Hitler project
right up to the bloody, gruesome end."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"Hitler was in power for
nine years before the United States went to war with him-hardly
a principled stand against fascism-and then it was because Germany
declared war on the United States, not the other way around."
William Blum in his book "Freeing
the World to Death
HOMELAND SECURITY
"The Department of Homeland
Security has announced that it has shifted its focus from Muslim
terrorism to "domestic extremists," an undefined term.
Recently the Department of Homeland Security purchased more than
one billion rounds of deadly ammunition, such as hollow point
bullets, enough to shoot the entire US population several times.
There are also reports that detainment camps have been constructed,
allegedly for such events as hurricane evacuation. Congress and
the media are not asking questions about these developments."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The quest for homeland
security is heading, in ad hoc fashion, toward the quasi militarization
of everyday life ... If danger might lurk anywhere, maybe everything
must be protected and policed."
William Greider, 2004
"An evil exists that threatens
every man, woman and child of this great nation. We must take
steps to ensure our domestic security and protect our homeland."
Adolf Hitler
"One of the first booms
for the homeland security industry was surveillance cameras, 4.2
million of which have been installed in Britain, one for every
fourteen people, and 30 million in the U.S.."
Naomi Klein in her book "The
Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism"
"The governments of the
world are restructuring their economies, and the global economy
as a whole, into a corporatist structure. Thus, this new international
economic system being constructed is one representative of economic
fascism. The governments now work directly for the banks, democracy
is in decline everywhere, and the militarization of domestic society
into creating "Homeland Security states" is underway
and accelerating."
Andrew Gavin Marshall - The Global
Economic Crisis - Global Research, 2010
"In the American Empire,
success at war no longer matters. Huge sums of American taxpayers'
money have flowed into the American armaments industries and huge
amounts of power into Homeland Security. The American empire works
by stripping Americans of wealth and liberty. This is why the
wars cannot end, or if one does end another starts."
Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, 2012
"The entire National Security
doctrine centers on the existence of an "outside enemy",
which is threatening the Homeland."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"America's War on Terrorism"
HUGO CHAVEZ
"Hugo Chavez re-founded
his country, freed it from colonial domination, thrust the invisible
poor permanently into the national spotlight, redistributed oil
revenues to benefit the Venezuelan majority, sharply reduced illiteracy
and poverty, radically improved public health, raised pensions
and the minimum wage, mandated pay for housework, established
health clinics, schools, cooperatives and popular councils throughout
the country, all this while making the stagnant Venezuelan economy
grow. He strengthened the hand of the oil-producing countries
against the international oil oligarchs, derailed Washington's
"free trade" market of the Americas (substituting an
alternative economic integration model based on mutual aid), and
laid the foundation for a new brand of socialism in the 21st century
when most people were loathe to even mention socialism."
Michael K. Smith
"Of the 92 elections that
we've monitored, I would say that the election process in Venezuela
is the best in the world."
former President Jimmy Carter,
2012
"In Venezuela, voters touch
a computer screen to cast their vote and then receive a paper
receipt, which they verify and deposit in a ballot box. Most of
the paper ballots are compared with the electronic tally. This
system makes vote-rigging nearly impossible: to steal the vote
would require hacking the computers and then stuffing the ballot
boxes to match the rigged vote."
Mark Weisbrot, 2012
"The funding of political
groups in Venezuela, and others throughout Latin America that
promote US agenda, has increased since the April 2002 coup against
President Chávez. Through two principal Department of State
agencies, USAID and the National Endowment for Democracy (NED),
the US government has channeled more than $50 million to opposition
groups in Venezuela since 2002. The USAID/NED budget to fund groups
in Venezuela in 2010 is nearly $15 million, doubled from last
year's $7 million. This is a state policy of Washington, which
the Obama Administration plans to amp up. They call it "democracy
promotion", but it's really democracy subversion and destabilization...
Through USAID and NED, and their "partner NGOs" and
contractors, such as Freedom House, International Republican Institute,
National Democratic Institute, Pan-American Development Foundation
and Development Alternatives, Inc., hundreds of political groups,
parties and programs are presently being funded in Venezuela to
promote regime change against the Chávez government."
Eva Golinger interviewed by Mike
Whitney, 2009
"When the Venezuelan president,
Hugo Chavez, tried to take more direct policy control of the Venezuelan
state oil company, the Bush administration attempted a covert
coup."
William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War: Anglo-American Oil Politics and the New World
Order"
"In Venezuela voter registration
is now at 97%."
Mark Weisbrot, 2012
"The Venezuelan Bolivarian
Revolution and its commitment to the poor as the most important
movement on the planet. [Hugo] Chavez fully embraces the values
that inspired by [Martin Luther] King to help the poor and marginalized.
Corporate media will continue to distort and misrepresent what
is going on there, as it will with respect to every non-capitalist,
cooperative effort."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Living standards of the
majority of Venezuelans have dramatically improved under [Hugo]
Chávez. Since 2004, when the government gained control
over the oil industry and the economy had recovered from the devastating,
extra-legal attempts to overthrow it (including the 2002 US-backed
military coup and oil strike of 2002-2003), poverty has been cut
in half and extreme poverty by 70%. And this measures only cash
income. Millions have access to healthcare for the first time,
and college enrolment has doubled, with free tuition for many
students. Inequality has also been considerably reduced. By contrast,
the two decades that preceded Chávez amount to one of the
worst economic failures in Latin America, with real income per
person actually falling by 14% between 1980 and 1998."
Mark Weisbrot, 2012
"The Venezuelan government
has a [distinct] set of measurements to determine true poverty
including: access to education, access to clean drinking water,
access to adequate housing, and other factors. In Venezuela, poverty
is not a measure of income, but of quality of life."
Eric Draitser, Global Research,
2013
"[Hugo] Chavez more than
anyone drawing a breath, carries on and expands [Martin Luther]
King's struggle on behalf of the wretched of the earth. He is
a revolutionary)' leader deeply committed, as was {Martin Luther]
King, to liberating the poor from the impoverishment, physical
deprivation, and exclusion that denies all life in the face of
the challenge to survive."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Through USAID and NED,
and their "partner NGOs" and contractors, such as Freedom
House, International Republican Institute, National Democratic
Institute, Pan-American Development Foundation and Development
Alternatives, Inc., hundreds of political groups, parties and
programs are presently being funded in Venezuela to promote regime
change against the Chávez government."
Eva Golinger interviewed by Mike
Whitney, 2009
"The Israeli elite repeatedly
criticise Hitler's actions against the Jews, and indeed Hitler's
actions must be criticised, not just against the Jews but against
the world. It's also fascism that Israel is doing to the Palestinian
people ... terrorism and fascism."
Hugo Chavez
"The Empire is afraid that
the people of the United States will find out the truth. that
a Bolivarian movement, or a Lincoln movement, or a movement of
conscious citizens could erupt in their own country and transform
the system."
Hugo Chavez
HUMAN RIGHTS
"Washington set out after
the Vietnam War to craft human rights into a new language of power
designed to promote American foreign policy.
... Washington has shaped idealism into a potent ideological weapon
for ends having little to do with human rights - and everything
to do with extending America's global reach."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"America's "dirty
hands" make even the most well-intentioned statement about
human rights or terrorism seem hypocritical."
Chalmers Johnson in his book "Blowback"
"[There is a current of
human rights that] judges a society by how well it treats the
poor and the weak. It challenges power by asking why, in large
areas of the world where civil liberties and the "rule of
law" do hold sway, so little is done to meet the most basic
economic, medical, and educational needs of the population."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"Today we look with perplexity
at how slavery could coexist with the belief that all men are
created equal, how liberalism could rise hand in hand with colonialism
and brutal forms of exploitation, how calls for freedom could
ignore women's rights, how the antislavery movement in England
could coincide with the Opium Wars against China, and how democracies
could fight colonial wars."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"Human rights leaders ...
convinced themselves that Washington was actually interested in
human rights rather than in an ideological vision of "rights-based
power" that would nourish the idea that American values were
universal. They repeatedly praised the Reagan administration for
"vigorously pursuing" the cause of human rights in Cuba
and the USSR, for example, as though such advocacy were a principled
stand rather than a political strategy. They lauded its support
for "civil society" throughout the Soviet bloc and challenged
it to extend its support elsewhere, while refusing to acknowledge
how that support was fueled by Washington's national security
interests."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"The Reagan administration
commended governments that were systematically abusing human rights
and claiming dramatic progress in Argentina, Chile, Paraguay,
and Uruguay. UN Ambassador Jeane Kirkpatrick's praise for the
"moral quality" of the El Salvadoran government even
as death squads were roaming the country; Reagan's praise for
President Efram RIos Montt of Guatemala for being "totally
dedicated to democracy" even as his armed forces were slaughtering
tens of thousands in counterinsurgency operations; the administration's
praise of the Nicaraguan Contras as "freedom fighters"
even as they were committing massive atrocities."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"Human rights leaders never
found a war against the social development and economic well-being
of a nation a violation of human rights."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"The Constitution itself
does not include economic, social, and cultural rights. It includes
no mandate to have the basic needs of people satisfied."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"We have yet to read a
substantive meaning of equal protection into the realm of economy.
Neither the court nor the Congress is at this stage prepared to
say the equal protection of the laws means an equal right to a
job, means equality in housing, means equality in medical care,
means equality in prison and penal conditions, means equality
in all those nonpolitical, non-legal, and we might say, nonsocial
areas. Thus a century after we got rid of the paradox of freedom
and slavery, the paradox of equality and individualism persists
and may indeed be getting more aggravated."
Henry Steele Commager, in the early
1990s
"The American Declaration
of Independence and the French Declaration of the Rights of Man
failed to restrain European colonialism and racism in the non-white
world or rampant inequality at home. Only with non-Western struggles
against colonialism, racism, imperialism, and economic exploitation
did the concept of human rights move beyond individual rights
toward the UN covenants that today codify cultural and social
rights and especially the right to a decent standard of living."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"When people with black
or yellow or brown skin, with Islamic or Communist or nationalist
credentials murder their prisoners or bomb their villagers, they
are condemned by the "civilized" world... But the American
leaders who ordered the free fire zones in Vietnam and the Phoenix
program, or directed the Contras against the Sandinistas, or were
complicit in Saddam Hussein's gas warfare against the Kurds, or
set up and operated Guantánamo are not taken to court.
They face no trials. On any human rights website you will find
a growing number of prominent leaders indicted for war crimes
and crimes against humanity. Few are American or Western European
or Israeli."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"Human rights will have
little future as a process of justice unless the leaders of democratic
societies are also charged with crimes.
... Justice that unceasingly fails to confront the powerful is
not only selective, it has become a weapon of the powerful. Immunity
for the prominent is a deeply corrupt basis for an international
criminal court, and it points to one of the major challenges confronting
the human rights movement.
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"US policy towards China's
economic emergence across Asia, Africa and beyond, incorporated
unexpected weapons of war - 'Human Rights' and 'Democracy.' Atypical
as weapons of warfare, 'Democracy' and 'Human Rights' were a 21st
Century version of the 1840 Opium Wars.
... The main US targets in the new 'Opium War' against China,
euphemistically termed 'promotion of democracy,' were China's
vital sources of raw materials. Specifically, the US targeted
Myanmar, Sudan, and China itself - through the Dalai Lama organizations
in Tibet and the Falun Gong 'religious' sect inside China. To
accomplish their goal, the US clandestine intelligence services
turned to an arsenal of NGOs they had carefully built up, using
the battle cry of 'human rights violations' and weakening of 'democracy.'
... Countries to be targeted were singled out and repeatedly charged
- typically in a massive international media assault led by CNN
and BBC - as violators of 'human rights... It was a controlled
game in which US agencies, from the State Department to the intelligence
community, worked behind the facade of a handful of extremely
influential, allegedly 'neutral' and nonpartisan' NGOs... from
the National Endowment for Democracy to Human Rights Watch and
the Open Society Institutes.
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
IMPERIALISM
"Since the early 19th century,
when the first European settlers began arriving in what was to
become the western states of the United States of America, this
has been an imperial nation, a conquering nation; annihilation
of natives, acquisition, expansion, a society made safe for the
freest of enterprise; belief in American "exceptionalism",
a people providentially exempted from the dark side of human nature;
all this in the American blood, the nation's myths, its songs,
its national character."
William Blum in his book "Freeing
the World to Death"
"Since the late 1940s,
the United States has been deliberately engaged in an imperial
project, and anyone who would hold the office of the presidency
has to be willing to serve that end. All presidents have to promote
the national security state, both domestically and in American
foreign policy, if they wish to attain and hold on to power."
Morris Berman
"Neo-colonialism is the
worst form of imperialism. For those who practise it, it means
power without responsibility, and for those who suffer from it,
it means exploitation without redress. In the days of old-fashioned
colonialism, the imperial power had at least to explain and justify
at home the actions it was taking abroad. In the colony those
who served the ruling imperial power could at least look to its
protection against any violent move by their opponents. With neo-colonialism
neither is the case.
Kwame Nkrumah, Ghana's first postcolonial
president
"Imperialism is the process
whereby the dominant investor interests in one country bring to
bear their economic and military power upon another nation or
region in order to expropriate its land, labor, natural resources,
capital, and markets-in such a manner as to enrich the investor
interests. Empires do not just pursue "power for power's
sake." There are real and enormous material interests at
stake, fortunes to be made many times over."
Michael Parenti, 2010
"For centuries the ruling
interests of Western Europe and later on North America and Japan
went forth with their financiers---and when necessary their armies---to
lay claim to most of planet Earth, including the labor of indigenous
peoples, their markets, their incomes (through colonial taxation
or debt control or other means), and the abundant treasures of
their lands: their gold, silver, diamonds, copper, rum, molasses,
hemp, flax, ebony, timber, sugar, tobacco, ivory, iron, tin, nickel,
coal, cotton, corn, and more recently: uranium, manganese, titanium,
bauxite, oil.
... Empires are enormously profitable for the dominant economic
interests of the imperial nation but enormously costly to the
people of the colonized country. In addition to suffering the
pillage of their lands and natural resources, the people of these
targeted countries are frequently killed in large numbers by the
intruders."
Michael Parenti, 2010
"If the structure of imperialism
gives the United States the power to impose its will in many foreign
locales, its institutions and intelligentsia will, as a matter
of course, normalize and support the ensuing projection of power."
Edward S. Herman, 2002
"The United States has
been inching toward imperialism and militarism for many years.
Our leaders, disguising the direction they were taking, cloaked
their foreign policies in euphemisms such as "lone superpower?'
"indispensable nation?' "reluctant sheriff?' "humanitarian
intervention?' and "globalization?' With the advent of the
George W. Bush administration and particularly after the assaults
of September 11, 2001, however, these pretenses gave way to assertions
of the second coming of the Roman Empire."
Chalmers Johnson in his book "Sorrows
of Empire"
"The primary goals of U.S.
imperialism have always been to open up investment opportunities
to U.S. corporations and to allow such corporations to gain preferential
access to crucial natural resources."
John Bellamy Foster and Robert
W. McChesney in the book "Pox Americana"
"The broader function of
empire is simply imperialism. It's this kind of ideology that
has grown up in the wake of the cold war, propounded quite openly
by what we are calling neoconservatives in America, which identifies
the United States as a colossus athwart the world, a new Rome,
beyond good and evil. We no longer need friends. We don't need
international law. Like the old Roman phrase, "It doesn't
matter whether they love us or not, so long as they fear us."
That's very much the ideology that's at work today."
Chalmers Johnson in the book "Hijacking
Catastrophe"
"Imperialism and militarism
will ultimately breach the separation of powers created to prevent
tyranny and defend liberty. The United States today, like the
Roman Republic in the first century BC, is threatened by an out-of-control
military-industrial complex and a huge secret government controlled
exclusively by the president."
Chalmers Johnson in his book "Nemesis"
"There is a firm determination
to maintain a world in which United States capitalism will feel
at home. War in Indochina, the fantastic waste of vast military
spending, the encouragement of assassinations of foreign leaders,
support of reactionary regimes the world over, bribes and corruption,
as well as the domestic repression necessary to maintain imperialism
abroad - political trials of dissenters, FBI-CIA harassment of
radicals, and wiretaps - are all the result of and testimony to
the destructive nature of imperialism."
Lawrence H. Shoup and William Minter
in their book "Imperial Brain Trust: The Council on Foreign
Relations and United States Foreign Policy"
INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES
CIA (US), Mossad (Israel)),
MI6 (Britain)
"The world of secret intelligence
agencies is a realm of falsehood, camouflage, deception, violence,
unspeakable cruelty, treachery, and betrayal. It is the most desolate
and grim sector of human endeavor, where no human values can subsist.
It knows neither hope nor mercy nor redemption."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"BCCI [Bank of Credit and
Commerce International] would become the mixing bowl into which
Persian Gulf petrodollars were stirred with generous helpings
of drug money to finance worldwide covert operations for the CIA
and its Israeli Mossad and British MI6 partners."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"Intelligence agencies
and powerful business syndicates, which are allied with organized
crime, are competing for the strategic control over the heroin
routes. The multi-billion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited
in the Western banking system. Most of the large international
banks, together with their affiliates in the offshore banking
havens, launder large amounts of narco-dollars.
This trade can only prosper if the main actors involved in narcotics
have "political friends in high places". Legal and illegal
undertakings are increasingly intertwined; the dividing line between
"business people" and criminals is blurred."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The cooperation and interpenetration
of the Anglo-American intelligence agencies is overwhelming and
thoroughly institutionalized. The CIA and MI-6 are virtually Siamese
twins sharing a number of vital organs."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"The hidden agenda behind
the Anglo-American "trans-Atlantic bridge" is to eventually
displace the Franco-German military conglomerates and ensure the
dominance of the US military industrial complex (in alliance with
Britain's major defense contractors).
Moreover, this integration in the area of defense production has
been matched by increased cooperation between the CIA and Britain's
MI6 in the sphere of intelligence and covert operations, not to
mention the joint operations of British and US Special Forces."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book "America's War on Terrorism",
2005
"The CIA is not now nor
has it ever been a central intelligence agency. It is the covert
action arm of the President's foreign policy advisers. In that
capacity it overthrows or supports foreign governments while reporting
"intelligence" justifying those activities... Disinformation
is a large part of its covert action responsibility, and the American
people are the primary target audience of its lies.
... The Agency's task is to develop an intemational anti-communist
ideology. The CIA then links every egalitarian political movement
to the scourge of intemational communism. This then prepares the
American people and many in the world community for the second
stage, the destruction of those movements. For egalitarianism
is the enemy and it must not be allowed to exist."
Ralph McGehee in his book "Deadly
Deceits"
"We live in an era in which
political and social reality are incessantly manipulated by huge
and pervasive intelligence agencies - CIA, FBI,
MI6, FSB (KGB), Mossad."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"The very best CIA, Mossad
and MI6 agents are recruited to become better paid private spooks
for multinational corporate and banking empires."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
CIA
"Coming to grips with U.S./CIA
activities in broad numbers and figuring out how many people have
been killed in the jungles of Laos or the hills of Nicaragua is
very difficult. But, adding them up as best we can, we come up
with a figure of six million people killed-and this is a minimum
figure. Included are: one million killed in the Korean War, two
million killed in the Vietnam War, 800,000 killed in Indonesia,
one million in Cambodia, 20,000 killed in Angola ... and 22,000
killed in Nicaragua. These people would not have died if U.S.
tax dollars had not been spent by the CIA to inflame tensions,
finance covert political and military activities and destabilize
societies."
John Stockwell, CIA official in
the 1960s and 1970s
"The Church committee report
made it clear that the CIA had, directly or indirectly, been involved
in assassination plots, coups, or attempted coups against eight
foreign leaders: Premier Fidel Castro of Cuba, Patrice Lumumba
of the Congo, Rafael Trujillo of the Dominican Republic, President
Salvador Allende and General René Schneider of Chile, President
Ngo Dinh Diem of South Vietnam, President François Duvalier
of Haiti, and President Sukarno of Indonesia."
David Wise in his book "The
American Police State:The Government Against the People"
"The CIA had been running
thousands of operations over the years... there have been about
3,000 major covert operations and over 10,000 minor operations...
all designed to disrupt, destabilize, or modify the activities
of other countries... But they are all illegal and they all disrupt
the normal functioning, often the democratic functioning, of other
societies. They raise serious questions about the moral responsibility
of the United States in the international society of nations."
"Al Qaeda has been supported
and financed from its inception in the early 1980s by the CIA."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2012
"It is the function of
the CIA to keep the world unstable, and to propagandize and teach
the American people to hate, so we will let the Establishment
spend any amount of money on arms."
John Stockwell, CIA official in
the 1960s and 1970s
"Secret CIA operations
constitute the usually unseen efforts to shore up unjust, unpopular,
minority governments, always with the hope that overt military
intervention (as in Vietnam and the Dominican Republic) will not
be necessary. The more successful CIA operations are, the more
remote overt intervention becomes - and the more remote become
reforms. Latin America in the 1960s is all the proof one needs."
Philip Agee in his book "CIA
Diary"
"In my 30 year history
in the Drug Enforcement Administration and related agencies, the
major targets of my investigations almost invariably turned out
to be working for the CIA."
Dennis Dayle, former chief of an
elite DEA enforcement unit
"The CIA is not now nor
has it ever been a central intelligence agency. It is the covert
action arm of the President's foreign policy advisers. In that
capacity it overthrows or supports foreign governments while reporting
"intelligence" justifying those activities... Disinformation
is a large part of its covert action responsibility, and the American
people are the primary target audience of its lies.
... The Agency's task is to develop an intemational anti-communist
ideology. The CIA then links every egalitarian political movement
to the scourge of intemational communism. This then prepares the
American people and many in the world community for the second
stage, the destruction of those movements. For egalitarianism
is the enemy and it must not be allowed to exist."
Ralph McGehee in his book "Deadly
Deceits"
"Brutal dictators such
as the Shah of Iran in 1953, General Suharto in Indonesia in 1967,
and Pinochet in Chile in 1973, were all installed in power by
the CIA, and relied on American support and weapons to hold on
to power. Their dependence on U.S. support all but guaranteed
a friendly regime."
David Model in his book "Lying
for Empire"
"If the Agency [CIA] actually
reported the truth about the Third World, what would it say? It
would say that the United States installs foreign leaders, arms
their armies, and empowers their police all to help those leaders
repress an angry, defiant people; that the CIA-empowered leaders
represent only a small faction who kill, torture, and impoverish
their own people to maintain their position of privilege."
Ralph McGehee in his book "Deadly
Deceits"
"There is no war on terrorism.
If there was, the Royal Marines and the SAS would be storming
the beaches of Florida, where more CIA-funded terrorists, ex-Latin
American dictators and torturers, are given refuge than anywhere
on earth."
John Pilger
"In country after country,
from Mexico and Honduras to Panama and Peru, the CIA helped set
up or consolidate intelligence agencies that became forces of
repression, and whose intelligence connections to other countries
greased the way for illicit drug shipments."
Peter Dale Scott and Jonathan Marshall
in their book "Cocaine Politics"
"Almost from the beginning,
the CIA engaged not only in the collection of intelligence information,
but also in covert operations which involved rigging elections
and manipulating labor unions abroad, carrying on paramilitary
operations, overturning governments, assassinating foreign officials,
protecting former Nazis and lying to Congress."
former Senator George McGovern,
1987
"The CIA's involvement
in planning assassinations goes back at least to 1954, when it
prepared a manual for killings as part of a U.S.-run coup against
the leftist government of Guatemala."
David Wise, 2009
"In every country, embassies
are used for spying. So, it would be dumb for a country to put
its real intelligence-gathering officers inside an embassy or
consulate or attaché', because that is the first place
a hosting nation is going to look for spies. So, the number one
place the United States and other countries place their intelligence-gathering
officers and informants is NGOs. In Russia, Central Asia, the
Caucasus, and elsewhere in the world, United States' NGOs - over
90% of them - are operations bases for the CIA."
Sibel Edmonds
MI6
"In Britain, the MI6 drug
money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank
and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from
account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of
transactions.
The drug money comes out 'cleaner' but not totally clean. Diamonds
are then bought with this money from the diamond business families
like the Oppenheimers. These diamonds are then sold and the drug
money is clean."
James Casbolt, former MI6 Agent
"In Britain, the MI6 drug
money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank
and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from
account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of
transactions.
The drug money comes out 'cleaner' but not totally clean. Diamonds
are then bought with this money from the diamond business families
like the Oppenheimers. These diamonds are then sold and the drug
money is clean."
James Casbolt, former MI6 Agent
"Permindex [is] the MI6
assassination unit which was at the heart of the John F. Kennedy
assassination."
James Casbolt, former MI6 Agent,
2006
MOSSAD
"It is interesting, but
not surprising, to note that in all the words written and uttered
about the Kennedy assassination, Israel's intelligence service
agency, the Mossad, has never been mentioned. And yet a Mossad
motive is obvious. On this question, as on almost all others,
American reporters cannot bring themselves to cast Israel in an
unfavorable light -despite the fact that Mossad complicity is
as plausible as any of the other theories."
US Congressman Paul Findley, March
1992
"In 1951 Sir William Stephenson
of M16, restructured the [Israeli intelligence agency] Mossad
into a single unit as an arm of the Political Department of the
Israeli Foreign Office and assigned the task of conducting intelligence
gathering. It was also given the job carrying out "black
job" operations.
... All Mossad agents, operate on a war-time footing. The Mossad
has a tremendous advantage over other intelligence services in
that every country in the world has a large Jewish community,
which is useful.
The Mossad also has the advantage of having access to the records
of all U.S. law enforcement agencies and U.S. intelligence services.
The office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) services the Mossad at
no cost to Israel.
... The Mossad has a skillful disinformation service. The amount
of disinformation it feeds to the American "market"
is embarrassing, but even more embarrassing is how America swallows
hook, line and sinker such propaganda."
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300"
"This is our final judgment:
the government of Israel, through its secret spy agency, the Mossad,
orchestrated the conspiracy that ended the life of John F. Kennedy.
Through its own vast resources and through its international contacts
in the intelligence community and in organized crime, Israel had
the means, it had the motive, and it had the opportunity to carry
out the crime of the century - and did."
Michael Collins Piper in his book
"Final Judgment"
"Israeli agents [Mossad]
planted firebombs in American installations in Egypt in 1954 in
an attempt to undermine relations between Nasser and the United
States; Israel murdered 34 American servicemen in a deliberate
attack on the USS Liberty on June 8, 1967; Israeli espionage,
most notably Jonathan Pollard's spying, has done tremendous damage
to American interests; five Mossad agents were filming and celebrating
as the Twin Towers collapsed on September 11, 2001; Tel Aviv and
its accomplices in Washington were the source of the false pre-war
intelligence on Iraq."
Maidhc Cathail. 2010
In carrying out its mission
to collect positive intelligence, the principal function of the
Mossad is to conduct agent operations against the Arab nations
and their official representatives and installations throughout
the world, particularly in Western Europe and the United States.
... Objectives in Western countries are equally important to the
Israeli intelligence service. The Mossad collects intelligence
regarding Western, Vatican, and UN policies toward the Near East;
promotes arms deals for the benefit of the IDF; and acquires data
for silencing anti-Israel factions in the West.
... Mossad activities are generally conducted through Israeli
official and semiofficial establishments - deep cover enterprises
in the form of firms and organizations, some especially created
for, or adaptable to, a specific objective - and penetrations
effected within non-Zionist national and international Jewish
organizations... Official organizations used for cover are: Israeli
purchasing missions and Israeli government tourist offices, El
Al, and Zim offices. Israeli construction firms, industrial groups
and international trade organizations also provide nonofficial
cover. Individuals working under deep or illegal cover are normally
charged with penetrating objectives that require a long-range,
more subtle approach, or with activities in which the Israeli
government can never admit complicity."
1979 CIA analysis titled 'Israel:
Foreign Intelligence and Security Services'
"For the past 20 years,
a large and growing component of Dope, Inc. has been the combined
machinery of gangster Meyer Lansky and the Israeli Mossad."
DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence
Review, 1992
"The Israeli Mossad has
a fearsome reputation for ruthlessness second only to the old
Russian KGB. The Israeli intelligence services are known for their
boldness and their buccaneering tactics... however, the Mossad
has lately gone in for assassinations on foreign soil... This
is nothing new for the Israelis: picking off their enemies on
foreign soil is a longtime favorite sport of the Mossad."
Justin Raimondo, 2010
"Mossad wants to do everything
possible to preserve a state of war between Israel and its neighbors."
US Congressman Paul Findley, March
1992
"For years the tentacles
of the Israeli Secret Service had reached out into all walks of
American life.
...This influence extended into the U.S. [House] and the Senate,
the Pentagon, the defense and electronic industries, the research
laboratories and such Jewish-oriented organizations as the Anti-Defamation
League, the Jewish Defense Committee, Bonds for Israel and the
Federation of Jewish Philanthropies.
Some of these bodies have served as fronts for intelligence-gathering
and there are few of the important congressional committees which
do not possess one member or staff-assistant who does not feed
the Israeli network relevant material."
Richard Deacon, intelligence historian,
in his history of israel's Mossad
INTERNATIONAL LAW
"American policymakers,
setting themselves up as guardians of the world system, are more
inclined than ever to simply disregard international laws and
conventions if they get in the way of unrivaled military supremacy.
Every instance of U.S. armed intervention during the 1980s and
1990s represents a flagrant violation of regional treaties and
laws, not to mention the UN Charter itself, which explicitly prohibits
military attacks against sovereign nations - for example, Grenada,
Nicaragua, Haiti, Panama, Serbia, and Iraq. In any event, the
U.S. has consistently shown its contempt for international bodies,
agreements, and procedures that might conflict with its hegemonic
aspirations."
Carl Boggs
"The invasion of Iraq is one
of the most sordid and unjustifiable episodes in recent human
history: a devastating attack on the rule of law."
Spanish Judge Baltasar Garzon has
called for George W. Bush, Tony Blair and former Spanish prime
minister Jose Maria Aznar to be prosecuted for the invasion of
Iraq
"I don't care about international
law. I don't want to hear the words 'international law' again.
We are not concerned with international law."
a military judge at Guantánamo
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY
FUND (IMF)
WORLD BANK
WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION (WTO)
"The real axis of evil
is composed of the World Trade Organization, the World Bank, and
the International Monetary Fund."
George Katsiaficas in the book
"Masters of War"
The IMF, the World Bank and the WTO (World Trade Organisation)
are largely controlled by the rich countries so these institutions
devise and implement policies that those countries want."
Ha-Joon Chang in his book "Bad
Samaritans: The Myth of Free Trade and the Secret History of Capitalism"
"The United States has
given frequent and enthusiastic support to the overthrow of democracy
in favor of "investor friendly" regimes. The World Bank,
IMF, and private banks have consistently lavished huge sums on
terror regimes, following their displacement of democratic governments,
and a number of quantitative studies have shown a systematic positive
relationship between U.S. and IMF / World Bank aid to countries
and their violations of human rights."
Edward S. Herman
"The IMF and World Bank
are the chief pushers of the whole scheme of structural adjustments
that are designed to further open up the Third World economies
for penetration and plunder by private monopoly corporations.
We call for the abrogation of all loan agreements that provide
for structural adjustment, public assumption of private debts
and the further exposure of the Third World economies to plunder
by private multinational giants."
Cebu Declaration - Philippine-Asia
Jubilee Campaign Against the Debt, 1999
"When the IMF and the World
Bank force a country to cut wages, lay off workers, produce for
export instead of their own people, and sell off public property
to cronies for less than its vallue, that's called "economic
reform."
Robert Naiman, 1999
"Structural adjustment
imposed by the World Bank and IMF have brought disaster to the
working poor of as many as 100 countries, forced to open their
markets to a flood of cheap imports while the rich refuse to abandon
their subsidies, quotas and high tariffs. The result is brutal
suppression of wages and living standards and elimination of social
programs, the effects increasing as the programs are implemented
over the past decade or more."
Noam Chomsky in his book "Year
501"
"Mexico was the star pupil.
It did everything right, and religiously followed the World Bank
and IMF's prescriptions. It was called another great economic
miracle, and it probably was ... for the rich. But for most of
the Mexican people, it's been a complete disaster."
Noam Chomsky in his book "The
Common Good"
"The World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (IMF),
which represents most of the major banks in the Western world,
produced a proposal [1980s] that basically demanded that developing
countries sacrifice government spending on health, education,
and welfare in order to service the debt and that they increase
the export of commodity or luxury goods to earn more money."
Helen Caldicott in her book "
If You Love this Planet"
"The World Bank and the
IMF are controlled by the governments of the world's richest countries.
The G-7 together have more than 40 per cent of the directors'
votes. The US holds 16.45 per cent of the votes at the World Bank
and 17 per cent of those at the IMF. Since an 85-per-cent majority
is required for the most important decisions, the US effectively
has the power of veto."
Jeremy Seabrook in his book "World
Poverty"
"We turned the World Bank,
the IMF, and other "multinational" institutions into
colonizing tools. We negotiated lucrative deals for U.S. corporations,
established "free" trade agreements that blatantly served
our exporters at the expense of those in the Third World, and
burdened other countries with unmanageable debts. In effect, we
created surrogate governments that appeared to represent their
people but in reality were our servants."
John Perkins in his book "The Secret History of the American
Empire"
"The World Bank, the IMF,
and the WTO consider the ideal country to be one in which all
assets and resources are owned by foreign corporations producing
for export to generate foreign exchange to repay international
debts. Their favored country has no public services. Power, water,
education, health care, social security, and financial services
are all owned and operated by foreign corporations for profit
on a fee for service basis. Food and other goods for domestic
consumption are all imported from abroad and paid for with money
borrowed from foreign banks."
David Korten
"Never before in history
have the poor financed the rich on such a scale and paid so dearly
for their servitude. During the 1980s, the Third World sent to
the West $220 billion more than was sent to them in any form.
At the current rates of interest, it is a mathematical impossibility
for most countries to pay off their debt. Many had to agree to
'structural adjustment' by the World Bank and the International
Monetary Fund (IMF). This has often meant the end of uncertain
protection for the old, young and sick and 'wage restraint' in
countries where the difference between wage and peonage is slight."
John Pilger in his book "Distant
Voices"
"What has to be understood
is that both the [International Monetary] fund and the [World]
bank are actually surrogates for the U.S. Treasury. They are both
located at 19th and H Streets, Northwest, in Washington, DC, and
their voting rules ensure that they can do nothing without the
approval of the secretary of the Treasury."
Chalmers Johnson in his book "Sorrows
of Empire"
"Beginning in the late
1970s ... the World Bank and IMF mandated a shift away from industrialization
toward economies based solely on the export of raw materials and
agricultural products. Loans were now to be used as leverage to
impose what were called Structural Adjustment Programs (SAPs)-programs
that mandated slashing social spending, eliminating price subsidies
and trade tariffs, and privatizing government-owned industries
and services-all in order to pay down foreign debt."
Lena Weinstein, 2008
"The World Bank and IMF ...
operate as global loan sharks."
Lena Weinstein, 2008
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY
FUND (IMF)
"Under the brunt of IMF
economic medicine, imposed on developing countries, national central
banks are prevented from expanding the supply of money thereby
shunting the process of credit creation. Once these measures are
imposed, the only way to finance public and private investment
is through dollar denominated foreign loans. What this signifies
is that Wall Street and the U.S. Federal Reserve control the domestic
credit market of developing countries, namely the expansion of
credit in domestic currency."
Michel Chossudovsky
"Economic hit men (EHMs)
are highly paid professionals who cheat countries around the globe
out of trillions of dollars. They funnel money from the World
Bank, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), and
other foreign "aid" organizations into the coffers of
huge corporations and the pockets of a few wealthy families who
control the planet's natural resources. Their tools include fraudulent
financial reports, rigged elections, payoffs, extortion, sex,
and murder. They play a game as old as empire, but one that has
taken on new and terrifying dimensions during this time of globalization."
John Perkins in his book "Confessions
of Economic Hit Man"
"Unlike the formal imperialism
of the British empire; the United States uses the United Nations,
World Bank, International Monetary Fund, and other international
bodies to legitimize imperial interventions into the political
and economic systems of developing nations."
Ivan Eland in his book "The
Empire Has No Clothes"
"The United States has
a high degree of control in the World Bank and International Monetary
Fund because of the extent of its financial contributions and
the formula used for weighting votes. The IMF, in particular,
imposes strict conditions on debtor nations that force them to
concentrate on producing cheap exports in order to increase foreign
reserves needed to pay interest on their debt. These structural
adjustment programs include currency devaluation, reduced wages,
cutbacks to social programs, and reliance on the market system.
All of these programs benefit creditor nations such as the United
States at the expense of the debtor nations."
David Mode l in his book "Lying
for Empire"
"The International Monetary
Fund (IMF) was the most important avenue of U.S. influence in
developing countries for the past three decades. The IMF was positioned,
by informal arrangement, at the top of a creditors' cartel. Governments
who did not reach agreements with the Fund on various economic
policies were in most cases denied credit not only from the IMF,
but from the larger World Bank, other multi-lateral lenders such
as the Inter-American Development Bank, the governments of rich
countries, and sometimes even the private sector. This gave Washington,
which has dominated the IMF since its inception in 1944, a powerful
lever to promote a whole series of economic reforms in developing
countries."
Mark Weisbrot, 2008
"African ruling classes
deposit so much money from Africa into foreign banks, what's called
capital flight, billions more have gone into those banks than
has been lent to Africa. According to one study, sub-Saharan Africa
experienced capital flight of $196 billion between 1970 and 1996
- whereas these countries' combined debt in 1996 stood at $178
billion. A good portion of this money comes from funds siphoned
off from foreign aid and sent back to the private accounts of
African rulers in Western banks. This dynamic helps explain why
African ruling classes do not refuse the World Bank and IMF terms,
as deadly as they are for the majority in Africa: they profit
off of foreign assistance."
Lena Weinstein, 2008
WORLD BANK
"Policies imposed by the
World Bank, and trade liberalization rules crafted by the World
Trade Organization (WTO), are creating a sweeping culture of corporate-states
all over the world.
Not only has the World Bank played a major role in the creation
of water scarcity and pollution, it is now transforming that scarcity
into a market opportunity for water corporations.
... The erosion of water rights is now a global phenomenon. Since
the early 1990s, ambitious, World Bank-driven privatization programs
have emerged in Argentina, Chile, Mexico, Malaysia, and Nigeria.
The Bank has also introduced privatization of water systems in
India."
Vandana Shiva in her book "Water
Wars"
"Reagan used the World
Bank to force countries to change their laws so that U.S. corporations
would gain direct access to their oil."
Antonia Juhasz in her book "The
Bush Agenda"
"There's a saying that
the World Bank takes tax money from poor people in rich nations
to give to rich people in poor nations."
Barron's, 1978
WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION
(WTO)
"The greater percentage
of global trade is controlled by powerful multinational enterprises.
Within such a context, the notion of free trade on which the rules
of the WTO [World Trade Organization] are constructed is a fallacy.
The net result is that for certain sectors of humanity -- particularly
the developing countries of the South -- the WTO is a veritable
nightmare."
United Nations Sub-Commission on
the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights, June 2000
"The WTO [World Trade Organization]
obeys the orders of multinational corporations, which, under cover
of the globalization of trade, in fact rule the world."
Marie-Monique Robin in the book
"The World According to Monsanto", 2008
"The project of making
GMO crops the dominant basic crops on the world agricultural market
was the creation of a new enforcement institution which would
stand above national governments. That new institution, which
opened its doors in 1995 was to be called the World Trade Organization
(WTO)."
F. William Engdahl
"On New Year's Day in 1995,
the World Trade Organization (WTO) was quietly born during the
Uruguay round of GATT. In low-income "developing countries,"
the World Bank and the IMF had institutionalized the doctrine
that extensive borrowing was the way forward. Thus, subject economies
became enslaved to repayment schedules and loan conditions which
invariably required the cutback of necessary social services and
population assistance programs, whilst the loan funds found their
way back to Western corporations.
... With the way clear for the WTO, the world's largest corporations
are now represented by a global body with legislative and judicial
power committed to protecting their rights against the intrusion
of governments and the citizens to whom those governments are
theoretically responsible.
... Any national law requiring imported goods to meet national
health, safety, labour, or environmental standards may be declared
an unfair trade practice by the WTO if the legislation requires
stricter standards than the international standards accepted by
the WTO."
William F. Pepper in his book "An Act of State: the Execution
of Martin Luther King"
"The inauguration of the
World Trade Organization (WTO) in 1995 marked a new phase in the
evolution of the post war economic system. A new triangular division
of authority among the IMF, the World Bank and the WTO has unfolded.
... The deregulation of trade under WTO rules, combined with new
clauses pertaining to intellectual property rights, enable multinational
corporations to penetrate local markets and extend their control
over virtually all areas of national manufacturing, agriculture
and the service economy."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order"
"The Articles of Agreement
of the WTO provide what some observers have entitled a "charter
of rights for multinational corporations" derogating the
ability of national societies to regulate their national economies
threatening national level social programs, job creation policies,
affirmative action and community based initiatives. The WTO articles
threaten to lead to the disempowerment of national societies as
it hands over extensive powers to global corporations."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order"
"The WTO is blatantly illegal
... a totalitarian intergovernmental body has been casually installed
in Geneva, empowered under international law with the mandate
to police country-level economic and social policies, derogating
the sovereign rights of national governments."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order"
"The articles of the WTO
are not only in contradiction with pre-existing national and international
laws; they are also at variance with "The Universal Declaration
of Human Rights". Acceptance of the WTO as a legitimate organization
is tantamount to an "indefinite moratorium" or repeal
of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
... WTO rules provide legitimacy to trade practices which border
on criminality, including: "intellectual piracy" by
multinational corporations; the derogation of plant breeders rights
- not to mention genetic manipulation by the biotechnology giants,
and the patenting of life forms including plants, animals, micro-organisms,
genetic material and human life forms under the TRIPs agreement."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order"
"Under WTO rules, the banks
and multinational corporations (MNCs) can legitimately manipulate
market forces to their advantage leading to the outright re-colonization
of national economies. The WTO articles provide legitimacy to
global banks and MNCs in their quest to destabilize institutions,
drive national producers into bankruptcy and ultimately take control
entire countries."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order"
"The TRIPS [Trade Related
Aspects of Intellectual Property] agreement ... is under the jurisdiction
of the WTO, which obeys the orders of multinational corporations
like Monsanto, which, under cover of the globalization of trade,
in fact rule the world."
Marie-Monique Robin in the book
"The World According to Monsanto"
INTERNATIONAL REPUBLICAN
INSTITUTE (IRI)
see NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR
DEMOCRACY
IRAN
"Iran is being targeted
as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the
purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil financial hegemony
and global control."
Ellen Brown, author of Web of Debt
"Iran is one of only three
countries left in the world whose central bank is not under control
[of private banks]. Before 9-11 there were reportedly seven: Afghanistan,
Iraq, Sudan, Libya, Cuba, North Korea and Iran. By 2003, however,
Afghanistan and Iraq were swallowed up by the Rothschild octopus,
and by 2011 Sudan and Libya were also gone."
Pete Papaherakles, americanfrepress.net,
2012
"By 1976, Amnesty International
announced that Iran had the worst human rights record on Earth
... The secret police, SAVAK, trained by Israel and supplied by
the U.S., were infamous for the use of torture and assassination."
Mark Zepezauer in his book "Boomerang"
"Iran, because of the great
leadership of the Shah, is an island of stability in one of the
troubled areas of the world. This is a great tribute to you and
to your majesty and to your leadership and to the respect, admiration,
and love which your people give to you."
President Jimmy Carter during a
visit to Iran, New Year's Eve, 1978
"There are no competitive
elections for president, for prime minister, nor for any kind
of legislative body that can initiate and pass meaningful laws
or make real policy in Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Egypt, Oman, Kuwait,
Bahrain, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Pakistan, Uzbekistan, Azerbaijan,
or other autocratic governments in that region supported with
American military and economic aid. Indeed, the majority of governments
supported by the United States in the Middle East and Central
Asia are even less democratic than Iran."
Stephen Zunes, 2005
"Iran could hold the potential
to alter the balance of power in Eurasia if it were to closely
ally itself with Russia or China, or both giving those nations
a heavy supply of oil as well as a sphere of influence in the
Gulf, thus challenging American hegemony in the region."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2009
"The argument is made or
implied that the United States and Israel are good, need [nuclear]
weapons for legitimate defense, and are not likely to use them
irresponsibly, whereas Iran is not good, supports terrorists,
and doesn't need these weapons for legitimate defense. This is
pure ideology and utter nonsense."
Edward S Herman, 2005
"The Iranians had democratically
elected a president (Mossadegh) and he began to clamp down on
the oil companies, insisting that they pay fair taxes so the people
of Iran would be recompensed for the oil being taken out of their
country. The British and the U.S. were involved there and our
oil companies were very resentful of this so we decided to get
rid of Mossadegh.
... Rather than sending in troops, we sent a CIA agent, Kermit
Roosevelt, Teddy Roosevelt's grandson. With a few million dollars,
Kermit managed to overthrow the democratically elected Mossadegh
and replace him with the Shah of Iran, who we all know was a despot-and
a friend of the oil companies."
John Perkins, 2005
"Brutal dictators such
as the Shah of Iran in 1953, General Suharto in Indonesia in 1967,
and Pinochet in Chile in 1973, were all installed in power by
the CIA, and relied on American support and weapons to hold on
to power. Their dependence on U.S. support all but guaranteed
a friendly regime."
David Model in his book "Lying for Empire"
"The American press played
an important supporting role in Operation Ajax, as the Iran coup
[against democratically-elected Iranian President Mossadegh] was
code-named... The New York Times regularly referred to [democratically-elected
President Mossadegh] as a dictator. Other papers compared him
to Hitler and Stalin. Newsweek reported that, with his help, Communists
were "taking over" Iran. Time called his election "one
of the worst calamities to the anti-communist world since the
Red conquest of China.""
Stephen Kinzer in his book "Overthrow:
America's Century of Regime Change from Haiti to Iraq"
"With the Mossadegh overthrow
in Iran, the United States served notice that it was not a country
to be trusted, not the defender of democracy we portrayed ourselves
to be, and that our aim was not to help the Third World. We simply
wanted to control resources."
John Perkins in his book "The
Secret History of the American Empire"
IRAQ
"The [Iraq] sanctions,
imposed for a decade largely at the insistence of the United States,
constitute a violation of the Geneva Convention... For more than
ten years the United States has deliberately pursued a policy
of destroying the water treatment system of Iraq, knowing full
well the cost in Iraqi lives."
Professor Thomas Nagy
"Famine threatens four
million people in sanctions-hit Iraq - one fifth of the population...
The human situation is deteriorating. Living conditions are precarious
and are at pre-famine level for at least four million people ...
The deterioration in nutritional status of children is reflected
in the significant increase of child mortality, which has risen
nearly fivefold since 1990."
UN Food and Agricultural Organization
(FAO) report on the effect of U.S. sanctions on Iraq, September
1995
"Sanctions closed down
the entire Iraqi economy and devastated the people. Iraqi families
could not buy food or medicine or school books or basic household
commodities. Children starved and died. Literacy was wiped out
in a single generation. The future of the country was ravaged
in all parts. It was deliberate cruelty and a mockery of the humanitarian
principles embodied by the United Nations."
Susan Lindauer in her book "Extreme Prejudice"
"Iraq's post invasion (2003-2007)
excess under five mortality has been estimated at over one million.
In Afghanistan, post invasion, at 1.9 million (2001-2007)."
Felicity Arbuthnot, Global Research,
2008
"There was no one left
to kill."
General Norman Schwartzkopf after
the Basra Road bloodbath
Operation Desert Storm, 2003
"I think all foreigners
should stop interfering in the internal affairs of Iraq. "
Paul Wolfowitz, U. S. Deputy Secretary
of Defense, 2003
"Oil was not the only motivation
for the American invasion and occupation [of Iraq] , but the other
goals have already been achieved -- eliminating Saddam Hussein
for Israel's sake, canceling the Iraqi use of the euro in place
of the dollar for oil transactions, expansion of the empire in
the Middle East with new bases.
American oil companies have been busy under the occupation, and
even before the US invasion, preparing for a major exploitation
of Iraq's huge oil reserves. Chevron, ExxonMobil and others are
all set to go. Four years of preparation are coming to a head
now. Iraq's new national petroleum law -- written in a place called
Washington, DC -- is about to be implemented. It will establish
agreements with foreign oil companies, privatizing much of Iraq's
oil reserves under exceedingly lucrative terms. Security will
be the only problem, protecting the oil companies' investments
in a lawless country. For that they need the American military
close by."
William Blum, 2006
"On the question of whether
or not Iraq was involved in 9-11, there was never any evidence
to prove that."
former Vice President Dick Cheney,
on Fox News, June, 1, 2009
"Before the Persian Gulf
War, Iraq was a rapidly developing country, with free education,
ample electricity, modernized agriculture, and a robust middle
class. According to the World Health Organization, 93 percent
of the population had access to health care. The devastation of
the Gulf War and the sanctions that preceded and sustained such
devastation changed all that."
Joy Gordon, Harpers, 2002
"The allied bombardment
had had a "near apocalyptic impact" on Iraq and had
transformed the country into a "pre-industrial age nation,"
which "had been until January a rather highly urbanized and
mechanized society."
a UN inspection team, in William
Blum's book "Killing Hope"
ISRAEL
"Following the War [World
War I] Britain and France carved up the Middle East... Britain
obtaining protectorate status over Palestine (Israel) and the
important oil-producing areas, especially Iraq. Their protectorate
over Palestine set the stage for their planned later creation
in that area of a Jewish homeland, which intent was proclaimed
to British Zionists in a letter from Britain's Foreign Secretary
Arthur Balfour to Walter Lord Rothschild, representing the English
Federation of Zionists. The letter became known as the Balfour
Declaration, which was not implemented until after World War 2.
The British intent was to project their control into the oil laden
Middle East by creating a Jewish-dominated Palestine, beholden
to Britain for survival, and surrounded by a pack of squabbling,
balkanized Arab states."
F William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War"
"The Balfour Declaration
justified the seizure of Palestinian lands for the post-WWII establishment
of Israel. Israel would serve, not as some high-minded "Jewish
homeland", but as linchpin in Rothschild/Eight Families control
over the world's oil supply. Baron Edmond de Rothschild built
the first oil pipeline from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean to
bring BP Iranian oil to Israel. He founded Israeli General Bank
and Paz Oil. He is considered by many the father of modern Israel."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The dissolution of Syria
and Iraq into ethnically or religiously unique areas such as in
Lebanon is Israel's primary target on the Eastern front... Its
dissolution is even more important for us than that of Syria.
Iraq is stronger than Syria. In the short run, it is Iraqi power
which constitutes the greatest threat to Israel.
An Iraqi-Iranian war will tear
Iraq apart and cause its downfall at home even before it is able
to organize a struggle on a wide front against us. Every kind
of inter-Arab confrontation will assist us in the short run and
will shorten the way to the more important aim of breaking up
Iraq into denominations as in Syria and Lebanon.
In Iraq, a division into provinces
along ethnic/religious lines as in Syria during Ottoman times
is possible. So, three (or more) states will exist around the
three major cities: Basra, Baghdad and Mosul and Shiite areas
in the South will separate from the Sunni and Kurdish north."
Oded Yinon, an Israeli journalist,
in an 1982 article for a publication of the World Zionist Organization
in which he outlined Israel's strategy in the Middle East
"Estimates of the Israeli
nuclear arsenal range from a minimum of 200 to a maximum of about
500. Whatever the number, there is little doubt that Israeli nukes
are among the world's most sophisticated, largely designed for
"war fighting" in the Middle East. A staple of the Israeli
nuclear arsenal are "neutron bombs," miniaturized thermonuclear
bombs designed to maximize deadly gamma radiation while minimizing
blast effects and long term radiation - in essence designed to
kill people while leaving property intact."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2012
"Fourteen percent of Israel's
industrial labor force is employed in its arms industry. If the
armed forces are included, the number rises to 25 percent According
to the latest CIA estimates, Israel is the fifth largest exporter
of arms in the world, up from its seventh place ranking in 1980.
Israel remains the largest supplier of arms to sub-Saharan Africa
and Latin America."
Clarence Lusane
"Critically thinking Israelis
a negligible minority already know the pattern: no
matter how extreme our new prime minister is, it won't take more
than a couple of months for the media to portray him as the sane,
moderate, and pragmatic leader of the political center."
Ran HaCohen, 2009
"Israel is expected to
eventually join the European Union. The E.U.'s enlargement is
tied into the process of NATO expansion. Israel and the E.U. will
both manage, from an economic and political standpoint, the western
outer periphery of the "Arc of Instability" under the
framework of a Mediterranean Union."
Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya, 2008
"The U.S.-NATO-Israel axis
constitutes the most powerful military alliance in world history.
America's allies are the NATO member states, NATO associate member
States and partners under the Istanbul Initiative (including Israel),
the Mediterranean Dialogue, the Partnership for Peace, and various
other bilateral agreements (New Zealand, Australia, Colombia,
Mongolia, Singapore). All in all, the U.S.-NATO-Israel military
axis includes more than fifty countries."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"The real reason why American
politicians are so deferential [to Israel] is the political power
of the Israel lobby. The lobby is a loose coalition of individuals
and organizations that actively works to move U.S. foreign policy
in a pro-Israel direction. It is not a single, unified movement
with a central leadership, and it is certainly not a cabal or
conspiracy that "controls" U.S. foreign policy. It is
simply a powerful interest group, made up of both Jews and gentiles,
whose acknowledged purpose is to press Israel's case within the
United States and influence American foreign policy in ways that
its members believe will benefit the Jewish state.
The Israel lobby is the antithesis of a cabal or conspiracy; it
operates out in the open and proudly advertises its own clout.
In its basic operations, the Israel lobby is no different from
interest groups like the farm lobby, steel and textile workers,
and a host of ethnic lobbies, although the groups and individuals
who comprise the Israel lobby are in an unusually favorable position
to influence U.S. foreign policy. What sets it apart, in short,
is its extraordinary effectiveness."
John Mearsheimer and Stephen Walt,
2007
JOHN KENNEDY
"Our citizen denial provides
the ground for the government's doctrine of "plausible deniability".
John F. Kennedy's assassination is rooted in our denial of our
nation's crimes in World War II that began the Cold War and the
nuclear arms race. As a growing precedent to JFK's assassination
by his own national security state, we U.S. citizens supported
our government when it destroyed whole cities (Hamburg, Dresden,
Tokyo, Hiroshima, Nagasaki), when it protected our Cold War security
by world-destructive weapons, and when it carried out the covert
murders of foreign leaders with "plausible deniability"
in a way that was obvious to critical observers."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"As President, [John] Kennedy
earned many powerful enemies during his few months in office,
from the head of US Steel to CIA chief Allen Dulles and the Pentagon.
Perhaps no one opposed Kennedy more strongly than the powerful
bankers of Wall Street.
... Five months before his assassination by what was decades later
revealed to have been a CIA hit team," Kennedy issued an
all-but unknown proclamation which may have cost him his life.
Much as Abraham Lincoln did when he avoided dependence on London
bank loans to finance the Civil War and instead issued interest-free
US Treasury notes, Greenbacks, to finance the war, President Kennedy
issued Executive Order 11110 on June 4, 1963. Kennedy's EO 11110,
which did not require a vote of Congress, mandated the US Treasury
"to issue silver certificates against any silver bullion,
silver, or standard silver dollars in the Treasury."
This meant that for every ounce of silver in the US Treasury's
vault, the government could introduce new money into circulation.
In all, Kennedy brought nearly $4.3 billion in US notes into circulation
in $2 and $5 denominations. The $10 and $20 United States Notes
were just in the process of being printed by the Treasury Department
when Kennedy was assassinated. They were never circulated. It
was the first time since Lincoln that a President had issued interest
free money and the first time a President had challenged the sole
money power of the private Federal Reserve.
... After JFK's death, E011110 was put into abeyance, no more
silver certificates were issued and those that had been issued
were removed from circulation. The very existence of E011110 was
hidden from the public, and forgotten or ignored by most historians."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"In the summer of 1963,
the leaders of the military-industrial complex could see storm
clouds on their horizon. After JFK's American University address
and his quick signing of the Test Ban Treaty with Khrushchev,
corporate power holders saw the distinct prospect in the not distant
future of a settlement in the Cold War between the United States
and the Soviet Union.
... In the direction of U.S.-Soviet disarmament lay the diminished
power of a corporate military system that for years had controlled
the United States government. In his turn toward peace, Kennedy
was beginning to undermine the dominant power structure that Eisenhower
had finally identified and warned against so strongly as he left
the White House."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"Nearly a century after
Lincoln was assassinated for issuing Greenbacks, President John
F. Kennedy found himself in the crosshairs. Kennedy had announced
a crackdown on off-shore tax havens and proposed increases in
tax rates on large oil and mining companies. He supported eliminating
tax loopholes which benefit the super-rich. His economic policies
were publicly attacked by Fortune magazine, the Wall Street Journal
and both David and Nelson Rockefeller. Even Kennedy's own Treasury
Secretary Douglas Dillon, who came from the UBS Warburg-controlled
Dillon Read investment bank, voiced opposition to the JFK proposals.
Kennedy's fate was sealed in June 1963 when he authorized the
issuance of more than $4 billion in United States Notes by his
Treasury Department in an attempt to circumvent the high interest
rate usury of the private Federal Reserve international banker
crowd."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"To the power brokers of
the system that President Kennedy ostensibly presided over, his
and Khrushchev's turn toward peace was, a profound threat... As
the Cold War elite knew, Kennedy was already preparing to withdraw
from Vietnam. They feared he would soon be able to carry out a
U.S. withdrawal from the war with public support, as one part
of a wider peacemaking venture with Khrushchev (and perhaps even
Castro)."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"The final judgment is
inescapable ... Israel was indeed the driving force behind the
assassination of President John F. Kennedy. The role of Israel
was the unsuspected "missing link" in the JFK assassination
conspiracy.
... This is our final judgment: the government of Israel, through
its secret spy agency, the Mossad, orchestrated the conspiracy
that ended the life of John F. Kennedy.
Through its own vast resources and through its international contacts
in the intelligence community and in organized crime, Israel had
the means, it had the motive, and it had the opportunity to carry
out the crime of the century - and did.
... Israel's worldwide connections-particularly with the anti-Kennedy
forces within the CIA and the CIA-linked Lansky crime empire,
along with the French OAS rebels and Charles DeGaulle's enemies
within his own intelligence service - made possible the network
through which the plan to kill JFK was carried out. Permindex
was in the center of it all."
Michael Collins Piper in his book
"Final Judgment"
"In his deepening alienation
from the CIA, the Pentagon, and big business, John Kennedy was
moving consciously beyond the point of no return. Kennedy knew
well the complicity that existed among the Cold War's corporate
elite, Pentagon planners, and the heads of 'intelligence agencies'."
... We have no evidence as to who in the military-industrial complex
may have given the order to assassinate President Kennedy. That
the order was carried out by the Central Intelligence Agency is
obvious. The CIA's fingerprints are all over the crime and the
events leading up to it."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
J. P. MORGAN
"{The goal of a cabal of
global financiers linked to J.P. Morgan and Company was] nothing
less than to create a world system of financial control in private
hands able to dominate the political system of each country and
the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled
in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting
in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private
meetings and conferences. Each central bank... sought to dominate
its government by its ability to control treasury loans, to manipulate
foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity
in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent
economic rewards in the business world."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"J. P. Morgan, with the
assistance and cooperation of a few of the interlocking corporations
which reach all over the United States in their influence, controls
every railroad in the United States. They control practically
every public utility, they control literally thousands of corporations,
they control all of the large insurance companies. Mr. President,
we are gradually reaching a time, if we have not already reached
that point, when the business of the country is controlled by
men who can be named on the fingers of one hand, because those
men control the money of the Nation, and that control is growing
at a rapid rate."
US Senator Norris, in a speech,
Congressional Record of November 30, 1941
"Because of its dominant
position in Wall Street, the [J. P.] Morgan firm came also to
dominate other Wall Street powers, such as Carnegie, Whitney,
Vanderbilt, Brown-Harriman, or Dillon-Reed. Close alliances were
made with Rockefeller, Mellon, and Duke interests but not nearly
so intimate ones with the great industrial powers like du Pont
and Ford. [Because] ... of the great influence of this "Wall
Street" alignment, an influence great enough to merit the
name of the "American Establishment," this group could
... control the Federal government and, in consequence, had to
adjust to a good many government actions ... [which they had secretly
supported ]. The chief of these were in taxation law, beginning
with the graduated income tax in 1913, but culminating, above
all else, in the inheritance tax. These tax laws drove the great
private fortunes dominated by Wall Street into tax-exempt foundations,
which became a major link in the Establishment network between
Wall Street, the Ivy League, and the Federal government."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"More than fifty years
ago the [J. P.] Morgan firm decided to infiltrate the Left-wing
political movements in the United States. This was relatively
easy to do, since these groups were starved for funds and eager
for a voice to reach the people. Wall Street supplied both. The
purpose was not to destroy, dominate, or take over but was really
threefold: (1) to keep informed about the thinking of Left-wing
or liberal groups; (2) to provide them with a mouthpiece so that
they could 'blow off steam,' and (3) to have a final veto on their
publicity and possibly on their actions, if they ever went 'radical.'
There was nothing really new about this decision, since other
financiers had talked about and even attempted it earlier."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"President Theodore Roosevelt
was a political steward of the J.P. Morgan interests which dominated
Wall Street."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in theri book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"Sixty or more years ago,
public life in the West was dominated by the influence of "Wall
Street."... This group, which in the United States, was completely
dominated by J. P. Morgan and Company from the 1880's to the 1930's
was cosmopolitan, Anglophile, internationalist, Ivy League, eastern
seaboard, high Episcopalian, and European-culture conscious. Their
connection with the Ivy League colleges rested on the fact that
the large endowments of these institutions required constant consultation
with the financiers of Wall Street and was reflected in the fact
that these endowments, even in 1930, were largely in bonds rather
than in real estate or common stocks. As a consequence of these
influences, as late as the 1930's, J. P. Morgan and his associates
were the most significant figures in policy making at Harvard,
Columbia, and to a lesser extent Yale, while the Whitneys were
significant at Yale, and the Prudential Insurance Company dominated
Princeton."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
LATIN AMERICA
"We [Latin Americans] need
the United States as much as we need arsenic, and that is the
fact. We don't need it. We would need it, if they wanted to join
the rest of humanity and together work for a better future for
all of us, but they are not doing that. They have instilled, a
culture of death, of greed, of selfishness. And this is killing
the world."
former UN General Assembly President
Miguel d'Escoto
"[In Paraguay] 2 percent
of the population owns 70 percent of the land."
Marie-Monique Robin in the book
"The World According to Monsanto"
"In our own hemisphere,
dictators and oligarchs fronting for American corporations were
put in power and maintained often by the most brutal state terroristic
acts, including the use of death and torture squads in the Dominican
Republic, Guatemala, El Salvador, Panama, Haiti, Chile, Bolivia,
Argentina and Uruguay."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"There is compelling evidence
that in Chile Nixon's tough stance against Allende in 1970 was
principally shaped by his concern for the future of the American
corporations whose assets, he believed, would be seized by an
Allende government."
investigative reporter Seymour
Hersh
"Bolivia is, in my opinion
at least, probably the most democratic country in the world. Nobody
says that, but if you look at what happened in the last couple
of years, there were huge, popular, mass organizations of the
most repressed population in the hemisphere, the indigenous population,
which for the first time ever has entered the political arena
significantly and were able to elect a president from their own
ranks and one who doesn't give instructions to his army, but who's
following policies that were largely produced by the population.
So he's their representative, in a sense in which democracy is
supposed to work."
Noam Chomsky, 2009
"During the Cold war, highly
politicized and ruthless militaries in Latin America, aided and
abetted by Washington, used the methods of terror to wage their
anticommunist wars in secrecy. Counterinsurgent forces created
a vast parallel infrastructure of clandestine detention centers
and killing machinery to avoid national and international law
and scrutiny, and utilized disappearance, torture, and assassination
to defeat "internal enemies."
... Six military states in South America extended ... parastatal
structures and extralegal methods across borders - with a "green
light" from the U.S. government - in a transnational repressive
program known as Operation Condor (or Plan Condor). The militaries
in Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, and Uruguay were
the key protagonists of Condor, spreading dirty war throughout
the region and beyond. For them, the ends justified the means;
torture, extrajudicial executions, and abductions were considered
legitimate if employed against "subversives." During
the Cold War, tens of thousands of Latin American men, women,
and children were tortured and murdered as a result of such methods,
hundreds of them killed within the framework of Operation Condor."
J. Patrice McSherry in the book
"Predatory States: Operation Condor and Covert War in Latin
America"
"To Nixon and Kissinger,
the threat of Chile [under Salvador Allende] had lain in its relatively
democratic effort to radically transform its socioeconomic structure
-- to free itself from the economic domination of the United States
by nationalizing key industries, and by mobilizing poor and progressive
groups."
James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions How the U.S. Government
Co-opted Human Rights"
"It is common knowledge
in the United States and throughout the world that the power ruling
the "banana republics" of Central America is and has
been the United Fruit Company - United Brands. It is no exaggeration
to say that every coup that has taken place in the region was
backed by the fruit company, which ran the nations of Central
America mercilessly as slave-labor plantations. In 1932, a coup
in El Salvador-with United Fruit sponsorship-exterminated 300,000
peasants who had risen up in revolt against the conditions in
which they were forced to live. For forty years, the United Fruit
Company stood behind the regime of Anastasio Somoza in Nicaragua."
DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence
Review, 1992
"Throughout history, Chiquita
banana has had enormous sway and power over Central American nations.
And we know that prior to the coup d'état in Honduras,
Chiquita was very unhappy about President Zelaya's minimum wage
decrees, because they said that this would cut into their profits
and make it more expensive for them to export bananas and pineapple.
... Throughout the twentieth century, Chiquita, formerly known
as United Fruit, was associated with some of the most backward,
retrograde political and economic forces in Central America and
indeed outside of Central America in such countries as Colombia.
And we know that United Fruit Company played a very prominent
role in the coup d'état against democratically elected
President Jacobo Arbenz in Guatemala in 1954. And that ushered
in a very turbulent period in Guatemalan history, rampant human
rights abuses, genocide against the indigenous people of Guatemala."
Nikolas Kozloff, 2009
"Most of the techniques
of counterinsurgency, such as intelligence gathering, police work,
[and] propaganda... have been turned against the civilian population
[Latin America].
... Many of the victims of this repression charge, with good reason,
that the nation that led the fight against fascism in Europe has
contributed to its resurrection in Latin America.
That this could happen is due in large part to the United States'
historically contemptuous attitude toward Latin America, which
it has always looked upon as a purely business venture. Whereas
the atrocities committed by Hitler and Mussolini outraged the
American people, similar repression in Latin America elicits little
more than a yawn."
Penny Lernoux in her book "Cry
of the People"
LEFT MEDIA AND MOVEMENTS
see PROGRESSIVES
LIBERATION THEOLOGY
"Liberation theology denounces
the systems, structures, and mechanisms that create a situation
where the rich get richer at the expense of the poor, who get
even poorer."
theologian Leonardo Boff
"Liberation theology is
a movement that sprang from late 20th-century Roman Catholicism
and has found a particularly welcoming environment in Latin America.
Liberation theology holds that the church must stand on the side
of the impoverished and the downtrodden, and that it must,
if necessary, support the overthrow of social systems that contribute
to their oppression."
www.discoverthenetworks.org
"Liberation theologians
are among the few who have dared to underline, from the left,
the deficiencies of the liberal human rights movement. The most
glaring of these deficiencies emerges from intimate acquaintance
with the suffering of the poor in countries that are signatory
to all modern human rights agreements. When children living in
poverty die of measles, gastroenteritis, and malnutrition, and
yet no party is judged guilty of a human rights violation, liberation
theology finds fault with the entire notion of human rights as
defined within liberal democracies. "
Paul Farmer in his book "Pathologies
of Power"
"President Jean Bertrand
Aristide, the Roman Catholic priest who won Haiti's first democratic
elections in 1991, was a leader of the Lavalas Family Movement.
He preached liberation theology, which inspired revolution throughout
Latin America."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"Pope Ratzinger (Pope Benedict
XVI) [and his boss John Paul II] destroyed liberation theology
which was the most vibrant and justice-oriented movement on the
planet, after the civil rights movement, and they replaced the
heroic bishops, like Oscar Romero of El Salvador, with Opus Dei
bishops. They did this all over South America. Opus Dei is a fascist
right-wing movement.
... South American liberation theologians realize that the Church
as now constituted under Ratzinger (Pope Benedict XVI) and the
previous Pope [John Paul II] is impossible to deal with, because
Opus Dei is now running so many of the dioceses in South America,
and more and more, they are appointing Opus Dei bishops and cardinals
in North America too."
Matthew Fox , former Catholic priest,
author of book "The Pope's War"
"After two centuries of
foreign occupiers, dictators, generals, a self-appointed president
for life and the overthrow of more than 30 governments, Haitians
finally had the chance in 1990 to elect the leader they wanted.
The people chose Mr. [Jean-Bertrand] Aristide, a priest who had
been expelled from his Roman Catholic order for his fiery orations
of liberation theology.
He was espousing change in Haiti, fundamental populist change.
Right away, he was viewed as a threat by very powerful forces
in Haiti.
... President Aristide promised not only to give voice to the
poor in the poorest country in the Western Hemisphere, but also
to raise the minimum wage and force businesses to pay taxes."
Robert Maguire, a Haiti scholar
"The Vatican's secretive
Opus Dei, often referred to as the "saintly Mafia" was
behind the ascent of Polish Cardinal Karol Wojtyla to Pope John
Paul II. The new Pope launched an Opus Dei/Vatican offensive to
roll back Latin American liberation theology movements."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"Liberation theology is
a preferential option for the poor. The Gospel requires that we
put the poor out front, and that we listen to them."
a Latin American bishop
"We used to serve the Church,
now we serve humanity".
South American liberation theologians
"The CIA under [Ronald]
Reagan worked very closely with the Vatican [Pope John Paull II
and Ratzinger (Pope Benedict XVI)] to destroy liberation theology."
Matthew Fox , former Catholic priest,
author of book "The Pope's War"
LYING FOR EMPIRE
"Americans live in a matrix
of lies. They seldom encounter a truthful statement. There is
no evidence that Americans can any longer tell the difference
between the truth and a lie. "
Paul Craig Roberts
"Lies dominate every policy
discussion, every political decision. The most successful people
in America are liars... The endless lies have created a culture
of delusion.
The beliefs of many Americans, perhaps a majority, are comprised
of lies. These beliefs have become emotional crutches, and Americans
will fight to defend the lies that they believe. The inability
of Americans to accept facts that are contrary to their beliefs
is the reason the country is leaderless and will remain so. Unless
scales fall from Americans' eyes, Americans are doomed."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The incentive to speak
the truth and the reward for doing so are very weak. And not just
for a writer, but also for academics and experts who can make
far more money by lying than by telling the truth... It is a very
lucrative career to testify as an expert in civil lawsuits. It
is part of America's romance with the lie that experts purchased
by the opposing sides in a lawsuit battle it out as gladiators
seeking the jury's thumbs-up."
Paul Craig Roberts
"In Mein Kampf, Hitler
explained the believability of the Big Lie as compared to the
small lie: "In the simplicity of their minds, people more
readily fall victims to the big lie than the small lie, since
they themselves often tell small lies in little matters but would
be ashamed to resort to large-scale falsehoods. It would never
come into their heads to fabricate colossal untruths, and they
would not believe that others could have such impudence. Even
though the facts which prove this to be so may be brought clearly
to their minds, they will still doubt and continue to think that
there may be some other explanation."
Paul Craig Roberts
"By the time facts become
clear, people are emotionally wedded to the beliefs planted by
the propaganda and find it a wrenching experience to free themselves.
It is more comfortable, instead, to denounce the truth-tellers
than the liars whom the truth-tellers expose."
Paul Craig Roberts
MAINSTREAM MEDIA
The global oligarchy controls all
of the major media.
In the United States, six global
media corporations control 90% of what we see, hear and read.
These media mega-corporations, as well as other international
media corporations, are controlled by an AngloAmerican-European
oligarchy of international bankers and dynastic families.
GENERAL ELECTRIC (NBC)
NEWS CORP (Fox News / Wall Street Journal)
TIME WARNER (CNN)
VIACOM
DISNEY (ABC)
CBS
The global oligarchy controls major media around the world, including:
NEW YORK TIMES
WASHINGTON POST
REUTERS
BBC (BRITISH BROADCASTING CORPORATION)
THE TIMES OF LONDON
The global oligarchy controls many alternative and progressive
news sources as well.
"The main [media] bias
is in favor of the thieves who stole our country and economy,
and own the mainstream media companies. The omnipresent mainstream
media is the greatest weapon of oppression humanity has ever known."
David DeGraw
"We are grateful to the
Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine, and other
great publications whose directors have attended our meetings
and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years.
It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the
world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during
those years. But the world is now more sophisticated and prepared
to march towards a world government. The supra-national sovereignty
of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable
to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries."
David Rockefeller - Council on
Foreign Relations, June 1991
"The problem is not that
a computer network [Internet] offers an alternative to the information
aristocracy. The true crisis is that neither the news media nor
the government has enough credibility to be accepted as either
truthful or impartial on their own."
military writer William M. Arkin
"One of the best kept secrets
is the degree to which a handful of giant conglomerates, all belonging
to the secret Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations,
NATO, the Club of Rome, and the Trilateral Commission, control
the world's flow of information. They determine what we see on
television, hear on the radio and read in newspapers, magazines,
books, or on the Internet."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"Most newspapers are part
of huge conglomerates, and the policy that comes down is that
you don't rock any boats. You can't make the government upset
because the value of the company is the broadcast licenses, and
the government will not renew them, and we can't make our corporate
owners mad because they will fire us, and we can't make the advertisers
mad or they will pull their advertising. So the media can't say
anything that will upset the power structure. And that's what
had happened to the press."
Paul Craig Roberts
"What [the press] do is
they tell you lies; lies they already know you want to hear. Just
as politicians look to polls to determine their policies, letting
poorly-informed people lead them on important issues, the press
can figure out what its readers or viewers believe, and make a
hell of a living pandering to their egos and telling them that
they're smart."
Allan Uthman, 2007
"The main [media] bias
is in favor of the thieves who stole our country and economy,
and own the mainstream media companies. The omnipresent mainstream
media is the greatest weapon of oppression humanity has ever known."
David DeGraw
"The major news media that
serve at the pleasure of a commercial oligarchy that pays them,
and pays them handsomely, for their pretense of speaking truth
to power... The prominent figures in our contemporary Washington
press corps regard themselves as government functionaries, enabling
and codependent."
Lewis H. Lapham
"Selling fear to the American
people has become a mainstay of the press and of both political
parties in this country. Taking a "tough on crime" stance,
particularly in a climate of perpetual fear created by the "war
on drugs" and the "war on terrorism," is always
a politically safe posture... By focusing on crime, attention
is effectively directed away from more divisive issues on which
a politician might have to take a stand that would cost them votes.
Meanwhile, a fearful populace continues to surrender their civil
rights and constitutional protections at an alarming rate, so
that their government may protect them from the rampant criminality
of the masses."
David McGowan in his book "Derailing
Democracy"
"The success of print and
TV pundits is based on allying with a prominent point of view
or interest group and serving it."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The mainstream media is
a conglomerate of collective corporate thought, designed to make
you ignorant and unaware of the realities of the world, of the
important issues, and to hide in the shadows the sacredly guarded
truths of power. Our mainstream media the large newspapers,
radio and TV news stations are dominated by billion dollar
corporations, whose boards of directors reflect the 'who's who'
of the corporate, political, and financial elite, with former
government officials, industrialists, and bankers controlling
the dispersal of information and the perspectives we are given."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"By far the most valuable
... associations, according to CIA officials have been with the
New York Times, CBS and Time Inc... Over the years, the [CBS]
network provided cover for CIA employees, including at least one
well-known foreign correspondent and several stringers... A high-level
CIA official says that the New York Times provided cover for about
ten CIA operatives between 1950 and 1966.
... [Joseph] Alsop is one of more than 400 American journalists
who in the past twenty-five years have secretly carried out assignments
for the Central Intelligence Agency, according to documents on
file at CIA headquarters. Journalists provided a full range of
clandestine services--from simple intelligence-gathering to serving
as go-betweens with spies in Communist countries."
journalist Carl Bernstein, Rolling
Stone, 1977
"Americans want to have
their beliefs vindicated more than they want the truth."
Paul Craig Roberts
"By far the most valuable
... associations, according to CIA officials have been with the
New York Times, CBS and Time Inc... Over the years, the [CBS]
network provided cover for CIA employees, including at least one
well-known foreign correspondent and several stringers... A high-level
CIA official says that the New York Times provided cover for about
ten CIA operatives between 1950 and 1966.
... [Joseph] Alsop is one of more than 400 American journalists
who in the past twenty-five years have secretly carried out assignments
for the Central Intelligence Agency, according to documents on
file at CIA headquarters. Journalists provided a full range of
clandestine services--from simple intelligence-gathering to serving
as go-betweens with spies in Communist countries."
journalist Carl Bernstein, Rolling
Stone, 1977
"We hear about the occasions
when there are differences between the mainstream media and the
government. What we don't hear about are the 95 percent of occasions
where the mainstream media faithfully propagate disinformation
stories which are often planted by the CIA, sometimes planted
abroad in newspapers that they may own or that are friendly to
them."
Michael Parenti, 1988
"The powers behind this
New World Order system are those of the global banks and financial
institutions, the military-industrial complex, the oil and energy
giants, the biotech and pharmaceutical conglomerates and the powerful
media and communications giants, which fabricate the news and
overtly influence the course of world events by blatantly distorting
the facts."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"Mainstream journalists
in the United States often function more like a fourth branch
of government than a feisty fourth estate. If anything, the patterns
of media bias that characterize sycophantic reporting in "peacetime"
are amplified during a war or a national security crisis.
Since the tragic events of September 11, the separation between
press and state has dwindled nearly to the vanishing point."
Martin A. Lee in his book "September
11 and the US War"
"Can anyone name a single
daily newspaper in the United States that is unequivocally opposed
to US foreign policy? Can anyone name a single television network
in the United States that is unequivocally opposed to US foreign
policy? Is there a single daily newspaper or TV network in the
entire United States that has earned the label "opposition
media"?"
William Blum, 2007
"The factual arguments
clearly establish the possibility of controlled demolition of
the WTC buildings on September 11, 2001, yet, there is almost
zero coverage in the corporate media in the US. This is top down
corporate censorship pure and simple. Even if other scientists
can be found to disagree with the study, the policy of ignoring
the topic inside the corporate media is relatively absolute...
Perhaps the mainstream science journalists left their critical
thinking skills at home and gave the scientific method the day
off. Or maybe the real conspiracy exists within the boardrooms
of the corporate mainstream media."
Peter Phillips, 2009
"They were astonished to
find, after reading the newspapers and watching television, that
almost all the opinions on all the vital issues were the same.
One Russian writer asked:
In our country to get that result we have a dictatorship. We imprison
people. We torture them. Here you have none of that. How do you
do it? What's the secret?"
a story about Russian writers touring
the United States
"The main shortcoming of
the establishment media lies in errors of omission, much more
than errors of commission. It's not that they tell bald lies so
much as it is that they leave out parts of stories or entire stories,
or historical reminders, which if included might put the issue
in a whole new light, in a way not compatible with their political
biases."
William Blum in his book "Freeing
the World to Death"
"As news organizations
are increasingly driven by a bottom-line mentality, the news we
get becomes more and more sensational. What is the difference
between Time and Newsweek? Between ABC, NBC, and CBS News? Between
the Washington Post and the New York Times? For all practical
purposes, none. The concentration of media power means that Americans
increasingly get their information from a few sources who decide
what is "news."
Oliver Stone
"The Washington press corps
has grown closer and closer to its sources. It's to the point
where Brit Hume, the ABC correspondent at the White House, plays
tennis with George Bush. Tom Friedman of the New York Times is
very close with Jim Baker. You find these relationships are so
close that reporters don't challenge the subjects of their stories,
they just tell you what the government is saying. In other words,
they've become stenographers for power and not journalists."
David Barsamian in his book "Stenographers
to Power"
"The limitations of professional
journalism, the influence of owners, the linkages of media institutions
to the power structure of society, and the internalized presuppositions,
have led to what can only be characterized as a palpable double
standard in coverage of the U.S. role in the world.
... The U.S. news media, including our most respected newspapers
like the New York Times, turn a blind eye to U.S. violations of
core international law, having no qualms about playing up the
violations of adversaries. It would be nearly impossible for the
coverage to be more unprincipled."
John Nichols and Robert W. McChesney
in their book "Tragedy & Farce"
"The Wall Street Journal,
probably the most widely read newspaper in the country, heavily
favors the conservative side on any and all questions of public
policy, and both the Washington Post and the New York Times fortify
their op-ed pages with columnists who strongly defend the established
order-William Safire and David Brooks in the Times; Charles Krauthammer,
George Will, and Richard Harwood in the Post. The vast bulk of
the nation's radio talk shows (commanding roughly 80 percent of
the audience) reflect a reactionary bias, and so do all but one
or two of the television talk shows that deal with political topics
on PBS, CNN, and CNBC."
Lewis Lapham in his book "Gag
Rule"
"As the new corporations
began taking over the press, something called "professional
journalism" was invented. To attract big advertisers, the
new corporate press had to appear respectable, pillars of the
establishment-objective, impartial, balanced... in order to be
professional, journalists had to ensure that news and opinion
were dominated by official sources, and that has not changed.
Go through the New York Times on any day, and check the sources
of the main political stories-domestic and foreign-you'll find
they're dominated by government and other established interests.
That is the essence of professional journalism. "
John Pilger, 2007
"Americans have become perfect
subjects for George Orwell's Big Brother. They sit stupidly in
front of the TV news or the New York Times or Washington Post
and absorb the lies fed to them."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2008
"Bilderberg is a powerful
assembly of the world's leading financiers, industrialists and
political operatives. It includes such internationalists as banker
David Rockefeller, heads of state in Europe and high officials
of the U.S. government, White House, Defense, State, Congress
and others.
... High officials of The Washington Post, The New York Times,
and Los Angeles Times and of all three major networks have attended
Bilderberg many times, on the promise of secrecy, to report nothing
and to not use the word "Bilderberg.
Jim Tucker's Bilderberg Diary
"A problem that has been
facing American mainstream journalism for a long time has mainly
to do with access. They want to get their calls returned by the
big guys at Goldman Sachs. So they develop a relationship in which
the journalists themselves become insiders. Too often, consequently,
they do little else than rewrite the press releases they are handed.
This has cost America a lot. Mainstream journalists of The New
York Times and elsewhere were complicit insiders both in the lead-up
to the Iraq war and in the lead-up to the financial meltdown."
Arianna Huffington, 2009
"What we have now is the
Reagan-Bush press corp. It's the press corp that they helped create
- that they created partly by purging those, or encouraging the
purging of those who were not going along, but it was ultimately
the editors and the news executives that did the purging... The
people who succeeded and did well were those who didn't stand
up, who didn't write the big stories, who looked the other way
when history was happening in front of them, and went along either
consciously or just by cowardice with the deception of the American
people."
Robert Parry, 1993
"The CIA developed covert
relationships with about 50 American journalists or employees
of U.S. media organizations. According to one CIA operative, "You
could get a journalist cheaper than a good call girl, for a couple
hundred dollars a month." The agency arranged for the publication
of books to be read in America, and for at least one of these
works to be reviewed favorably in the New York Times."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "The
Road to 9/11"
"During its first fifty
years of existence, the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) was
almost never mentioned by any of the moguls of the mass media.
When you realize that the membership of the CFR includes top executives
from the New York Times, The Washington Post, the Los Angeles
Times, the Knight Newspaper chain, NBC, CBS, Time, Life, Fortune,
Business Week, US News and World Report, and many others, you
can be sure that such anonymity is not accidental."
Gary Allen
The Council on Foreign Relations
(CFR} control or own major newspapers, magazines, radio and television
networks [and] the most powerful companies in the book publishing
business. (The Associated Press, New York Times, Washington Post,
and LA Times have their own wire services, which most mainstream
news outlets use.)
Admiral Chester Ward, former CFR
member
"The story of an attempted
takeover of executive power in the United States [the plot to
overthrow Franklin Roosevelt] was suppressed, not only by parties
directly interested, but also by several institutions usually
regarded as protectors of constitutional liberty and freedom of
inquiry. Among the groups suppressing information were (1) the
Congress of the United States, (2) the press, notably Time [magazine]
and The New York Times, and (3) the White House itself. It is
also notable that no academic inquiry has been conducted into
what is surely one of the more ominous events in recent American
history."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and FDR"
"By far the most valuable
... associations, according to CIA officials have been with the
New York Times, CBS and Time Inc... Over the years, the [CBS]
network provided cover for CIA employees, including at least one
well-known foreign correspondent and several stringers... A high-level
CIA official with a prodigious memory says that the New York Times
provided cover for about ten CIA operatives between 1950 and 1966."
journalist Carl Bernstein in a
Rolling Stone article "The CIA and the Media", 1977
MARTIN LUTHER KING
"The greatest purveyor
of violence on earth is my own government."
Martin Luther King, Jr.
"The only trial ever held
for for Martin Luther King's murder took place in Memphis, Tennessee,
only a few blocks from the Lorraine Motel where King was killed.
In a wrongful death lawsuit initiated by the King family, seventy
witnesses testified over a six-week period. They described a sophisticated
government plot that involved the FBI, the CIA, the Memphis Police,
Mafia intermediaries, and an Army Special Forces sniper team.
The twelve jurors, six black and six white, returned after two
and one-half hours of deliberation with a verdict that King had
been assassinated by a conspiracy that included agencies of his
own government."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"In December of 1963, less
than a month after the Kennedy assassination, FBI officials met
in Washington to explore ways to "neutralize [Martin Luther]
King as an effective Negro leader". In spite of that material
in their files the House Select Committee declared that the FBI
played no role in the assassination."
William Pepper, in his book "An
Act of State, The Execution of Martin Luther King", 2003
"We must mark [Martin Luther
King] now as the most dangerous Negro in the future of this Nation."
William C. Sullivan, Assistant
Director of FBI wrote to J. Edgar Hoover, 1963
"Governmental agencies
caused Martin Luther King to be assassinated. They used other
foot soldiers. They caused this whole thing to happen. And they
then proceeded with the powerful means at their disposal to cover
this case up."
William Pepper, in his book "An
Act of State, The Execution of Martin Luther King", 2003
"From the moment that he formally
opposed the war [Vietnam], followed by his commitment to the Poor
People's Campaign, Martin King ... became locked in a deadly struggle
with the behemoth of transnational corporate colonialism and the
awesome power of its steward state, the United States of America."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"[Martin Luther King] was
involved ... in attempting to confront the core issue of economic
injustice in American society, which went hand in hand with waging
a costly war and the growth of militarism. This new struggle brought
him into direct conflict with the federal government and its numerous
agency surrogates whose mission it was to serve and protect American
corporate interests at home and abroad."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"The blame for the initiation
planning conspiracy, and execution of the killing [of Martin Luther
King] should be laid squarely on the shoulders of agents of the
government of the United States in collaboration with Memphis
operatives of the Marcello criminal organization.
As horrifying as that fact is, it gets worse when one realizes
the extent of the military's involvement, from the coordination
of the flow of events down to the last detail, including the selection
of the back-up team by the head of the 902nd Military Intelligence
Group. Even prior to the assassination, the use of military intelligence
to spy on Dr King and other Americans, leading to other army sharpshooter
actions against targeted civilians, makes it clear that for a
half century or more the military have been heavily involved in
the domestic affairs and life of the nation. Very few people at
the time knew, or even now know, the extent of this involvement.
It is only in retrospect that we begin to get a glimpse of how
widespread this activity was in the 1960s."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"When Martin King began
to crusade against the [Vietnam] war, he would cast a long shadow
over the economic forces of America. Little wonder that they shuddered
at the possibility that his efforts might result in the tap of
the free-flowing profits being turned off. Should the American
people come to demand an end to the war and should the war end,
the losses were not something they could accept.
Perhaps it was for this reason alone that King had to be stopped."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"The wealthy, powerful
interests across the nation ... knew that it was not going to
be possible for the Congress to satisfy the demands of the multitude
of poor, alienated Americans led by Dr King, and they believed
that the growing frustration could well lead to violence. In such
a situation with the unavailability of sufficient troops to control
that mass of people, the capital could be overrun. Nothing less
than a revolution might result. This possibility simply could
not be allowed to materialize."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"In December 1963, less
than a month after the assassination of President John F. Kennedy,
bureau [FBI] officials met in Washington to explore ways of "neutralizing
King as an effective Negro leader.
... A massive [FBI] campaign was under way from 1964 aimed at
destroying [Martin Luther King] through dirty tricks and media
manipulation.
... In January 1979, the House Select Committee published its
final report on the assassinations of John F. Kennedy and Martin
King. It found no evidence or complicity on the part of the CIA,
the FBI, or any other government agency in the assassination of
Martin King."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Warren and Murphy [aliases of Army Special Forces soldiers]
... were part of an eight-man "Operation Detachment Alpha
184 team - a Special Forces field training team in specialized
civilian disguise.
... Warren and Murphy stated that the team was specifically briefed
before departing from Camp Shelby for Memphis at 4:30 AM on the
morning of April 4 1968. During the half-hour session the team
was left in no doubt as to its mission. On the order they were
to shoot to kill - "body mass" (center, chest cavity)
- Dr Martin Luther King Jr and the Reverend Andrew Young.
They were shown "target acquisition photos" of the two
men and the Lorraine Motel. The team's pep talk stressed how they
were enemies of the United States who were determined to bring
down the government. Warren said that no one on the team had any
hesitancy about killing the two "sacks of shit."
... Warren recognized his target, Andrew Young, putting on his
coat, and took aim, holding him in his sights... Warren kept Andy
Young in the cross hairs of his scope, and then, he said, a shot
rang out.
It sounded like a military weapon, and Warren assumed that the
other sniper unit had jumped the gun and fired too soon because
the plan was always for a simultaneous shooting [of Martin Luther
King and Andrew Young]... the team leader came on and ordered
the team to disengage in an orderly fashion and follow the egress
routes assigned to them out of South Memphis."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"In 1999, the [Martin Luther]
King family brought a wrongful death lawsuit in a Tennessee Circuit
Court. A nearly month-long trial ensued. Seventy witnesses were
called. It took the jury only two and a half hours to come back
with a verdict that Dr. King was assassinated by a conspiracy
that included agencies of his own government."
Jesse Ventura in the book "American
Conspiracies"
"In 1999, the King family
took the case of Martin Luther King's assassination to civil court.
They proved, and the jury verdict confirmed, that Martin Luther
King had been assassinated by a conspiracy of the FBI, military
intelligence, and the Memphis Poiice Department. The decision
to assassinate King was decided upon because he had begun speaking
out against the Vietnam War, against the American empire, and
against poverty in the form of his massive national antipoverty
campaign."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
MEDIA
"The problem is not that
a computer network [Internet] offers an alternative to the information
aristocracy. The true crisis is that neither the news media nor
the government has enough credibility to be accepted as either
truthful or impartial on their own."
military writer William M. Arkin
"Americans are too broadly
underinformed to digest nuggets of information that seem to contradict
what they know of the world . Instead, news channels prefer to
feed Americans a constant stream of simplified information, all
of which fits what they already know. That way they don't have
to devote more air time or newsprint space to explanations or
further investigations. Politicians and the media have conspired
to infantilize, to dumb down, the American public. At heart, politicians
don't believe that Americans can handle complex truths, and the
news media, especially television news, basically agrees."
Tom Fenton, former CBS foreign
correspondent
"The media are a pitiful lot.
They don't give us any history, they don't give us any analysis,
they don't tell us anything. They don't raise the most basic questions:
Who has the most weapons of mass destruction in the world by far?
Who has used weapons of mass destruction more than any other nation?
Who has killed more people in this world with weapons of mass
destruction than any other nation? The answer: the United States."
Howard Zinn
"What the press do is they
tell you lies, lies they already know you want to hear. The press
can figure out what its readers or viewers believe, and make a
hell of a living pandering to their egos and telling them that
they're smart. They lie and tell the audience they are right,
and they never have to change your mind about anything. And the
audience rewards them, lauding them and paying them money to keep
hearing those sweet, self-serving lies."
Allan Uthman
"Americans are too broadly
underinformed to digest nuggets of information that seem to contradict
what they know of the world . Instead, news channels prefer to
feed Americans a constant stream of simplified information, all
of which fits what they already know. That way they don't have
to devote more air time or newsprint space to explanations or
further investigations. Politicians and the media have conspired
to infantilize, to dumb down, the American public. At heart, politicians
don't believe that Americans can handle complex truths, and the
news media, especially television news, basically agrees."
Tom Fenton, former CBS foreign
correspondent
"Pravda and Izvestia in
the former Soviet Union would have been hard-pressed to surpass
the American media in their subservience to the official agenda.
They have abandoned the notion of objectivity or even the idea
of providing a public space where problems are discussed and debated.
It's a scandal that reveals the existence of a system of propaganda,
not of serious media so essential in a democratic society."
Edward Herman, professor of Political
Science at the University of Pennsylvania
"The American people have
become some of the most naïve and gullible folks in the world,
because their press enables it, almost encourages it, with its
undue and sycophantic deference to the government."
Cenk Uygur, 2008
"Those who have put out
the people's eyes reproach them of their blindness."
John Milton
"In March, 1915, the J.P.
Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and powder interest,
and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up
in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential
newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them
to control generally the policy of the daily pressThey found it
was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest
papers. An agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was
bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for
each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding
the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies,
and other things of national and international nature considered
vital to the interests of the purchasers."
Congressman Oscar Callaway (TX),
Congressional Record of February 9, 1917
"Reporters will not report
their own insights or contrary evaluations of the official 9/11
story, because to question the government story about 9/11 is
to question the very foundations of our entire modern belief system
regarding our government, our country, and our way of life. To
be charged with questioning these foundations is far more serious
than being labeled a disgruntled conspiracy nut or an anti-government
traitor, or even being sidelined or marginalized within an academic,
government-service, or literary career. To question the official
9/11 story is simply and fundamentally revolutionary."
9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals
Speak Out
EDited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"If advertisers, and corporate
sponsors generally, tend to support media which boost their message,
and these media consequently tend to flourish relative to those
not so supported, then we have one example of a tight system of
control that does not at all require a conspiracy theory but simply
the operation of market forces. For advertiser control clearly
extends to the detail of the contents and tone of media. "
David Edwards in his book "Burning
All Illusions"
"In the press, which is
owned by rich men, the interests of the investing minority are
always identified with those of the nation as a whole. Constantly
repeated statements come to be accepted as truths. Innocent and
ignorant, most newspaper readers are convinced that the private
interests of the rich are really public interests and become indignant
whenever these interests are menaced by a foreign power, intervening
on behalf of its investing minority. The interest at stake are
the interests of the few; but the public opinion which demands
the protection of these interests is often a genuine expression
of mass emotion. The many really feel and believe that the dividends
of the few are worth fighting for."
Aldous Huxley in his book "Ends
and Means", 1937
MEDIA MATRIX
"The news and truth are
not the same thing."
Walter Lippmann
"Even open-minded people
will often find themselves unable to take seriously the likes
of [Noam] Chomsky, [Edward] Herman, [Howard] Zinn and [Susan]
George on first encountering their work; it just does not seem
possible that we could be so mistaken in what we believe. The
individual may assume that these writers must be somehow joking,
wildly over-stating the case, paranoid, or have some sort of axe
to grind. We may actually become angry with them for telling us
these terrible things about our society and insist that this simply
'can't be true'. It takes real effort to keep reading, to resist
the reassuring messages of the mass media and be prepared to consider
the evidence again."
David Edwards - Burning All Illusions
"You can't believe a word
the American media says. If they say anything correct, it's just
an accident."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Most Americans have no
idea that what we are fed by the news media is nothing more than
a portrayal of what powerful corporations want us to believe,
that what happens to pass as education is as often as not mere
propaganda, that what we learn in church may have very little
or nothing to do with the truth, that what our parents teach us
may be nothing more than an accumulation of their own personal
biases, no doubt a rather subtle modification of what they were
taught by their parents. And through such a process, governments
and nations around the world wield control as to what their citizens,
believe, value, and do."
Doug Soderstrom
"What most Americans believe
to be 'Public Opinion' is in reality carefully crafted and scripted
propaganda designed to elicit a desired behavioral response from
the public."
Ken Adachi
"Our job is to give people
not what they want, but what we decide they ought to have."
Richard Salant, former President
of CBS News
"There is an Establishment
history, an official history, which dominates history textbooks,
trade publishing, the media and library shelves. The official
line always assumes that events such as wars, revolutions, scandals,
assassinations, are more or less random unconnected events. By
definition events can never be the result of a conspiracy, they
can never result from premeditated planned group action.
... Woe betide any book or author that falls outside the official
guidelines. Foundation support is not there. Publishers get cold
feet. Distribution is hit and miss, or non-existent."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"During times of universal
deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act."
George Orwell
"If the war lies were not
all over the media, people would not learn them in the first place.
If the corrections were heard over and over again, they would
get through. If our communications system allowed the presentation
of a variety of voices and viewpoints and feared promoting falsehoods
more than it feared being insufficiently militaristic, we wouldn't
need to investigate the widespread phenomenon of engaged citizens
certain of their beliefs but completely deluded."
David Swanson in his book "War
Is A Lie"
"Perhaps the most basic
reason Americans should read [Noam] Chomsky's work today, is simply
to understand the real world in which they live, that which is
obscured by their leaders and the U.S. mass media."
Fred Branfman
"One of the best kept secrets
is the degree to which a handful of giant conglomerates, all belonging
to the secret Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations,
NATO, the Club of Rome, and the Trilateral Commission, control
the world's flow of information. They determine what we see on
television, hear on the radio and read in newspapers, magazines,
books, or on the Internet."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"We're speaking here of
people who get virtually all their news from the shock-and-awe
tabloid weeklies, AM-radio talk shows, and television news programs
which, because of marketplace pressure, aim low in order to reach
the widest possible audience, resulting in short programs with
lots of commercials, weather, sports, and entertainment. These
news sources don't necessarily have to explicitly state falsehoods
to produce distorted views; they need only channel to their audience
a continuous stream of statements from the government and conservative
"experts" justifying the war as if they were neutral
observers; ignore contrary views except when an expert is on hand
to ridicule them and label them "conspiracy theories";
and never put it all together in a coherent enlightening manner.
[There is a] constant drip-drip of one- sided information, from
sources who can be described as stenographers for the powers-that-be."
William Blum in his book "Freeing
the World to Death"
"Perhaps the most basic
reason Americans should read [Noam] Chomsky's work today, is simply
to understand the real world in which they live, that which is
obscured by their leaders and the U.S. mass media."
Fred Branfman
"The involvement of the
Rockefellers with the media has multiple implications. One is
that the Rockefeller gang's plans for monopolistic World Government
are never, but never, discussed in the machines of mass disinformation.
The media decides what the issues will be in the country."
Gary Allen in his book "The
Rockefeller File"
"We are grateful to the
Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine and other great
publications, whose directors have attended our meetings and respected
their promises of discretion for almost forty years."(He
went on to explain:)'It would have been impossible for us to develop
our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights
of publicity during those years. But, the world is more sophisticated
and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational
sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely
preferable to the national auto determination practiced in past
centuries."
David Rockefeller at the 1991 meeting
of the Bilderberg Group
"Journalists who participate
in The NewsHour With Jim Lehrer are some of the best-known political
pundits in the United States, such as Paul Gigot, David Gergen,
William Kristol and William Safire. All of them belong to the
Bilderberg Group, the CFR or the Trilateral Commission."
Daniel Estulin in is book "The
Bilderberg Group"
MI6 (British Intelligence)
see INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES
MILITARY
"So important did military
spending and the military-industrial sector become during World
War II and the Cold War that they have become fundamental to the
U.S. economy, U.S. economic growth and above all U.S. technological
development. Despite its often almost incredible wastefulness
and corruption, this military spending has also been in some ways
a kind of unacknowledged but rather successful state industrial
development strategy in a country whose free market ideology meant
that it could not formally adopt or admit to such a strategy."
David Edwards - Burning All Illusions
"There's a very popular
thing that the drill sergeants require us to say... the response
to the question, "Soldiers, what makes the green grass grow?"
and the response is "Blood, blood, blood, Drill Sergeant!"
Kristopher Goldsmith, 2008
"I would only hope that
anyone considering joining the military today ... realize that
they have a higher calling than serving their country: to restore
faith in our system of governance, before they make themselves
ready to fight and kill and die in the United States of America,
knowing that they may end up dying for a lie."
Adam Kokesh, with the Marine Corps
civil affairs unit, 2008
"If we had a draft - or
merely the threat of a draft - we would not be in Iraq or Afghanistan.
But we don't have a draft so it's safe for most of the nation
to be mindless about waging war. Other people's children are going
to the slaughter."
Bob Herbert , New York Times, August
25, 2009
"in our lifetimes, the
American military establishment has virtually become an autonomous
system. It is today an entirely mercenary-voluntary-force increasingly
separate from all but the transnational corporate interests it
protects."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
MILITARY COMMISSIONS
ACT
"The Military Commissions
Act [2006] introduces the notion of enemy into criminal law. It
gives the President of the United States the power to so designate
not only his own citizens, but also any nationals of countries
with which the USA is not at war. A person may be prosecuted as
an "illegal enemy combatant" not on the basis of proof,
but simply because they have been labelled as such by the executive
of the United States. Integrated in the law, the charge no longer
refers only to a state of emergency, like the Military Order of
2001, but becomes permanent.
[The Military Commissions Act of 2009] no longer mentions 'illegal
enemy combatants', but "hostile non-protected enemies".
... It no longer concerns only combatants, but also "persons
who are engaged in conflict against the USA". The new definition
also applies not only to people captured on or near a field of
battle, but also to any individuals who act or even express solidarity
with those opposing the US armed forces, or even simply the aggressive
policies of the US governement.
...The National Defense Authorization Act signed by President
Obama on the 31st December 2011 authorises the indefinite detention,
without trial or indictment, of any US citizens designated as
enemies by the executive. The individuals concerned are not only
those who have been captured on the field of battle, but also
those who have never left the United States or participated in
any military action. The law concerns any person designated by
the administration ... who takes part in hostile action against
the United States", but also anyone who "substantially
supports these organisations"."
Jean-Claude Paye, voltairenet.org
"Military Commissions Act
of 2006:
* Strips the right of detainees to habeas corpus (the traditional
right of detainees to challenge their detention);
* Gives the US President the power to detain indefinitely anyone-US
or foreign nationals, from within the US, and from abroad-it deems
to have provided material support to anti-US hostilities, and
even use secret and coerced evidence (i.e. through use of torture)
to try detainees who will be held in secret US military prisons;
* Gives US officials immunity from prosecution for torturing detainees
that were captured before the end of 2005 by US military and CIA."
Anup Shah, 2006
"The Military Commissions
Act of 2006 effectively suspended habeas corpus and freed up the
executive branch to designate any American citizen an "enemy
combatant" forfeiting all privileges accorded under the Bill
of Rights."
Christopher Ketcham, 2008
"The unitary presidency
has been granted the authority to order kidnapping, detention,
and torture abroad under the Military Commissions Act of 2006.
This act authorizes extraordinary rendition, which inevitably
means foreign detention and torture of anyone the President determines
to be an unlawful combatant."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"The corporate media has
ignored the fact that habeas corpus can now be suspended for anyone
by order of the President. With the approval of Congress, the
Military Commissions Act (MCA) of 2006, signed by Bush on October
17, 2006, allows for the suspension of habeas corpus for US citizens
and non-citizens alike."
Peter Phillips and Mickey Huff,
Project Censored. 2009
MILITARY INTERVENTION
"I spent 33 years being
a high-class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and
the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism. I helped
purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown
Brothers in 1909-1912. I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico
safe for American oil interests in 1916. I brought light to the
Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916. I helped
make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City [Bank]
boys to collect revenue in. I helped in the rape of half a dozen
Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street.
In China in 1927 I helped see to it that Standard Oil went its
way unmolested. I had a swell racket. I was rewarded with honors,
medals, promotions .... I might have given Al Capone a few hints.
The best he could do was to operate
a racket in three cities. The Marines operated on three continents."
retired General Smedley Butler,
in a speech to an American Legion convention, 1931
"Military intervention
to maintain the global status quo will become a constant feature
of international relations, whether this is justified in terms
of fighting drugs, fighting terrorism, containing "rogue
states," opposing "Islamic fundamentalism," or
containing China."
Walden Bello, 2001
MILITARY SPENDING
"So important did military
spending and the military-industrial sector become during World
War II and the Cold War that they have become fundamental to the
U.S. economy, U.S. economic growth and above all U.S. technological
development. Despite its often almost incredible wastefulness
and corruption, this military spending has also been in some ways
a kind of unacknowledged but rather successful state industrial
development strategy in a country whose free market ideology meant
that it could not formally adopt or admit to such a strategy."
David Edwards - Burning All Illusions
"The need for major states
as enemies stems partly from the fact that only the perceived
presence of enemy states can justify military spending at the
level which the industries concerned have come to demand."
David Edwards - Burning All Illusions
"The money being spent
on the [Iraq] war each week would be enough to wipe out illiteracy
around the world and just a few days' funding would be enough
to provide health insurance for US children who were not covered."
economist Joseph Stiglitz
"The Department of Defense's
planned expenditures for the fiscal year 2008 are larger than
all other nations' military budgets combined. The supplementary
budget to pay for the current wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, not
part of the official defence budget, is itself larger than the
combined military budgets of Russia and China. Defence-related
spending for fiscal 2008 will exceed $1 trillion for the first
time in history. The US has become the largest single seller of
arms and munitions to other nations on Earth. Leaving out President
Bush's two on-going wars, defence spending has doubled since the
mid-1990s. The defence budget for fiscal 2008 is the largest since
the second world war."
Chalmers Johnson, 2008
"The combined total budgets
of states, of the forty-eight states projected to be in deficit
for 2010, is $689 billion. And when you compare that to our nation's
military budget for 2010 - it's $704 billion - it's striking that
the total state budgets, forty-eight states, is less than our
nation's military expenditures."
Jo Comerford, executive director
of the National Priorities Project, 2009
"We're 45 percent of world
[military] spending. We spend more than the next fourteen countries
combined."
Jo Comerford, executive director
of the National Priorities Project, 2009
MONETARY SYSTEM
" America is the largest
debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world's creditor.
"Creating money out of thin air", while at the same
time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes
the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military
power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which
constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing
the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve's overwhelming
powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial
monetary agenda.
... The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic
banking network. The control of money creation at a world level
constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination.
The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies
of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial
design is to override and destroy national currencies."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"It is well enough that
people of the nation do not understand our banking and monetary
system, for if they did, I believe there would be a revolution
before tomorrow morning."
Henry Ford
"Throughout the Third World,
currency devaluations ordered by the IMF have triggered hyperinflation
and the collapse of national monetary systems."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"The real business [of
the Bank of International Settlements (BIS)] gets done in "a
sort of inner club made up of the half dozen or so powerful central
bankers who find themselves more or less in the same monetary
boat" - those from Germany, the United States, Switzerland,
Italy, Japan and England... The prime value, which also seems
to demarcate the inner club from the rest of the BIS members,
is the firm belief that central banks should act independently
of their home governments... A second and closely related belief
of the inner club is that politicians should not be trusted to
decide the fate of the international monetary system."
Edward Jay Epstein, 1983
"In the United States,
the "independent" banking system is known as the Federal
Reserve System, a privately owned bank system interlocked with
the Bilderbergers. In Europe, the independent banking system is
run through the European Central Bank, whose monetary policies
are put together by the leading members of the Bilderberg elite."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"To allow the bankers to
erect a monetary system on gold [gold standard] is to subject
the producer to the money-broker and measure deferred payments
by a yardstick that lengthens or shortens from year to year. The
only safe and rational currency is a national currency based on
the national credit, sponsored by the state, flexible, and controlled
in the interests of the people as a whole."
Vernon Parrington summarized Greenbackers'
position in the 1920s
"The IMF, acting on behalf
of Wall Street, calls the shots on the reform of national monetary
systems. National currencies in Latin America, Africa, the Middle
East and South East Asia are in large part controlled by Western
financial institutions."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"The Federal Reserve was
a privately-owned and controlled central banking system like the
Bank of England. In creating it, Congress had ceded its constitutional
authority over the nation's monetary system to the private financiers."
Richard C. Cook, 2007
"The U.S.-NATO military
alliance supports the hegemony of both the U.S. dollar and the
Euro. These two dominant global currency systems are intricately
related. They are controlled and regulated by overlapping financial
interests. The U.S.-Euro monetary arrangement and its imposition
as a global currency system are protected by the Atlantic Alliance,
which constitutes the military arm of the Western corporate establishment."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"Right after the Civil
War there was considerable talk about reviving Lincoln's brief
experiment with the Constitutional monetary system. Had not the
European money-trust intervened, it would have no doubt become
an established institution."
W. Cleon Skousen from the documentary
"The Money Masters"
"The First World War changed
the status of the United States ... from that of a debtor nation
to the world's greatest creditor nation, a role filled formerly
by England.
... One major aim of the backers of the Federal Reserve - displacing
London as world money market - had been achieved.
The gold standard was still the basis of foreign exchange. The
small group of international bankers - now led by New York banks
- who owned the gold, controlled the monetary system of Western
nations."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"The Bank of International
Settlements (BIS) is where all of the world's central banks meet
to analyze the global economy and determine what course of action
they will take next to put more money in their pockets, since
they control the amount of money in circulation and how much interest
they are going to charge governments and banks for borrowing from
them.
... When you understand that the BIS pulls the strings of the
world's monetary system, you then understand that they have the
ability to create a financial boom or bust in a country. If that
country is not doing what the money lenders want, then all they
have to do is sell its currency."
Joan Veon, 2003
"If the key to controlling
a nation is to run its central bank, one can imagine the potential
of a global central bank, able to dictate the world's credit and
money supply. The roots for such a system were planted when the
International Monetary Fund (IMF) and World Bank were formed at
the Bretton Woods Conference of 1944. These UN agencies were both
CFR [Council on Foreign Relations] creations."
James Perloff
"Following the American
Civil War, right up to the end of the 19th Century, the United
States Treasury recognized silver as well as gold as monetary
metal. The monetary system was, in effect, a bi-metallic system.
Silver existed in abundance in the Western United States.
However, the influential New York bank syndicate, headed in the
1890s by the House of Morgan, took the opposite position. They
saw gold, especially in light of their close ties to leading London
banks, as their best road to dominant power over the money supply
of the United States. Supplies of monetary gold were controlled
by a handful of New York banks and by the financial powers of
the City of London - above all, by the banking group of Lord Rothschild.
The New York bankers wanted no competition from silver. Their
banking allies in the City of London, the heart of the world gold
standard at the time, wanted America exclusively on a gold standard
where their influence would be vastly greater. London's New York
banking allies - J.P. Morgan, along with Rothschild's US banking
agent, August Belmont, and others in New York finance - shrewdly
used their London banking associates to control American credit
markets to their own exclusive advantage and to the distinct disadvantage
of the general American public."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"Economic policy quite
deliberately serves the interests of the financial elites, who
in turn control the political process. Meaningful policies cannot
be achieved without radically reforming the workings of the international
banking system. What is required is an overhaul of the monetary
system."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"Bank of International
Settlements (BIS) regulations serve only the single purpose of
strengthening the international private banking system, even at
the peril of national economies. The IMF and the international
banks regulated by the BIS are a team: the international banks
lend recklessly to borrowers in emerging economies to create a
foreign currency debt crisis, the IMF arrives as a carrier of
monetary virus in the name of sound monetary policy, then the
international banks come as vulture investors in the name of financial
rescue to acquire national banks deemed capital inadequate and
insolvent by the BIS."
economist Henry CK Lui
"The global monetary system
is tightly controlled and coordinated at the top by the leaders
of the central banks who work for the world's richest people.
... Instrumental in control of economics by the rich has been
the debt-based monetary system, where credit is treated as the
monopoly of private financial interests who in turn control governments,
intelligence services and military establishments. Politicians
are bought and sold, elected or removed, or aven assassinated
for this purpose. The global monetary system is tightly controlled
and coordinated at the top by the leaders of the central banks
who work for the world's richest people.
... Within the U.S., [monetary reform] proposals have ranged from
complete takeover of the Federal Reserve System by the federal
government to the replacement of fractional reserve banking and
the debt-based monetary system by one where the government spends
money directly into existence as was done through the 19th century
U.S. Greenbacks.
The Greenback system, which provided up to a third of the U.S.
money supply through 1900, was highly successful. The bankers
opposed it because it meant fewer loans and less profits."
Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"Today the U.S. presides
over a more or less fully closed global monetary system based
on the dollar. In practice this means that those countries within
the system must exchange real value in the form of natural resources
like oil and gas, manufactured items and commodities with the
U.S. cartel in exchange for dollars, which are no more than an
accounting entry created out of thin air.
... The Federal Reserve is a privately held business owned by
the very interests that it nominally regulates. Thus the control
of federal credit and the U.S. monetary system and the rich flow
of insider information that results from that control are veiled
from public view and are privately controlled in secret."
John Coleman in his book "Beyond The Conspiracy: Unmasking
the Invisible World Government - The Committee of 300", 2007
"If Exxon pays Saudi Arabia
$50 million, all that happens is that we debit Exxon and credit
Saudi Arabia. The balance sheet of Citibank remains the same.
And if they say they don't like American banks, they'll put it
in Credit Suisse. All we do is charge Saudi Arabia and credit
Credit Suisse. Our balance sheet remains the same. So when people
run around waiting for the sky to fall there isn't any way that
money can leave the system. It's a closed circuit."
Citibank Chairman Walter Wriston
MONEY LAUNDERING
"New York and London...
have become the world's two biggest laundries of criminal and
drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not
the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through
the City of London and Wall Street."
Martin Woods, bank money laundering
investigator, Observer newspaper, 2011
"In Britain, the MI-6 drug
money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank
and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from
account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of
transactions.
The drug money comes out 'cleaner' but not totally clean. Diamonds
are then bought with this money from the diamond business families
like the Oppenheimers. These diamonds are then sold and the drug
money is clean."
James Casbolt, former MI-6 Agent
"A large share of the multibillion
dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking
system. Most of the large international banks together with their
affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts
of narco-dollars."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"Banks act as clearing
houses and money launderers of billions of dollars derived from
drug money. The main "big name banks" are:
· The Bank of England
· The Federal Reserve Banks
· Bank of International Settlements
· The World Bank
· The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank
· American Express
American Express Bank Travelers
checks are a convenient method of recycling drug dollars. Each
of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls hundreds of
thousands of large and small banks throughout the world."
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300"
"Vast quantities of gold
are absorbed into the Asian drug trade - an inestimable percentage
of the 400 to 600 tons of the metal that pass through the orient
in a year, mainly through Hong Kong, and mainly through subsidiaries
of the HongShang [HSBC]. The trade could not run without it and
other precious, portable, untraceable substances-like diamonds."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"Gold is so important to
the entire drug trafficking business that the metal's price is
pegged to the price of raw opium in the Golden Triangle highlands.
The escalation of the gold price has been so steady that all the
numbers regarding the size of the opium trade may be gross underestimates."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"The retail proceeds of
the total drug traffic in the United States are partly recycled
into the drug operation in the United States itself, with large
"off-take" by each level of the crime machine. The net
profits, in cash, are laundered through hotels, restaurants, gambling
casinos, and sports events.
... After the cash is laundered through these nominally legitimate
channels, it is transferred to offshore banking operations or
their equivalent. Then, the funds take several trips around the
world over the telex machines of offshore banks, passing through
at least a half dozen, and usually more, different bank accounts
and corporate fronts, from the Caymans to Liechtenstein, from
Liechtenstein to the Bahamas, from the Bahamas to a "nonresident
corporation" in Canada, from Canada to Panama, and so forth.
At various points in the process, the funds will purchase diamonds,
gold, paintings, or similar portable valuables. At a further point,
the valuables will be translated back into cash, eliminating even
the trace of a bank transfer. "
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"Swiss banks are notorious
depots for dirty money."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"No government has ever
touched the system which allowed [the drug trade to develop].
At best, a few accounts here and there have been seized. To this
day, money-laundering is not even a criminal offense in 8 out
of the 15 industrial nations. In the United States, the center
of the problem, government action, is a joke: No top management
has ever been charged or prosecuted for criminal money-laundering
activity."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"[It has been estimated
that] 80 percent of the profits from drug trafficking ends up
in the banks of the wealthy countries or their branches in the
underdeveloped countries."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"Most of the dirty money
arising from the U.S. drug trade and related illegal activities
ends up in the Bahamas."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"Money laundering is simply
everywhere. On the grand scale, it's endemic to banking. You have
to bear in mind that when Lehman Brothers wasn't going to function
anymore and the big banks weren't lending to one another, back
at that terrible time, $352 billion of illegal money were then
tacitly released upon the market, and that was about the only
money people were lending to one another. So, money laundering
is not some distant fantasy. It's actually how you handle the
profits of extortion, tax evasion, criminal conspiracy and huge
quantities of drug money, how you get that into the white sector.
And what we are gradually learning from these little exposés
that come to light is that there is almost no way of denying people,
in the end, the profits of their crime, which is a tragedy. And
it's also a frightful annoyance, because we pay vast sums of money
across the way here to agencies that are supposed to stop money
laundering. It doesn't happen."
John le Carre , 2010
"Hong Kong was set up by
the British, literally from bare rock, as a center for the drug
trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center
for the drug trade... Britain (and its China allies) run every
phase of international drug traffic... Hong Kong and related Far
East operations are the chokepoint in the entire traffic, where
dirty money is a way of life."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"The large international
banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using
it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"A competent war on drugs
must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers
who 'launder' Dope, Inc.'s ill-gotten gains...Shut down the drug
money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope
cartel would choke to death on its own profits... Dope, Inc.'s
vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other
financial institutions that 'launder' the cartel's $558 billion
per year in gross revenue... Action by governments against the
drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Money laundering, according
to IMF estimates for the 1990s, was between 590 billion and 1.5
trillion dollars a year, representing 2-5 percent of global GDP.
The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited in the banking system.
Drug money is laundered in the numerous offshore banking havens
in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British Channel Islands, the Cayman
Islands and some 50 other locations around the globe. It is here
that criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade and the representatives
of the world's largest commercial banks interact. Dirty money
is deposited in these offshore havens, which are controlled by
major Western banks and financial institutions. The latter, therefore,
have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining the drug
trade.
... Once the money has been laundered, it can be recycled into
bona fide investments not only in real estate, hotels, etc, but
also in other areas such as the services economy and manufacturing.
Dirty and covert money is also funneled into various financial
instruments including speculative stock exchange transactions
(derivatives), primary commodities, stocks and government bonds."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
MONOPOLY CAPITALISM
"If you wanted to control
the nation's manufacturing, commerce, finance, transportation
and natural resources, you would need only to control the apex,
the power pinnacle, of an all-powerful socialist government. Then
you would have a monopoly and could squeeze out all your competitors.
If you wanted a national monopoly, you must control a national
socialist government. If you want a worldwide monopoly, you must
control a world socialist government.
That is what the game is all about. "Communism" is not
a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement created,
manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in order to
gain control over the world ... first by establishing socialist
governments in the various nations and then consolidating them
all through a "Great Merger," into an all-powerful world,
socialist super-state."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"[The philosophy of Wall
Street financiers was] anything but laissez-faire competition,
which was the last system they envisaged. Socialism, communism,
fascism or their variants were acceptable. The ideal for these
financiers was "cooperation," forced if necessary. Individualism
was out, and competition was immoral... compulsory cooperation
was their golden road to a legal monopoly. Under the guise of
public service, social objectives, and assorted do-goodism it
is fundamentally "Let society go to work for Wall Street."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and FDR"
"The rules of big business:
Get a monopoly; let Society work for you. So long as we see all
international revolutionaries and all international capitalists
as implacable enemies of one another, then we miss a crucial point
- a partnership between international monopoly capitalism and
international revolutionary socialism is for their mutual benefit."
Frederick C. Howe, in his book
"Confessions of a Monopolist", 1906
"Capitalist competition
naturally evolved into monopoly capitalism, as the winners of
the free-market took over their competitors' businesses and machinery.
The free market soon became the private property of the mega-corporations."
Shamus Cooke
"John D. Rockefeller was
a Machiavellian who boasted that he hated competition. Whenever
he could, Rockefeller used the government to promote his own interests
and to hinder his competitors. Monopoly capitalism is impossible
unless you have a government with the power to strangle would-be
competitors.
The easiest way to control or eliminate competitors is not to
best them in the marketplace, but to use the power of government
to exclude them from the marketplace. If you wish to control commerce,
banking, transportation, and natural resources on a national level,
you must control! the federal government. If you and your clique
wish to establish worldwide monopolies, you must control World
Government."
Gary Allen in his book "The
Rockefeller File"
"There is a partnership
between international monopoly capitalism and international revolutionary
socialism for their mutual benefit."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Bolshevik Revolution"
"It is through the Council
on Foreign Relations (CFR) that the international bankers and
the global intelligence community mingle. The bankers and the
spooks share a common goal of keeping the world safe for global
monopoly capitalism and often intelligence operatives are recruited
from the banking houses where their loyalties to the banking elite
have been thoroughly tested."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"[The Nazi state is] a
dictatorship of monopoly capitalism. Its 'fascism' is that of
business enterprise organized on a monopoly basis, and in full
command of all the military, police, legal and propaganda power
of the state."
economist Robert Brady
"The Mellons, Carnegies,
Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Dukes, Astors, Dorrances, Reynoidses,
Stilimans, Bakers, Pynes, Cuilmans, Watsons, Dukes, Kleinwarts,
DuPonts, Warburgs, Phippses, Graces, Guggenheims, Milners, Drexels,
Winthrops, Vanderbilts, Whitneys, Harkuesses and other super rich
families generally get along quite well with Communists, who supposedly
want to take away the wealth of these men and give it to the people.
However, this is only double talk designed to bolster the superstructure
of delusion that Communists are the enemies of all Capitalists.
But Communists, like the super rich families, are not the enemies
of monopoly capitalism: they are the foes of free enterprise."
David Hill, a high ranking Mason,
in his unpublished manuscript, he says this about the Illuminati
"The IMF and World Bank
are the chief pushers of the whole scheme of structural adjustments
that are designed to further open up the Third World economies
for penetration and plunder by private monopoly corporations."
Cebu Declaration, Philippine-Asia
Jubilee Campaign Against the Debt, May 18, 1999, Cebu City, Philippines
"Masquerading as the advocate
of human rights and liberal democracy, the global economic and
political order being imposed in the name of globalization and
free markets seeks to establish a virtual monopoly of multinational
corporations that are destructive to people and the physical environment."
Social Justice magazine, 2000
"Most dominant media firms
exist because of government-granted and government-enforced monopoly
broadcasting licenses, telecommunication franchises, and rights
to content (a.k.a. copyright). Competitive markets in the classic
sense are rare."
Robert W. McChesney in his book
"The Problem of the Media"
"Without the monopoly concentration
of mass media, there can be no modern propaganda. For propaganda
to thrive, the media must remain concentrated, news agencies and
services must be limited, the press must be under central command,
and radio, film, and television monopolies must pervade."
Nancy Snow
"There is only one way
to make all wealth-producing activity dependent on corrupt privilege
and beholden to corrupt power. That is to turn all wealth-producing
activity into monopoly enterprise. And that is the reason we have
a monopoly system today. It is the economy deliberately created
by the party oligarchs in the interests of oligarchic power.
... It is just because monopoly is absolutely dependent on special
privilege that the party oligarchs first created and today sustain
monopoly, for all the wealth in the country that derives from
monopoly wealth is privileged wealth, wealth allied to those who
can dispense and protect special privilege."
Walter Karp in his book "Indispensable
Enemies"
"Essential to controlling
a government is the establishment of a central bank with a monopoly
on the country's supply of money and credit."
James Perloff in his book "The
Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American
Decline"
"Get a monopoly; let society
work for you; and remember that the best of all business is politics,
for a legislative grant, franchise, subsidy or tax exemption is
worth more than a Kimberly or Comstock lode, since it does not
require any labor, either mental or physical, for its exploitation."
Frederick C Howe, in his book Confessions
of a Monopolist, 1906
MONSANTO
"Monsanto should not have
to vouchsafe the safety of biotech food. Our interest is in selling
as much of it as possible. Assuring its safety is the FDA's job."
Phil Angel, Director of Corporate
Communications for Monsanto
"Monsanto does now control
the agricultural and trade policy of Brazil, Paraguay, Argentina,
Bolivia, and soon of Uruguay, and its power greatly exceeds that
of the national governments. It's the company that decides what
seeds and what chemical products will be used in those countries,
what crops will be suppressed, and in the end what people will
eat and at what price. The recalcitrant are taken to court, because
the patents are the final link in the totalitarian chain."
Tomás Palau - a sociologist
who specializes in agrarian questions, 2007
"[GMO] contamination benefits
only multinational corporations like Monsanto. Once everything
is contaminated, the company will be able to take control of the
most widely grown grain in the world and collect royalties as
in Argentina and Brazil."
Aldo Gonzalez one of the leaders
of the Union of Organizations of the Sierra Juarez of Oaxaca,
2006
"]Monsanto's] Roundup [herbicide]
tends to make the earth sterile."
Marie-Monique Robin in the book
"The World According to Monsanto"
"[Monsanto] is seeking
to control the food produced in the world. To do that, it has
to get its hands on the seeds in the locations where they are
used by farmers. First it appropriates the seeds, then the processing
of grains, then the supermarkets, and in the end it controls the
entire food chain. The seeds are the first link in the chain:
whoever controls seeds controls the food supply and thereby controls
mankind."
Walter Pengue, an Argentine agronomist
and one of the world's best known specialists on the impacts of
transgenic soybeans
"Monsanto had assured the
public that their Agent Orange, the defoliant used during the
Vietnam War, was safe for humans. It wasn't. Thousands of veterans
and tens of thousand of Vietnamese who suffered a wide range of
maladies, including cancer, neurological disorders, and birth
defects, blame Monsanto.
Monsanto had also declared their electrical insulator poly-chlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs) as safe. They weren't. Outlawed in 1978, they
have been linked to cancer and birth defects, and are considered
a major environmental hazard."
Jeffrey M. Smith in his book "Seeds
of Deception", 2003
"[In Vietnam] between 1962
and 1971, an estimated 20 million gallons of defoliants were sprayed
on 8 million acres of forests and crops. More than three thousand
villages were contaminated, and 60 percent of the defoliants used
were agent Orange."
Marie-Monique Robin in the book
"The World According to Monsanto
MOSSAD
see INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES
NATIONAL DEMOCRATIC INSTITUTE
(NDI)
see NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR
DEMOCRACY (NED)
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR
DEMOCRACY (NED)
UNITED STATES AGENCY FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT (USAID)
INTERNATIONAL REPUBLICAN INSTITUTE (IRI)
NATIONAL DEMOCRATIC INSTITUTE (NDI)
"A lot of what we [National
Endowment for Democracy (NED)] do today was done covertly 25 years
ago by the CIA. In effect, the CIA has been laundering money through
NED."
Allen Weinstein, one of NED's original
founders
"NGOs are Washington's
means of interfering in the internal affairs of other countries,
such as funding and organizing "color revolutions" in
Georgia and Ukraine. The National Endowment for Democracy [NED]
is a principle funder of political opposition and protest groups
in countries with governments to which Washington is opposed.
Despite its original purpose, the National Endowment for Democracy
has been converted into an agent for US hegemony."
Paul Craig Roberts
"In 1983 Congress created
the National Endowment for Democracy (NED) ... The NED distributed
grants to organizations headed by the Republican and Democratic
parties, the AFL-CIO, the Chamber of Commerce, and various women's
and youth organizations; the idea was for private institutions
to help their counterparts abroad... These nongovernmental groups
often worked in coordination with the State Department, the CIA,
and local U.S. embassies."
James Peck in is book "Ideal Illusions:
How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights"
"The National Endowment
for Democracy, created 15 years ago to do in the open what the
CIA has done surreptitiously for decades, spends $30 million a
year to support things like political parties, labor unions, dissident
movements and the news media in dozens of countries."
journalist John M. Broder, New
York Times, 1997
"At a time when the reputation
of the CIA was tainted from its covert activities, Congress created
the NED to overtly perform many of the same political functions
such as funding political parties, labour unions, newspapers and
other opposition groups. Although Congress enacted a law in 1984
prohibiting the NED from financing candidates for public office,
the loopholes in the legislation provided an opportunity for NED
to contribute to the building of the National Opposition Union
(UNO), the main opposition party in Nicaragua."
David Model in his book "Lying
for Empire"
"The National Endowment
for Democracy ... seemed to be present in every major US coup
or regime change operation since the 1980s. Also prominent ...
was the Open Society Foundation run by George Soros, and the Washington-based
Freedom House which had been set up in the 1940s as a NATO propaganda
organization."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"The main IRI [International
Republican Institute] project in Haiti involved the overthrow
of the country's democratically elected President, Jean-Bertrand
Aristide in 2004. A former Roman Catholic priest, Aristide rose
to power in the wake of the brutal Duvalier family dictatorship
and was immensely popular with the poverty-stricken and oppressed
masses of Haiti. Aristide was overthrown in 1991 (supposedly with
the financial support from the outgoing elder Bush administration)
but returned to power in 1994 with the help of the Clinton administration.
Aristide was re-elected by a landslide vote in 2000 but once again
ousted in a 2004 coup.
In the years immediately preceding the most recent overthrow of
President Aristide, the IRI sponsored several "political
training" clinics for Haitian leaders in the Dominican Republic
and Miami. Though the IRI claims to be an unbiased group that
provides funding across the political spectrum, recent research
has exposed the fact that the IRI leaders specifically chose virulently
anti-Aristide Haitians, including members of the business elite
and former military and paramilitary personnel to attend these
clinics. The IRI also generously funded the anti-Aristide resistance
efforts, the main benefactor of its practices being the Haitian
opposition group known as the Democratic Convergence, a unified
collection of the previously splintered anti-Aristide factions."
Sarah Hamburger, 2008
"Documents clearly show
knowledge of the detailed plans for the coup against Chávez,
written by the CIA... financial and advisory agencies like the
National Endowment for Democracy (NED), the International Republican
Institute (IRI), the National Democratic Institute (NDI) and the
Center for International Private Enterprise (CIPE) financed all
the groups, NGOs, trade unions, businesspeople, political parties
and the media involved in the coup."
Eva Golinger, 2008
"The U.S. Pentagon, working
covertly through the USAID under the Department of State, had
been diverting millions of dollars of USAID funds earmarked for
'gorilla conservation' in the Virunga National Park in eastern
Democratic Republic of Congo and using it instead to explore the
vast oil and mineral riches located in the same area.
... When skeptics investigated, they found that USAID money officially
paid to the Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund International and Conservation
lnternational, were being misused.
... The USAID was apparently covering up for the diversion of
US taxpayer dollars from gorilla conservation to minerals exploration
and providing arms to various organizations in Congo's Kivu.
... There was reason to believe that the USAID funds were being
merely laundered via the conservation NGOs to create a massive
arms buildup in the region."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"The Bush administration
had interfered in Venezuela by providing opposition groups with
considerable donations through the IRI [International Republican
Institute]"
Sarah Hamburger, 2008
"Through USAID and NED,
and their "partner NGOs" and contractors, such as Freedom
House, International Republican Institute, National Democratic
Institute, Pan-American Development Foundation and Development
Alternatives, Inc., hundreds of political groups, parties and
programs are presently being funded in Venezuela to promote regime
change against the Chávez government."
Eva Golinger
"The tragedy of Burma is
that its population is being used as a human stage prop in a drama
scripted in Washington by the National Endowment for Democracy
(NED), the George Soros Open Society Institute, Freedom House
and Gene Sharp's Albert Einstein Institution."
F. William Engdahl
"National Endowment for
Democracy (NED) was one of the few Western organizations, along
with the Soros Foundation and some European foundations, to make
grants in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, and to work with
local NGO's and independent media throughout the country. During
the cold war, such internal intervention in a foreign country
would have been labeled a CIA destabilization. In Washington newspeak,
it was called, 'the fostering of democracy.' The result, for the
living standard of Serbs, Kosovans, Bosnians, Croats and others,
was disastrous."
NED director Paul McCarthy, 1998
"The International Republican
Institute [IRI] is affiliated with the Republican Party and funded,
in part, by the nonprofit National Endowment for Democracy (NED),
which Congress partially funds "to strengthen democratic
institutions around the world through nongovernmental efforts."
Nicole Lee, executive director
of TransAfrica Forum, 2009
"Failing in its attempt
to pressure Sudan to break its ties with China, Washington turned
its human rights and other guns on Khartoum directly. They launched
a massive campaign to save Darfur.
... Washington and its NGOs ... charge[ed] Khartoum with genocide,
as a pretext for bringing UN/NATO troops into the oil fields of
Darfur and southern Sudan. Oil, not human misery, was behind Washington's
new interest in Darfur.
... US military objectives in Darfur - and the Horn of Africa
more widely - were being served by US and NATO backing for African
Union (AU) troops in Darfur."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"The International Republican
Institute (IRI) and National Democratic Institute (NDI), both
agencies created to filter funding from USAID and the National
Endowment for Democracy (NED) to political parties abroad in order
to promote US agenda, not only funded those groups involved in
the Honduran coup, but now are "observing" the elections."
Eva Golinger, 2009
"The NED was a US Government-funded
'private' entity whose activities were designed to support US
foreign policy objectives. The idea was to accomplish what the
CIA had done during the Cold War, but under the cover of a seemingly
innocent NGO."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"NED [National Endowment
for Democracy] is involved all over the world in selectively supporting
parties that are engaged in what amounts to regime change, making
it something like a privatized though largely government-funded
version of the old CIA. Most of the countries where it is active
have left-wing governments or regimes that the US disapproves
of.
... NED [National Endowment for Democracy] has had an impact
in Eastern Europe, acting as a driving force behind many of the
pastel hued revolutions that have rocked the region in the past
ten years. When the Russians and others complain about outsiders
interfering in the politics of their neighbors, they are frequently
referring to NED.
... NED [National Endowment for Democracy] and its affiliates
were active in Georgia's rose revolution, which helped bring to
power the decidedly undemocratic Mikhail Saakashvili that almost
led to a shooting war between the United States and Russia. Their
hand was also evident in the orange revolution in the Ukraine,
which also did little beyond dividing the country into pro-Western
and pro-Russian camps.
... NED [National Endowment for Democracy] was involved in
the "twitter revolution" demonstrations in Moldava that
took place during the first week of April [2009]. Thousands of
mostly student demonstrators filled the streets to protest against
the Communist party victory in national elections, an election
that the Communists were expected to win and in which there was
no evident fraud. The students were out in numbers summoned by
"twitters" over iPhones conveniently supplied by the
US government.
Philip Geraldi, 2009
"Unrest in Tibet in March
2010 and Xinjiang in July 2009 ... were the covert work of a US-financed
NGO called National Endowment for Democracy (NED)."
F. William Engdahl, 2010
"The funding of political
groups in Venezuela, and others throughout Latin America that
promote US agenda, has increased since the April 2002 coup against
President Chávez. Through two principal Department of State
agencies, USAID and the National Endowment for Democracy (NED),
the US government has channeled more than $50 million to opposition
groups in Venezuela since 2002. The USAID/NED budget to fund groups
in Venezuela in 2010 is nearly $15 million, doubled from last
year's $7 million. This is a state policy of Washington, which
the Obama Administration plans to amp up. They call it "democracy
promotion", but it's really democracy subversion and destabilization...
Through USAID and NED, and their "partner NGOs" and
contractors, such as Freedom House, International Republican Institute,
National Democratic Institute, Pan-American Development Foundation
and Development Alternatives, Inc., hundreds of political groups,
parties and programs are presently being funded in Venezuela to
promote regime change against the Chávez government."
Eva Golinger interviewed by Mike
Whitney, 2009
"The US State Department
admits to supporting the activities of the NED [National Endowment
for Democracy] in Myanmar. The NED is a US government-funded "private"
entity whose activities are designed to support US foreign policy
objectives, doing today what the CIA did during the Cold War...
the NED funds [George] Soros' Open Society Institute in fostering
regime change in Myanmar. "
F. William Engdahl
NATIONAL SECURITY STATE
"The US. National Security
State refers to the Executive Office of the White House, the National
Security Council (NSC), National Security Administration, Central
Intelligence Agency, Pentagon, Federal Bureau of Investigation,
and other such units that are engaged in surveillance, suppression,
covert action, and forceful interventions abroad and at home."
Michael Parenti in his book "Against
Empire"
"In the 1960s, '70s, and
early '80s, U.S.-backed armed forces carried out military coups
throughout Latin America, moving to obliterate leftist forces
and extirpate leftist ideas. The militaries installed a new form
of rule - the national security state."
J. Patrice McSherry in the book
"Predatory States: Operation Condor and Covert War in Latin
America"
"Until the latest of our
world conflicts, the United States had no armaments industry...
But now we can no longer risk emergency improvisation of national
defense; we have been compelled to create a permanent armaments
industry of vast proportions. Added to this, three and a half
million men and women are directly engaged in the defense establishment.
... This conjunction of an immense military establishment and
a large arms industry is new in the American experience.
... In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition
of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial
complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power
exists and will persist."
President Dwight Eisenhower's farewell
speech, 1961
"The entire National Security
doctrine centers on the existence of an "outside enemy",
which is threatening the Homeland."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2005
"Today, the United States
spends more on military arms and other forms of "national
security" than the rest of the world combined. U.S. Ieaders
preside over a global military apparatus of a magnitude never
before seen in human history. In 1993 it included almost a half-million
troops stationed at over 395 major military bases and hundreds
of minor installations in thirty-five foreign countries, and a
fleet larger in total tonnage and firepower than all the other
navies of the world combined, consisting of missile cruisers,
nuclear submarines, nuclear aircraft carriers, destroyers, and
spy ships that sail every ocean and make port on every continent.
U.S. bomber squadrons and long-range missiles can reach any target,
carrying enough explosive force to destroy entire continents with
an overkill capacity of more than 8,000 strategic nuclear weapons
and 22,000 tactical ones."
Michael Parenti in his book "Against
Empire"
"The NSS [National Security
State] is an instrument of class warfare, organized and designed
to permit an elite, local and multinational, to operate without
any constraint from democratic processes. This allows the bulk
of the population to be treated as a mere cost of production."
Edward S. Herman
"The greatest purveyor
of terror in the world today is the United States national security
state."
Michael Parenti
"America cherishes her
enemies. Without enemies, she is a nation without purpose and
direction. The various components of the National Security State
need enemies to justify their swollen budgets, to aggrandize their
work, to protect their jobs, to give themselves a mission in the
aftermath of the Soviet Union."
William Blum in his book "Rogue
State"
"After reading case after
nauseating case of the atrocities committed in the name of national
security, and after recognizing the United States' involvement
in the creation of military, police, and paramilitary agencies
responsible for these horrors in El Salvador, Honduras, Guatemala,
Brazil, Chile, Bolivia-seventeen Latin-American countries in all-one
comes to the conclusion either that the Americans who helped to
establish and run these military and police training programs
were deranged or that they never considered the predictable results
of their work-possibly didn't want to consider them."
Penny Lernoux in her book "Cry
of the People"
"Our leaders are cruel
because only those willing to be inordinately cruel and remorseless
can hold positions of leadership in the foreign policy establishment.
... People capable of expressing a full human measure of compassion
and empathy toward faraway powerless strangers ... do not become
president of the United States, or vice president, or secretary
of state, or national security adviser or secretary of the treasury.
Nor do they want to."
William Blum in hsi book "Rogue
State"
"Just as the United States
trained Latin American military and police in methods of fighting
against "populism" in their countries, by this means
helping to produce a "favorable climate of investment"
by bringing into power National Security States, so a large, well-trained,
and ruthless police is needed in the home country as it pushes
a right-wing agenda that is contrary to the interests of a vast
majority."
Edward Herman, 2004
"The terrorism that was
committed in the country [El Salvador] was overwhelmingly governmental
terrorism, committed by the Salvadoran army, the National Guard,
and their death squads and affiliated agencies. They were responsible
for 95 percent of the deaths, the guerrillas for only five percent.
These were the same institutions that were the favorites of Washington
- receiving its indoctrination and training and profiting from
its largess. El Salvador received six billion dollars in aid from
Washington in the period 1979 to 1992. This subsidy to the tiny
country during the government repression and terrorism came to
average out at $100,000 for each member of its armed forces. This
subsidy allowed the government to pay for the terrorist activities
committed by the security forces."
Frederick H. Gareau in his book
"State Terrorism and United States"
"Nesting within the executive
is that most virulent purveyor of state power: the national security
state, an informal configuration of military and intelligence
agencies, of which the CIA is a key unit.
The president operates effectively as head of the national security
state as long as he stays within the parameters of its primary
dedication which is the maximization of power on behalf of corporate
interests and capitalist global hegemony."
Michael Parenti in his book "Against
Empire"
"As the imperial presidency
has accrued power, surrounding the imperial presidency has come
to be this group of institutions called the National Security
State. The CIA, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Office of the Secretary
of Defense, the other intelligence agencies. Now, these have grown
since the end of World War Two into this mammoth enterprise."
Andrew Bacevich, 2008
NATO (NORTH ATLANTIC
TREATY ORGANIZATION)
"Our strategy must now
refocus on precluding the emergence of any future global competitor...
Our first objective is to prevent the emergence of a new rival,
either on the territory of the former Soviet Union or elsewhere.
... The United States must account sufficiently for the interests
of the advanced industrial nations to discourage them from challenging
our leadership or seeking to overturn the established political
and economic order... We must maintain the mechanisms for deterring
potential competitors from even aspiring to a larger regional
or global role.
Therefore it is of fundamental importance to preserve NATO as
the primary channel for U.S. influence."
US Defense Planning Guidance, 1994-99
"The U.S.-NATO-Israel axis
constitutes the most powerful military alliance in world history.
America's allies are the NATO member states, NATO associate member
States and partners under the Istanbul Initiative (including Israel),
the Mediterranean Dialogue, the Partnership for Peace, and various
other bilateral agreements (New Zealand, Australia, Colombia,
Mongolia, Singapore). All in all, the U.S.-NATO-Israel military
axis includes more than fifty countries."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"You make yourself ridiculous
by thinking you can do anything. The world is divided in two.
There are the communists on that side and on this side the free
world. The Russians and the Americans, no one else. What are we.
Americans. Behind me there is the government, behind the government
is NATO, behind NATO is the U.S. You can't fight us, we are Americans."
inspector Basil Lambrou, speaking
to prisoners before torturing them, during the US-supported Greek
dictatorship in the 1960s
"The Clinton administration
is revamping NATO and redefining its mission in order to make
it an instrument of American world engagement as peacekeeper,
peacemaker, and policeman."
William Pfaff, 1999
"The U.S.-NATO destruction
of Yugoslavia established a precedent for military attack, cloaked
in the disguise of democracy and human rights, against any sovereign
country that might have the temerity to stand up to the encroachment
of TNCs."
Social Justice magazine, 2000
"I didn't know the North
Atlantic extended to Afghanistan. And the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization (NATO) is being turned into the French Foreign Legion
for the White House."
Tony Benn, former member of British
Partliament
"Israel is expected to
eventually join the European Union. The E.U.'s enlargement is
tied into the process of NATO expansion. Israel and the E.U. will
both manage, from an economic and political standpoint, the western
outer periphery of the "Arc of Instability" under the
framework of a Mediterranean Union.
The Mediterranean Union is tied to "energy security."
It is a process towards the economic domination of the Mediterranean
by the European Union.The balkanization of Lebanon and Syria serve
the interests of Western energy corporations, amongst a host of
other interests. The envisioned redrawn borders for the Middle
East that are tied to the Mediterranean Union and the Project
for the "New Middle East" are designed to secure energy
corridors, "pacify" the region's population, and ultimately
set the stage for the economic colonization of the new weaker
states.
Israeli security concerns through the Yinon Plan would be integrated
into the equation, but only because of the regional security role
Tel Aviv serves for the U.S. and the European Union.
This process of dividing and economically absorbing is similar
to the pattern imposed in the former Yugoslavia by the Franco-German
entente and the Anglo-American alliance through the E.U. and NATO.
Brute force is being used as the muscle behind neo-liberal economic
policies. NATO is playing a major role in enforcing the establishment
of the Mediterranean Union and the creation of the "New Middle
East.""
Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya, 2008
"The wars in Yugoslavia
throughout the 1990s served as a justification for the continued
existence of NATO in the world, and to expand American imperial
interests in Eastern Europe.
... The war [Yugoslavia]-1990s] created a raison d'être
for the continued existence of NATO in a post-Cold War world,
as it desperately tried to justify its continued existence and
desire for expansion."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2009
"A close look at the map of
Eurasia began to suggest what was at stake for Washington in Eurasia.
The goal was not only the strategic encirclement of Russia through
a series of NATO bases... All of this had the overarching goal
of enabling NATO to control energy routes and networks between
Russia and the EU."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"The U.S.-NATO military
agenda serves to endorse a powerful business elite which relentlessly
overshadows and undermines the functions of civilian government."
Michel Chossudovsky and Andrew
Gavin Marshall in the book "The Global Economic Crisis"
"[The] North Atlantic Treaty
Organization (NATO) and affilated and allied military blocs [are
expandng] into and throughout Europe, the Mediterranean, the Caucasus,
Central and South Asia, East Asia and the Pacific, Africa, the
so-called Greater Middle East and beyond.
NATO is the first attempt in history to establish an aggressive
global military formation, one which currently includes a third
of the nations of the world either as members or partners, has
members and partners on five continents and has conducted active
operations on four, with the potential to expand its reach into
the remaining two where it has not yet officially intruded itself."
Rick Rozoff
"The main heroin supply
routes from the NATO-dominated Afghanistan [are a] land heroin
route through Turkey, Bulgaria, Kosovo or Bosnia, [and a] maritime
heroin route via Mediterranean trade lines to the island of Corsica.
... How many tons of heroin were intercepted on merchant vessels
in Mediterranean during more than ten years of the operation Active
Endeavour? ... Not a single gram... In 2003-2009 155 merchant
vessels were boarded and checked by NATO inspection teams. They
did not find anything.
... Why is NATO is wasting stupendous resources on a purposeless
operation [Operation Active Endeavor]? The answer is evident:
both NATO's International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) and
Active Endeavour are perfectly complying with their real mission:
to ensure total control over production, transportation and distribution
of illegal drugs."
www.voltairenet.org/, April1 ,
2012
"The drug activities of
the US - and the US-led NATO - are tightly linked with the NATO
expansion and the creation of US military bases in the protectorates
established along the drug-trafficking and pipeline routes."
by Elena Ponomareva
NEOCONSERVATIVES
"At the turn of the millennium,
the neocon faction was searching for new opportunities for conflict
and violence. When those opportunities arrived, the neocons rejoiced
and rushed into their favorite enterprise of sending other people's
children into useless wars."
Corey Robin, assistant professor
of political science at Brooklyn College in the City University
of New York
"I think the level of casualties
is secondary. All the great scholars who have studied American
character have come to the conclusion that we are a warlike people
and that we love war. What we hate is not casualties but losing."
Michael Ledeen, American Enterprise
Institute, 2003
"If we come to Baghdad,
Damascus and Tehran as liberators, we can expect overwhelming
popular support."
Michael Ledeen, American Enterprise
Institute, 2003
"Support the overthrow
of the terrorist mullahs of Iran. End the terrorist regime of
Syria. Regard Saudi Arabia and France not as friends but as rivals-maybe
enemies. Withdraw support from the United Nations if it does not
reform. Tighten immigration at home. Radically reorganize the
CIA and FBI. Squeeze China and blockade North Korea to press that
member of the axis of evil to abandon its nuclear program. Abandon
the illusion that a Palestinian state will contribute in any important
way to U.S. security."
David Frum and Richard Perle in
their book "An End to Evil: How to Win the War on Terror"
"Every ten years or so, the United
States needs to pick up some crappy little country and throw it
against the wall, just to show the world we mean business."
neoconservative Michael Ledeen
"This is total war. We
are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them out
there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan,
then we will do Iraq, then we take a look around and see how things
stand. This is entirely the wrong way to go about it... If we
just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely,
and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just
wage a total war . . . our children will sing great songs about
us years from now."
neoconservative Richard Perle
"Empirical studies reveal
that authoritarians are frequently enemies of freedom, antidemocratic,
anti-equality, highly prejudiced, mean-spirited, power hungry,
Machiavellian, and amoral. They are also often conservatives without
conscience.
The factor that makes rightwingers faster than most people to
attack others, and that seems to keep them living in an "attack
mode," is their remarkable self-righteousness. They are so
sure they are not only right, but holy and pure, that they are
bursting with indignation and a desire to smite down their enemies."
John Dean in his book "Conservatives
Without Conscience"
NEOLIBERAL ECONOMICS
market fundamentalism, privatization,
austerity, structural adjustment
"Neo-liberal globalization
has failed to deliver on all fronts of economic life - growth,
equality and stability. Despite this, we are constantly told how
neo-liberal globalization has brought unprecedented benefits.
... Growth failure has been particularly noticeable in Latin America
and Africa, where neo-liberal programmes were implemented more
thoroughly than in Asia. In the 1960s and the 1970s, per capita
income in Latin America was growing at 3.1% per year, slightly
faster than the developing country average... Since the 1980s,
however, when the continent embraced neo-liberalism, Latin America
has been growing at less than one-third of the rate of the 1960s-1970s.
... As for Africa, its per capita income grew relatively slowly
even in the 1960s and the 1970s (1-2% a year). But since the 1980s,
the region has seen a fall in living standards. This record is
a damning indictment of the neoliberal orthodoxy, because most
of the African economies have been practically run by the IMF
and the World Bank over the past quarter of a century.
... As a result of neo-liberal policies, income inequality has
increased in most countries ... but growth has actually slowed
down significantly."
Ha-Joon Chang in his book "Bad
Samaritans: The Myth of Free Trade and the Secret History of Capitalism"
"The U.S. presides over
a reconstituted Empire, made possible by its controlling presence
in world production and finance, its vast military power, its
leading role in the spread of information technology, and its
capacity to disseminate the neoliberal "American model"
with its emphasis on privatization, deregulation, technology,
and consumerism. Using that awesome leverage, the U.S. reasserts
its dominion over weaker (i.e., virtually all) nations, over international
structures, and of course over nature as it pursues its mania
for growth and profits."
Carl Boggs in the book "Masters
of War"
"The newly "installed"
Macapagal Arroyo quickly instituted a neo-liberal program of privatizations,
drastic cuts for public education and public hospitals, and onerous
value-added taxes that impacted the poor and lower middle-class.
By 2005 the Philippine total external and internal debt ballooned
to over $100 billion dollars and yearly debt servicing exceeded
30 percent of the budget. Even 8 million overseas Filipino workers
(including a significant section of the educated professionals)
sending home $12.5 billion of remittances in 2005 could not begin
to cover debt servicing. The Philippines bears the dubious distinction
of being the only country in Asia to have seen a drop in per capita
GDP during and since the heady years of the "Asian Tiger"
boom."
James Petras and Robin Eastman-Abaya
in an araticle "Philippines: The Killing Fields of Asia"
"The state is being taken
over by the banks, the state is being privatized."
Michel Chossudovsky
"The new privatization
movement is an explicit effort to turn public resources, services,
and functions - for centuries operated by governments - over to
corporations.
... The new privatization would redistribute not only wealth but
public authority as well. The powers to educate, jail, rehabilitate,
heal, care for the poor, and manage nature itself are all being
turned over to corporations. And as these functions are sold off,
government itself is transformed, if not dismantled, into a creature
of private enterprise."
Charles Derber in his book "Corporation
Nation"
"The erosion of water rights
is now a global phenomenon. Since the early 1990s, ambitious,
World Bank-driven privatization programs have emerged in Argentina,
Chile, Mexico, Malaysia, and Nigeria. The Bank has also introduced
privatization of water systems in India. In Chile, it has imposed
a loan condition to guarantee a 33 percent profit margin to [a]
French company."
Vandana Shiva in her book "Water
Wars"
"Privatization has made
matters so much worse that in many countries today privatization
is jokingly referred to as "briberization'."
Joseph Stiglitz in his book "Globalization
and Discontents"
"Just about every part
of the neoliberal package is anti-democratic. The big pressure
of the last 10 years or so is about privatization of services.
What are services? Well, services are anything that human beings
could be interested in. Education, health, water, whatever. Well,
if you privatize services, that is, put them in the hands of totalitarian
institutions that are unaccountable to the public, then you can
have a democracy and it won't have any decisions to make. Because
they've all been taken out of its hands."
Noam Chomsky
"We are in the process
of seeing the corporatization of our highways, the corporatization
of our water systems, and still people on our side use the word
"privatization." They use the word "white-collar
crime," instead of using the word "corporate crime."
They use the word "private sector" instead of "corporate
sector.""
Ralph Nader, 2007
"The only thing left that
hasn't already been privatized and outsourced is -- and this is
pre-Bush administration -- is the army, is the police, are the
fire departments. And these core state functions are really seen
as the last great privatization free-for-all. It's already entered
healthcare. It's already entered water. It's already entered electricity,
the media. So this is the last frontier."
Naomi Klein author of the book
"Shock Doctrine" , 2007
"Colonialism left a mixed
legacy in the developing world... In some regions, such as Africa,
the exploitation - the extraction of natural resources and the
rape of the environment was obvious. Elsewhere it was more subtle.
In many parts of the world, global institutions such as the International
Monetary Fund and the World Bank came to be seen as instruments
of post-colonial control. These institutions pushed market fundamentalism
("neoliberalism," it was often called), a notion idealized
by Americans as "free and unfettered markets." They
pressed for financial-sector deregulation, privatization, and
trade liberalization.
The World Bank and the I.M.F. said they were doing all this for
the benefit of the developing world. They were backed up by teams
of free-market economists, many from that cathedral of free-market
economics, the University of Chicago. In the end, the programs
of "the Chicago boys" didn't bring the promised results.
Incomes stagnated. Where there was growth, the wealth went to
those at the top...
Not surprisingly, people in developing countries became less and
less convinced that Western help was motivated by altruism. They
suspected that the free-market rhetoric-"the Washington consensus,"
as it is known in shorthand - was just a cover for the old commercial
interests. Suspicions were reinforced by the West's own hypocrisy.
Europe and America didn't open up their own markets to the agricultural
produce of the Third World, which was often all these poor countries
had to offer. They forced developing countries to eliminate subsidies
aimed at creating new industries, even as they provided massive
subsidies to their own farmers.
Free-market ideology turned out to be an excuse for new forms
of exploitation. "Privatization" meant that foreigners
could buy mines and oil fields in developing countries at low
prices. It meant they could reap large profits from monopolies
and quasi-monopolies, such as in telecommunications. "Liberalization"
meant that they could get high returns on their loans - and when
loans went bad, the I.M.F. forced the socialization of the losses,
meaning that the screws were put on entire populations to pay
the banks back. It meant, too, that foreign firms could wipe out
nascent industries, suppressing the development of entrepreneurial
talent. While capital flowed freely, labor did not."
Joseph E. Stiglitz, 2009
"Neoliberal measures were
enacted a generation ago-after the long postWorld War Two
boom and the onset of crisis in the 1970s-to restore capitalist
profitability. Those policies involved something called supply-side
economics, which included tax cuts for the rich, economic deregulation
and privatization, cuts in social welfare, union-busting, and
wage-cutting. These policies led to a tremendous buildup of debt.
Monetarism subsumed fiscal policy, and cheap credit came to be
seen as the solution to economic downturns. These policies have
now produced an economic disaster-first for working people, but
now for the capitalist system itself."
Joel Geier, 2008
"The entire thirty-year
history of he Chicago School experiment has been one of mass corruption
and corporatist collusion between security states and large corporations,
from Chile's piranhas, to Argentina's crony privatizations, to
Russia's oligarchs, to Enron's energy shell game, to Iraq's "free
fraud zone." The point of shock therapy is to open up a window
for enormous profits to be made very quickly - not despite the
lawlessness but precisely because of it."
Naomi Klein in her book "The
Shock Doctrine:The Rise of Disaster Capitalism"
NEW WORLD ORDER
"We are on the verge of
global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and
the nations will accept the New World Order."
David Rockefeller's statement to
the United Nations Business Council, 1994
"The World Order program
for the future, as drawn up by the foundations, is as follows
: Small
wars from 1985 to 1990. Global war from 1990-2000. The gradual
annihilation of the populations of the United States, Canada and
Western Europe. The reduction of world population from the present
4.85 billion to 1 billion, the number it had attained in 1800,
solving the disastrous pollution of air and water and the exhaustion
of natural resources."
Eustace Mullins, "The World
Order", 1985
"The global financial elite
of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making the
plans [for a one world government]. The real name of the game
is 1984. We will have systematic population reduction, forced
sterilization or anything else which the planners deem necessary
to establish absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But
to enforce these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government.
You can't do this if individual nations have sovereignty. And
before you can facilitate the Great Merger, you must first centralize
control within each nation, destroy the local police and remove
the guns from the hands of the citizenry. You must replace our
once free Constitutional Republic with an all-powerful central
government."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"Ever since the days of
Henry Ford, the Economic Elite have needed a thriving US middle
class to increase growth and profits, but now, in the global economy,
they view the US middle class as obsolete. They increasingly look
globally for profits and they would rather pay cheap labor in
countries like China and India."
David DeGraw
"All countries are basically
social arrangements, accommodations to changing circumstances.
No matter how permanent and even sacred they may seem at any one
time, in fact they are all artificial and temporary. Through the
ages, there has been an overall trend toward larger units claiming
sovereignty and, paradoxically, a gradual diminution of how much
true sovereignty any one country actually has... Nationhood as
we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single,
global authority."
Strobe Talbott, Deputy Secretary
of State in the Clinton administration
"The drive of the Rockefellers
and their allies is to create a one-world government combining
super capitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under
their control. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced
there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old
in planning, and incredibly evil in intent."
Congressman Lawrence] P. McDonald,
1976
[He was killed in the Korean Airlines 747 that was shot down by
Soviets]
"The New World Order is
a world that has supranational authority to regulate the world
commerce and industry.; an international organization that would
control the production and consumption of oil; an international
currency that would replace the dollar; a World Development Fund
that would make funds available to free and Communist nations
alike; and an international police force to enforce the edicts
of the New World Order."
former German Chancellor Willy
Brandt
"The present world order
serves the needs of the United States an its allies, which constructed
it."
Robert Kagan, 1997
"The Rockefellers learned
nearly a century ago that there are two standard ways for one
of their companies to absorb another corporation. If the firm
to be acquired is much smaller, a "takeover" is the
simplest procedure. But if the competitor is more your equal,
a "merger" must be arranged.
... Recognizing this political fact of life the master planners
devised the strategy of a merger - a Great Merger- among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States
becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must
at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners
in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly
equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed;
use American money and know-how to build up your competitors,
while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise
to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt
the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might,
and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence
level of the socialized nations of the world.
Only a fascist-socialist dictatorship would have the power to
accomplish such a "redistribution." Notice that the
plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed
countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs
coming up.
You may be assured, however, that the Rockefellers and their allies
are not talking about reducing their own quality of life. It is
your standard of living which must be sacrificed on the altar
of the New World Order.
The Rockefeller game plan is to use population, energy, food,
and financial controls as a method of people control which will
lead, steadily and deliberately, into the Great Merger."
Gary Allen in his book "The
Rockefeller File"
"Under the New World Order,
the demarcation between "organized capital" and "organized
crime" is blurred. The restructuring of global trade and
finance tends to favor the concurrent "globalization"
of the criminal economy, which is intricately tied into the corporate
establishment. In turn, the state apparatus is criminalized."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book " America's War on Terrorism"
"People, governments and
economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational
banks and corporations."
Zbigniew Brzezinski, in his book
"Technotronic Era"
"Some dilution or leveling
off of the sovereignty system as it prevails in the world today
must take place to the immediate disadvantage of those nations
which now possess the preponderance of power... The establishment
of a common money... would deprive our government of exclusive
control over a national money... The United States must be prepared
to make sacrifices afterward in setting up a world politico-economic
order which would level off inequalities of economic opportunity
with respect to nations."
John Foster Dulles, 1939
"A threat confronts liberal
democracy. More directly linked to the impact of technology, it
involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled and directed
society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim
to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific
know-how. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal
values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political
ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public
behavior and keeping society under close surveillance and control.
Persisting social crisis, the emergence of a charismatic personality,
and the exploitation of mass media to obtain public confidence
would be the steppingstones in the piecemeal transformation of
the United States into a highly controlled society.
Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1970
book "Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic
Era"
"We are fast moving towards
a totalitarian system in which the institutions of war, police
repression and economic policy interface with one another... The
corporate media is an instrument of this totalitarian system."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The [global financial]
elites who wish to set up their world dictatorship recognize their
main enemy to be the great middle class of the United States,
which, being made up of individuals who have acquired a little
education, property, and independence, will fight strenuously
to keep them. The strategy of the elites is to squeeze the middle
class to death by creating or exacerbating the major problems
facing the society, including class warfare, crime, education,
moral decay, etc., and then creating in response spurious governmental
programs to "cure" the problems that they just created."
W. Cleon Skousen in his book "The
Naked Capitalist", 1970 - a review of Carroll Quigley's 1966
book "Tragedy and Hope"
"In the US, Canada and
Great Britain, and also in most countries of the European Union,
the legal fabric of society has been overhauled. Based on the
repeal of the Rule of Law, the foundations of an authoritarian
state apparatus have emerged with little or no organized opposition
from the mainstay of civil society."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The technetronic era involves
the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society
would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values.
Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance
over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing
even the most personal information about the citizen. These files
will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities."
Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1970
book "Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic
Era"
"The World Trade Organization
is the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the United
Nations and the International Monetary Fund."
A description of the WTO in a full-page
ad in the New York Times
"The name of the game is
the creation of world banks, regional currencies, multinational
trusts, giant foundations, land expropriations, and massive transfers
of natural resources - the cartelization of the world's natural
resources - which will ultimately evolve into transfers of national
sovereignty."
Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders
in their book "The Greening: The Environmentalists' Drive
for Global Power"
"The rules of big business:
Get a monopoly; let Society work for you. So long as we see all
international revolutionaries and all international capitalists
as implacable enemies of one another, then we miss a crucial point....a
partnership between international monopoly capitalism and international
revolutionary socialism is for their mutual benefit."
Frederick C. Howe, in his book
"Confessions of a Monopolis", 1906
"Behind the veil of legitimacy
and humanitarian concerns can be found the same powerful people
and organizations such as the Open Society Institute of George
Soros, the Ford Foundation, the United States Institute of Peace,
the National Endowment for Democracy and many more, financing
and using a maze of well known NGO's such as Human Rights Watch,
Amnesty International, the International Crisis Group, etc., as
well as more obscure entities.
With the help of these various groups it is possible not only
to shape but to create the news, the agenda and public opinion
to further aims which are, in short, the control of the world,
its natural resources and the furtherance of the uniform ideal
of a perfect world polity made in America."
Gilles d'Aymery, 2001
"The middle class is targeted
for elimination because most of the world has no middle class,
and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, this
would require industrialization and development in places such
as Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America, and would
represent a massive threat to the Superclass, as it would be a
valve through which much of their wealth and power would escape
them. Their goal is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational
middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle
class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented
class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The standard of living
of the average American has to decline .... I don't think you
can escape that."
former Federal Reserve Chairman
Paul Volcker, 1979
"Whatever remaining wealth
the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated [by
the economic crisis] and as the crisis progresses, the middle
classes of the world will suffer, while a great percentage of
lower classes of the world, poverty-stricken even prior to the
crisis, will suffer the greatest, most probably leading to a massive
reduction in population levels, particularly in the "underdeveloped"
or "Third World" states."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The Western military and
security apparatus endorses and supports dominant economic and
financial interests - i.e. the build-up, as well as the exercise,
of military might enforces "free trade... NATO coordinates
its military operations with the World Bank and the IMF's policy
interventions, and vice versa. Consistently, the security and
defense bodies of the Western military alliance, together with
the various civilian governmental and intergovernmental bureaucracies
(e.g. IMF, World Bank, WTO) share a common understanding, ideological
consensus and commitment to the New World Order."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order"
"The British Empire was
built by colonizing other countries, seizing their natural resources,
and shipping them to England to feed the British industrialists'
factories. In the wake of the "red coats" invasions,
local cultures were often trampled and replaced by a "more
progressive" British way of life.
The Wall Street-dominated NWO Empire is being built by colonizing
other countries with foreign loans or investments. When the fish
is firmly on the hook, the NWO financial terrorists pull the plug,
leaving the unsuspecting victim high and dry. And begging to be
rescued. In comes the International Monetary Fund (IMF). Its bailout
recipes - privatization, trade liberalization and other austerity
reforms - amount to seizing the target countries' natural and
other resources, and turning them over to the NWO elites just
as surely as the British Empire did by using cruder methods."
Bob Djurdjevic writing in the paleoconservative
journal Chronicles, 1998
"We have before us the
opportunity to forge for ourselves and for future generations
a New World Order. A world where the rule of law, not the law
of the jungle, governs the conduct of nations. When we are successful,
and we will be, we have a real chance at this New World Order.
An order in which a credible United Nations can use its peace-keeping
role to fulfil the promise and vision of the UN's founders."
President George H. Bush, 1990
"The warfare being waged
by the members of the World Order against the peoples and institutions
of every nation has now reached the point of critical mass. Their
determination to gradually weaken and destroy all the institutions
of all societies, governments, and religions, in order to wreak
their will on the helpless peoples of the world, is meeting more
and more opposition. At the same time, because of the common goals
and close interlocking of its principal agents, the foundations,
the members of the World Order incur increasing danger of being
recognized and exposed. The parasite must maintain his disguise,
if he is to carry out his mission."
Eustace Mullins, "The World
Order", 1985
"All the New World Order
is, is powerful offshore corporations and banks that combine forces
to bring in tyranny on a society-wide basis. All the New World
Order is, is private corporations paying off your government to
sign treaties with them, granting them government power to create
monopolies and cartels, to control the free market and society."
Alex Jones, 2010
NEW YORK TIMES
(Washington Post, Wall Street
Journal)
"[I] never saw a foreign
intervention that the [New York] Times did not support, never
saw a fare increase or a rent increase or a utility rate increase
that it did not endorse, never saw it take the side of labor in
a strike or lockout, or advocate a raise for underpaid workers.
And don't let me get started on universal health care and Social
Security. So why do people think the Times is liberal?"
veteran New York Times reporter
John Hess
"The New York Times is
the house organ of the Establishment. It is committed, both editorially
and in its presentation of the news, to the interests of an Establishment:
continuity, security and legitimacy. Therefore they generally
support business and finance, the American version of empire,
the government and the president, until, and unless, some excess
is so egregious that it poses a threat to continuity, security
or legitimacy."
Larry Beinhart
"The CIA's most important
print media asset has been the New York Times, which provided
press credentials and cover for more than a dozen CIA operatives
during the Cold War."
Martin A. Lee and Norman Solomon
in their book "Unreliable Sources"
"More than any other publications,
the Washington Post and the New York Times exert tremendous impact
on American political life. Every day these newspapers contain
more comprehensive coverage than any other U.S. media. While enjoying
reputations for hard-hitting journalism, both papers are integral
to the prevailing political power structure."
Martin A. Lee and Norman Solomon
in their book "Unreliable Sources"
"The limitations of professional
journalism, the influence of owners, the linkages of media institutions
to the power structure of society, and the internalized presuppositions,
have led to what can only be characterized as a palpable double
standard in coverage of the U.S. role in the world.
... The U.S. news media, including our most respected newspapers
like the New York Times, turn a blind eye to U.S. violations of
core international law, having no qualms about playing up the
violations of adversaries. It would be nearly impossible for the
coverage to be more unprincipled."
John Nichols and Robert W. McChesney
in their book "Tragedy & Farce"
"[The] New York Times}
should be called 'American Officials Say'. Then you can just scrap
all the reporting and have the Pentagon talking directly."
Robert Fisk, 2006
"The Washington Post is
the court circular. What has the emperor done today?"
Gore Vidal, 2006
"New York Times columnist
Tom Friedman parrots the propaganda of Big Money, using his column
to legitimize some of the worst, most working-class-persecuting
policies this country has seen in the last century... Friedman's
perspective comes from the bubble he lives in ... he feels totally
at ease shilling for Big Money and attacking workers because from
the comfortable confines of the Washington suburbs he lives in
and the elite cocktail parties he attends, what Friedman says
seems mainstream to him."
Dave Sirota, 2006
"The New York Times is the
closest thing in the country to an official ministry of information
and propaganda that's leading the way for all the others. It functions
to serve the interests of wealth and power."
Noam Chomsky
"The New York Times owes
its long-term success, economic and otherwise, to being close
to the government, to being sort of the semiofficial government
newspaper and giving the administration line to the public fairly
unfiltered."
Rick Macarthur, 2007
"The New York Times' primary
mission is to be the lead instrument of state propaganda making
it the closest thing we have in the country to an official ministry
of information and propaganda.
The New York Times always plays the lead media role keeping the
world safe for wealth and power."
Stephen Lendman,, 2007
"Go through the New York
Times on any day, and check the sources of the main political
stories-domestic and foreign - you'll find they're dominated by
government and other established interests."
John Pilger, 2007
"We are grateful to the
Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine, and other
great publications whose directors have attended our meetings
and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years.
It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the
world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during
those years."
David Rockefeller to the Council
on Foreign Relations. June 1991
"William Kristol and Thomas
Friedman, have been rewarded for their treachery to America by
the New York Times, which pays these men, who have never been
right about anything, to pontificate from columns on its pages."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2008
"Americans had to turn
to the "alternative" media to gain any real perspective
on the War Party's outrageously obvious lies about Iraq, which
were being repeated on the front page of the New York Times and
taken as gospel truth by the arbiters of the conventional wisdom."
Justin Raimondo, 2008
"It is a fact that most
editors and newsmen on the staffs of Life, Look, Time, Newsweek,
etc., and most editors, reporters, and commentators at NBC, CBS,
and ABC take their news and editorial cues from the New York Times.
Technically, it is a great newspaper; but it reports much of the
news in conformity with its editorial policies."
Alice Widener, columnist for Barron's
"A problem that has been
facing American mainstream journalism for a long time has mainly
to do with access. They want to get their calls returned by the
big guys at Goldman Sachs. So they develop a relationship in which
the journalists themselves become insiders. Too often, consequently,
they do little else than rewrite the press releases they are handed.
This has cost America a lot. Mainstream journalists of The New
York Times and elsewhere were complicit insiders both in the lead-up
to the Iraq war and in the lead-up to the financial meltdown."
Arianna Huffington, 2009
"Thomas Friedman ... utilized
his position as a columnist for the most influential newspaper
in the United States [New York Times] to promote baseless claims
that Iraq constituted a threat to the United States and to legitimize
military attacks against that country. He functioned as a dishonest
and cynical propagandist for war, and bears no small degree of
moral responsibility for the carnage that has followed the invasion
of March 2003."
David North, 2005
"Even at its best The New
York Times never really breaks the mold by bringing in someone
who rejects the entire American imperial and interventionist enterprise."
Philip Giraldi, 2009
"The New York Times and
the Washington Post are decidedly sliding into the neocon camp,
where the likes of the Wall Street Journal have long resided.
For the Post, this may already be an old story, given its enthusiastic
cheerleading for the Iraq War. The Times, however, was a somewhat
different story.
... That is now changing as the [New York] Times - behind executive
editor Bill Keller and editorial page editor Andrew Rosenthal
- tosses aside all pretense of objectivity in the cause of seeking
"regime change" in Iran, today's top priority for the
neoconservatives.
... Not only in the New York Times opinion section but in its
news columns ... Iran's alleged interest in acquiring a nuclear
weapon is trumpeted incessantly (despite its denial of such a
desire), while rogue nuclear states in the region (such as Israel,
Pakistan and India) are given a pass."
Robert Parry, 2010
"The New York Times is
a war-mongering newspaper because its government is an aggressive
imperial power that makes war on a continuing basis and the Times
is an establishment institution that reliably follows the party
line brought forth when the warfare state moves into action.
... Between January 1, 2003 and December 31, 2009, the New York
Times had 276 articles featuring Iran's nuclear program, 3 on
Israel's, a 92-1 ratio of attention. The intensity has been maintained,
and the "threat" has been featured both in the editorial
page and news articles. The leopard doesn't change its spots,
and the New York Times continues its long-standing role as a war-monger."
Edward Herman, 2010
"The CIA developed covert
relationships with about 50 American journalists or employees
of U.S. media organizations. According to one CIA operative, "You
could get a journalist cheaper than a good call girl, for a couple
hundred dollars a month." The agency arranged for the publication
of books to be read in America, and for at least one of these
works to be reviewed favorably in the New York Times."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "The
Road to 9/11"
"The story of an attempted
takeover of executive power in the United States [the plot to
overthrow Franklin Roosevelt] was suppressed, not only by parties
directly interested, but also by several institutions usually
regarded as protectors of constitutional liberty and freedom of
inquiry. Among the groups suppressing information were ... the
press, notably Time [magazine] and The New York Times... It is
also notable that no academic inquiry has been conducted into
what is surely one of the more ominous events in recent American
history."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and FDR"
"The neoconservative press
functions as propaganda ministry for hegemonic American empire,
and the "liberal" New York Times serves the same master...
Conservatives rant about the "liberal media" as if it
were a vast subversive force, but they owe their beloved wars
and coverups of the Bush regimes' crimes to the New York Times."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2010
"By far the most valuable
... associations, according to CIA officials have been with the
New York Times, CBS and Time Inc... Over the years, the [CBS]
network provided cover for CIA employees, including at least one
well-known foreign correspondent and several stringers... A high-level
CIA official with a prodigious memory says that the New York Times
provided cover for about ten CIA operatives between 1950 and 1966."
journalist Carl Bernstein in a
Rolling Stone article "The CIA and the Media", 1977
"The CIA's relationship
to the US media is amply documented. The New York Times continues
to entertain a close relationship not only with US intelligence,
but also with the Pentagon and more recently with the Department
of Homeland Security."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2010
NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS
(NGOs)
"NGOs are Washington's
means of interfering in the internal affairs of other countries,
such as funding and organizing "color revolutions" in
Georgia and Ukraine. The National Endowment for Democracy is a
principle funder of political opposition and protest groups in
countries with governments to which Washington is opposed. Despite
its original purpose, the National Endowment for Democracy has
been converted into an agent for US hegemony."
Paul Craig Roberts
"In every country, embassies
are used for spying. So, it would be dumb for a country to put
its real intelligence-gathering officers inside an embassy or
consulate or attaché', because that is the first place
a hosting nation is going to look for spies. So, the number one
place the United States and other countries place their intelligence-gathering
officers and informants is NGOs. In Russia, Central Asia, the
Caucasus, and elsewhere in the world, United States' NGOs - over
90% of them - are operations bases for the CIA."
Sibel Edmonds
"In 2000, in Belgrade,
Yugoslavia, several specific organizations were key players: the
National Endowment for Democracy and two of its offshoots, the
International Republican Institute, tied to the Republican party,
and the National Democratic Institute, tied to the Democrats.
While claiming to be private Non-Government Organizations (NGOs),
they were, in fact, financed by the US Congress and State Department.
Armed with millions in US taxpayer dollars, they were moved into
place to create a synthetic movement for 'non-violent change'."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance: Totalitarian Democracy in the New
World Order"
"In 1988, Washington had
sent in advisers to Yugoslavia from a curious, private, non-profit
organization with the high-sounding name, the National Endowment
for Democracy, or NED as it was known in Washington circles. That
'private' organization began handing out generous doses of dollars
in every corner of Yugoslavia, financing opposition groups, buying
up hungry young journalists with dreams of a new life, and financing
trade union opposition, pro-IMF opposition economists such as
the G-17, and human rights NGOs."
William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War: Anglo-American Oil Politics and the New World
Order"
"National Endowment for
Democracy (NED) was one of the few Western organizations, along
with the Soros Foundation and some European foundations, to make
grants in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, and to work with
local NGO's and independent media throughout the country. During
the cold war, such internal intervention in a foreign country
would have been labeled a CIA destabilization. In Washington newspeak,
it was called, 'the fostering of democracy.' The result, for the
living standard of Serbs, Kosovans, Bosnians, Croats and others,
was disastrous."
NED director Paul McCarthy, 1998
"The US ambassadors to
Latin American countries ... have practical experience in destabilizing
and subverting political regimes unfriendly to the US , launching
propaganda campaigns, and creating fifth columns in the form of
various NGOs."
Russian analyst Nil Nikandrov
"NGOs worldwide have total
turnover in excess of $1 trillion a year, making them a force
to be reckoned with... NGOs might evolve into among the most influential
institutions of the twenty-first century."
David Rothkopf in his book "Superclass:
The Global Power Elite and the World They Are Making"
"NGOs are like a fig leaf
that Western governments hide behind when they don't have -or
want - a diplomatic or political solution," one NGO coworker
told me. "In any conflict, any crisis, who goes in first?
Aid organizations of course, so the West can say 'look, we're
doing something,' even if they don't really want to solve the
real problems in the end."
Jenny Williams, worked with NGOs
in Africa - emailed John Perkins in September 2006
"The [human rights] movement's
deep uneasiness with all forms of radical and revolutionary social
change was already evident in 1961, when the newly founded Amnesty
international pronounced that no prisoners who advocated violence
could be considered prisoners of conscience: thus no revolutionaries-not
Nelson Mandela in South Africa, nor even the Berrigan brothers
(who had destroyed draft-board records) in the United States."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions: How the U.S. Government Co-opted Human Rights
"The U.S. Pentagon, working
covertly through the USAID under the Department of State, had
been diverting millions of dollars of USAID funds earmarked for
'gorilla conservation' in the Virunga National Park in eastern
Democratic Republic of Congo and using it instead to explore the
vast oil and mineral riches located in the same area.
... When skeptics investigated, they found that USAID money officially
paid to the Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund International and Conservation
lnternational, were being misused.
... The USAID was apparently covering up for the diversion of
US taxpayer dollars from gorilla conservation to minerals exploration
and providing arms to various organizations in Congo's Kivu.
... There was reason to believe that the USAID funds were being
merely laundered via the conservation NGOs to create a massive
arms buildup in the region."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"The International Planned
Parenthood Federation was founded in London, in the offices of
the British Eugenics Society.
... The Birth Control League had long trumpeted the need for eugenical
births -- fewer births for parents with "inferior" bloodines...
The Birth Control League ... chang[ed] its name to Planned Parenthood."
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"Haiti is called "the
Republic of NGOs," with over 10,000 operating (according
to World Bank estimates) for its nine million people, the highest
per capita presence worldwide in all sectors of activity and society,
many with sizable budgets. Yet their numbers beg the question.
With that abundant firepower, why is Haiti the poorest country
in the hemisphere, one of the poorest in the world."
Stephen Lendman, 2010
"Human Rights Watch (HRW),
and its close ally, the British Foreign Office's Amnesty International,
have established themselves as a tightly coordinated international
hit squad against nations which oppose free trade and globalization;
they package their attacks as campaigns against "human rights"
violations."
Executive Intelligence Review,
April 1997
"Human-rights interventionism
became a consensus among the 'foreign policy elite' even before
September 11, 2001. Human Rights Watch (HRW) itself is part of
that elite, which includes government departments, foundations,
NGO's and academics. It is certainly not an association of 'concerned
private citizens'. HRW board members include present and past
government employees, and overlapping directorates link it to
the major foreign policy lobbies in the US."
Paul Treanor
"Failing in its attempt
to pressure Sudan to break its ties with China, Washington turned
its human rights and other guns on Khartoum directly. They launched
a massive campaign to save Darfur.
... Washington and its NGOs ... charge[ed] Khartoum with genocide,
as a pretext for bringing UN/NATO troops into the oil fields of
Darfur and southern Sudan. Oil, not human misery, was behind Washington's
new interest in Darfur.
... US military objectives in Darfur - and the Horn of Africa
more widely - were being served by US and NATO backing for African
Union (AU) troops in Darfur."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"We should be wary of the
role of international NGOs. While many NGOs are trying to address
the crisis, the U.S. and other governments are funneling aid to
them in order to undermine Haitians' democratic right to self-determination.
The international NGOs are unaccountable to either the Haitian
state or Haitian population. So the aid funneled through them
further weakens what little hold Haitians have on their own society."
Ashley Smith
"[Human Rights Watch] HRW
has been an important contributor to human rights violations in
the former Yugoslavia. HRW helped stir up passions in the demonization
process from 1992 onward and actively and proudly contributed
to preparing the ground for NATO's 'supreme international crime'
in March 1999."
Edward S. Herman, David Peterson
and George Szamuely, 2007
"In most cases the NGOs
are not even membership organizations but a self appointed elite
which, under the pretence of being "resource people"
for popular movements, in fact, competes with and undermines them.
In this sense, NGOs undermine democracy by taking social programs
and public debate out of the hands of the local people and their
elected natural leaders and creating dependence on non-elected
overseas officials and their anointed local officials."
James Petras, 2001
"Through slick Madison
Avenue marketing techniques and careful study of genuine protest
movements, the US Government had perfected techniques for 'democratically'
getting rid of any opponent, while convincing the world they were
brought down by spontaneous outbursts for freedom.
The Serbian Otpor! revolution had been founded, guided and financed
covertly by the US Government via select NGOs."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"CARE in Haiti was a perversion
of American charitable ideals with its false claims to be aiding
the 'poorest of the poor' when what it was really doing was throwing
exquisite banquets at plush hotels while carrying out US political
policy in the interest of international venture capitalists and
industrialists."
Timothy Schwartz in his book "Travesty
in Haiti"
"Behind the veil of legitimacy
and humanitarian concerns can be found the same powerful people
and organizations such as the Open Society Institute of George
Soros, the Ford Foundation, the United States Institute of Peace,
the National Endowment for Democracy and many more, financing
and using a maze of well known NGO's such as Human Rights Watch,
Amnesty International, the International Crisis Group, etc., as
well as more obscure entities.
With the help of these various groups it is possible not only
to shape but to create the news, the agenda and public opinion
to further aims which are, in short, the control of the world,
its natural resources and the furtherance of the uniform ideal
of a perfect world polity made in America."
Gilles d'Aymery
"US policy towards China's
economic emergence across Asia, Africa and beyond, incorporated
unexpected weapons of war - 'Human Rights' and 'Democracy.' Atypical
as weapons of warfare, 'Democracy' and 'Human Rights' were a 21st
Century version of the 1840 Opium Wars.
... The main US targets in the new 'Opium War' against China,
euphemistically termed 'promotion of democracy,' were China's
vital sources of raw materials. Specifically, the US targeted
Myanmar, Sudan, and China itself - through the Dalai Lama organizations
in Tibet and the Falun Gong 'religious' sect inside China. To
accomplish their goal, the US clandestine intelligence services
turned to an arsenal of NGOs they had carefully built up, using
the battle cry of 'human rights violations' and weakening of 'democracy.'
... Countries to be targeted were singled out and repeatedly charged
- typically in a massive international media assault led by CNN
and BBC - as violators of 'human rights... It was a controlled
game in which US agencies, from the State Department to the intelligence
community, worked behind the facade of a handful of extremely
influential, allegedly 'neutral' and nonpartisan' NGOs... from
the National Endowment for Democracy to Human Rights Watch and
the Open Society Institutes.
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Full Spectrum Dominance"
"You can't talk about disaster
capitalism and then donate to the big NGOs. If you donate to the
Red Cross, for instance, some help will go to Haiti. At the same
time, you are also donating to a system which is not designed
to empower Haitians. So if you are progressive, if you want democracy
in Haiti, and if you have some faith in the Haitian people, you
should be looking for the groups most closely related to, and
working with, the grassroots organizations."
Robert Roth a teacher and long-time
Haiti solidarity activist, co-founded Haiti Action Committee in
1992
"Right wing [American]
ideologues and shell NGOs based out of Washington played a critical
role in the coup [in Honduras in 2009 ... and are hell bent on
stopping the growing populist movements throughout Latin America
from gaining more influence and power."
Bill Quigley and Laura Raymond
NUCLEAR WEAPONS
"The nuclear weapons' industry,
which includes the production of nuclear devices as well as the
missile delivery systems, etc., is controlled by a handful of
defense contractors with Lockheed Martin, General Dynamics, Northrop
Grumman, Raytheon and Boeing in the lead."
Michel Chossudovsky
"The Bush administration,
in a secret policy review... [had] ordered the Pentagon to draft
contingency plans for the use of nuclear weapons against at least
seven countries, naming not only Russia and the "axis of
evil" Iraq, Iran, and North Korea but also China, Libya and
Syria."
William Arkin, 2002
"Under the banner of nuclear
non-proliferation, the US [Obama] Administration's objective is
to gain a monopoly over the stocks as well as the production of
nuclear materials worldwide."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2012
"The US has supplied some
480 nuclear bombs to five non-nuclear NATO countries including
Belgium, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Turkey, and to one
nuclear country, the United Kingdom.
... Turkey, which is a partner of the US-led coalition against
Iran (along with Israel), possesses some 90 thermonuclear bunker
buster bombs at the Incirlik nuclear air base.
... Germany remains the most heavily nuclearized country with
three nuclear bases, and may store as
many as 150 bunker buster bombs... While Germany is not officially
a nuclear power, it produces nuclear warheads for the French Navy.
It stockpiles nuclear warheads and it has the capabilities of
delivering nuclear weapons."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2012
"Washington is forcing
Russia and China to spend resources on military preparedness that
the countries could better use in economic development and in
protecting the environment. It is my belief that Washington's
drive for world hegemony is driving the world toward nuclear war."
Paul Craig Roberts
OFFSHORE BANKING
"Rich individuals and their
families have as much as $32 trillion of hidden financial assets
in offshore tax havens."
Tax Justice Network, UK [based
on a 2012 study of data from the World Bank, the International
Monetary Fund and the United Nations]
"Offshore banking as a
whole is under the thumb of the Anglo-Dutch oligarchy.
The British pre-eminence makes the world picture of offshore banking
and dirty money more comprehensible. If the world offshore banking
sector appears to run as a single operation under British monarchy
control, that is because the same group of people who run it also
run the opium traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created
to handle."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"With very few exceptions,
offshore banking as a whole is under the thumb of the British
oligarchy."
from the book "DOPE, INC."
- Executive Intelligence Review, 1992
"Large amounts of money
transit through the banking system, from the banks to the hedge
funds, to offshore banking havens and back to the banks."
Michel Chossudovsky
"A study entitled "Crime
and Secrecy: The Use of Offshore Banks and Companies," issued
by the Permanent Investigations Subcommittee of the Senate in
1983 after two years of investigations. The investigators estimated
the illegal economy of the United States at up to 10% of reported
Gross National Product, or over $300 billion. The study reported
that London is the leading center worldwide for the concealment
of funds ... that two-fifths of all foreign banking activities
conducted out of Switzerland are performed with other offshore
centers."
from the book "DOPE, INC."
- Executive Intelligence Review, 1992
"Merrill Lynch, conservatively
estimates the wealth of private individuals managed through private
banking accounts in offshore tax havens at $ 3.3 trillion. The
IMF puts the offshore assets of corporations and individuals at
$ 5.5 trillion, a sum equivalent to 25 percent of total world
income. The largely ill-gotten loot of Third World elites in numbered
accounts was estimated in the 1990s at $ 600 billion, with one
third of that held in Switzerland."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order"
"Under U.S. law, banks
must report all cash deposits of $10,000 or more. Traffickers
have turned to high cash-turnover businesses - such as hotels,
casinos, restaurants, and sports events-to launder their money.
Since banks don't have to report deposits made by these businesses,
drug profits are simply mixed in with legal cash flows.
Cash is also frequently shipped out of the United States. Often
planes which fly cocaine into the U.S., fly back loaded with $20,
$50, and $100 bills. The bills can then either be deposited directly
in offshore banking centers - where no questions are asked - or
in remote bank branches in the drug-producing countries. These
funds are then wire-transferred out to the offshore banks, into
secret accounts where there is no government supervision."
from the book "DOPE, INC."
- Executive Intelligence Review, 1992
"Offshore banking [1960s]
marked a sea change in New York banking practice that would explode
in importance during the next three decades and beyond. Chase
Manhattan, Citibank and other major US money center banks were
to launder hundreds of billions of dollars of illicit hot money,
no questions asked, whether the funds originated from US-friendly
dictators like the Philippines' Ferdinand Marcos, Iran's Shah
Reza Pahlavi, Mexico's Rañl Salinas de Gortari, or Juárez
drug cartel money being transferred to Uruguay and Argentina,
or from countless other controversial and politically sensitive
transactions."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"The global banking cartel,
centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid
off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington].
In country after country, they have looted national economies
at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented
fashion the top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently
holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an
equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts."
David DeGraw, 2011
"A large share of the multibillion
dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking
system. Most of the large international banks together with their
affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts
of narco-dollars."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"More than half of world
trade passes, at least on paper, through tax havens. Over half
of all banking assets and a third of foreign direct investment
by multinational corporations, are routed offshore.' Some 85 per
cent of international banking and bond issuance takes place in
the so-called Euromarket, a stateless offshore zone. The IMF estimated
in 2010 that the balance sheets of small island financial centres
alone added up to $18 trillion - a sum equivalent to about a third
of the world's GDP. And that, it said, was probably an underestimate.
The US Government Accountability Office (GAO) reported in 2008
that 83 of the USA's biggest 100 corporations had subsidiaries
in tax havens... The Tax Justice Network discovered that ninety-nine
of Europe's hundred largest companies used offshore subsidiaries.
In each country, the largest user by far was a bank."
Nicholas Shaxson in his book "Treasure
Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World"
"The emergence of the US
as an offshore jurisdiction in its own right attracted vast financial
flows into the country boosting bankers' power even further. The
old alliance between Wall Street and the City of London, which
had collapsed after the Great Depression and the Second World
War, had been resurrected."
Nicholas Shaxson in his book "Treasure
Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World"
OIL
"After 1971, a White House
policy was initiated, under the effective control of Henry Kissinger,
to control the economies of the nations and to reduce their populations,
rather than to facilitate technology transfer and industrial growth.
The strategy was to force the price of the cartelized world oil
up by about a factor of four, recover the Arab oil receipts back
into the British and American central banks, and lend them to
the Third World to acquire control over those countries. To this
end, the Bilderberg group, containing the world's top financial
and political insiders, met privately in Saltsjoebaden, Sweden
in May 1973 to discuss how the coming flood of oil dollars was
to be handled.
... The great bulk of the petro-dollars were repatriated in purchasing
U.S. government debt and in deposit accounts in Chase Manhattan,
Citibank, et al. From there they were loaned to the Third World,
which could not otherwise buy the fuel they needed to survive,
whence many of those countries became enslaved to the bankers,
and forced to follow their edicts on how to run their countries.
F William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War"
reviewed in the book "How The World Really Works" by
Alan Jones
"Since the Bush-Cheney
Administration took office in January 2001, controlling the major
oil and natural gas fields of the world had been the primary,
though undeclared, priority of US foreign policy... Not only the
invasion of Iraq, but also the toppling of the Taliban in Afghanistan,
had nothing to do with 'democracy,' and everything to do with
pipeline control across Central Asia and the militarization of
the Middle East."
F. William Engdahl
"The dollar's current strength
is supported by the requirement of the Organization of the Petroleum
Exporting Countries (OPEC), secured originally by a secret agreement
between the United States and Saudi Arabia, that all OPEC oil
sales be denominated in dollars."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "The
Road to 9/11"
"Everyone knows: the Iraq
war is largely about oil."
Alan Greenspan, former chairman
of the Federal Reserve, 2008
"We must never make it
appear as if we went into Iraq for its oil."
Republican Arizona Senator Jon
Kyl
"The United States handled
the quadrupling of oil prices in the 1970s by arranging, by means
of secret agreements with the Saudis, to recycle petrodollars
back into the U.S. economy. The first of these deals assured a
special and ongoing Saudi stake in the health of the U.S. dollar;
the second secured continuing Saudi support for the pricing of
all OPEC oil in dollars. These two deals assured that the U.S.
economy would not be impoverished by OPEC oil price hikes. The
heaviest burdens would be borne instead by the economies of less
developed countries."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"One of the verboten topics
is oil. Do you notice how it is almost never mentioned in the
press as a real reason we went into Iraq. When is the last time
you heard any major media outlet talking about it? Was there ever
a magazine cover that asked -- Was it About the Oil? Can you imagine
Wolf Blitzer asking this question of a government official?
... Do Americans realize that the rest of the world, is absolutely
convinced we went in for the oil?
Cenk Uygur, 2008
"We had virtually no economic
options with Iraq, because the country floats on a sea of oil."
Paul Wolfowitz, 2008
"Only in an America dumbed
down by constant propaganda about our innate moral superiority
will anyone any longer believe that we didn't invade Iraq for
the oil."
Robert Scheer, 2008
"In Colombia, we are fighting
a war (supposedly on drugs but in fact financed in part by drugs)
with a drug proxy - the corrupt Colombian army and its even more
corrupt paramilitary auxiliaries. In 2001 Colombian government
sources estimated that 40 percent of Colombian cocaine exports
were controlled by rightwing paramilitary warlords and their trafficking
allies. Meanwhile the amount controlled by the Revolutionary Armed
Forces of Colombia (FARC), the target of the U.S. "war on
drugs," was estimated by the Colombian government to be 2.5
percent."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"The United States is not
interested in the oil in that region from Iraq. That's just utter
nonsense."
Donald Rumsfeld, US. Secretary
of Defense, interview with Al Jazeera TV, February 25, 2003
"We're there in Iraq because
that part of the world controls the world supply of oil, and whoever
controls the supply of oil would have a stranglehold on the American
economy and indeed on the world economy."
Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney,
1990
"Regardless of whether
we say so publicly, we will go to war, because Saddam sits at
the center of a region with more than 60 percent of all the world's
oil reserves."
Anthony H. Cordesman, senior analyst
at Washington's Center for Strategic and International Studies
"After U.S. troops captured
Baghdad in April 2003, they were ordered to protect the Oil Ministry
even as looters ransacked priceless antiquities from Iraq's national
museums and stole explosives from unguarded military arsenals."
Jason Leopold, Global Research,
2009
"The US-led war in the
broader Middle East Central Asian region consists in gaining control
over more than sixty percent of the world's reserves of oil and
natural gas. The Anglo-American oil giants also seek to gain control
over oil and gas pipeline routes out of the region. Muslim countries
including Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Iran, Kuwait, the United Arab Emirates,
Qatar, Yemen, Libya, Nigeria, Algeria, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan,
Malaysia, Indonesia, Brunei, possess between 66.2 and 75.9 percent
of total oil reserves."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2012
"Right after World War
II ... the United States moved to dominate a global system for
the production and distribution of oil. Starting with the Truman
Doctrine in 1946, U.S. geostrategic thinking was oil based. What
began as a strategy for containment of the Soviet Union has become
more and more nakedly a determination to control the oil resources
of the world. This pursuit has progressively deformed the domestic
U.S. economy, rendering it more and more unbalanced and dependent
on heavy military expenditures in remote and ungovernable areas-most
recently Afghanistan."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"Washington and the New
York banks had exchanged their flawed postwar Bretton Woods gold
exchange system for a new, highly unstable petroleum-based dollar
exchange system, which, unlike the gold exchange system, they
reckoned they could control. Henry Kissinger and the financial
establishment of London and New York had in effect replaced the
old gold exchange standard of the postwar world with their own
'petrodollar standard.'"
William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War"
"The American habit of
training, arming, and financing its drug-trafficking allies in
order to help secure oil resources abroad has been a major factor
in the huge increase in global illicit drug trafficking since
World War II."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"The oil market is now cornered
by five major companies - Exxon-Mobil, Chevron-Texaco, British
Petroleum-Amoco-Arco, Royal Dutch Shell and Conoco-Phillips -
which control over 60 percent of refinery output.
... The operating strategy ... is to force independent refiners
out of business, tighten gasoline supplies, and then jack up the
price. Finally, when the profit skyrockets, take ads in newspapers
to claim that the profit is reasonable."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
New Golden Age", 2007
"Drug networks are important
factors in the politics of every continent. The United States
returns repeatedly to the posture of fighting wars in areas of
petroleum reserves with the aid of drug-trafficking allies - drug
proxies - with which it has a penchant to become involved."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "Drugs,
Oil, and War: The United States in Afghanistan, Colombia, and
Indochina"
ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT
"The master planners devised
the strategy of a merger - a Great Merger - among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States
becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must
at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners
in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly
equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed;
use American money and know-how to build up your competitors,
while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise
to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt
the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might,
and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence
level of the socialized nations of the world.
The plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed
countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs
coming up... It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed
on the altar of the New World Order."
Gary Allen in his book "The
Rockefeller File"
"The future of the global
political economy is one of increasing moves toward a global system
of governance, or a world government, with a world central bank
and global currency.
... What we are witnessing is the creation of a New World Order,
composed of a totalitarian global government structure.
... The very concept of a global currency and global central bank
is authoritarian in its very nature, as it removes any vestiges
of oversight and accountability away from the people of the world,
toward a small, increasingly interconnected group of international
elites."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"With the exception of
the U.S.S.R. as a federate-Eurasian state, all other continents
will become united in a world alliance, at whose disposal will
be an international police force. All armies will be abolished,
and there will be no more wars. In Jerusalem, the United Nations
will build a Shrine of the Prophets to serve the federated union
of all continents; this will be the seat of the Supreme Court
of Mankind, to settle all controversies among the federated continents."
David Ben-Gurion
"Through the Roosevelt,
Truman, Eisenhower and Kennedy administrations its ideology is
constant: That the best way to fight Communism is by a One World
Socialist state governed by "experts" like themselves.
The result has been policies which favor the growth of the superstate,
gradual surrender of United States sovereignty to the United Nations
and a steady retreat in the face of Communist aggression."
Kermit Roosevelt, 1961
"Every step the United
States takes toward political and economic entanglements with
the rest of the world is a step toward realization of the end
objective of Communism: creating a one-world socialist political
and economic system in which we will be one of the subjugated
provinces.
... If the world government included the despotic, oligarchic,
militaristic, feudalistic, and primitive systems of Asia, the
Middle East, Africa, and Latin America, it would necessarily become
the bloodiest and most oppressive tyranny the world has ever known."
Dan Smoot in his book "The
Invisible Government"
"The drive of the Rockefellers
and their allies is to create a one-world government combining
super capitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under
their control. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced
there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old
in planning, and incredibly evil in intent."
Congressman Lawrence P. McDonald,
1976 (he was killed in the Korean Airlines 747 that was shot down
by Soviets)
"If you wish to establish
national monopolies, you must control national governments. If
you wish to establish international monopolies or cartels, you
must control a world government."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"A purpose of the Bretton
Woods system is to create a world government ruled by the banking
elites, using the United Nations as the core of a political structure
and the IMF as the world central bank.
... The [global banking] elites understand that they will never
be able to consolidate and hold their power by means of a gradualist
program unless and until they are able to make the IMF the sole
issuer of the world's only important currency [the dollar]."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island"
"Regionalization is in
keeping with the tri-lateral plan which calls for a gradual convergence
of East and West, ultimately leading toward the goal of 'one world
government'. National sovereignty is no longer a viable concept."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
"George Bush has been surrounding
himself with people who believe in one-world government. They
believe that the Soviet system and the American system are converging,"
and the manner in which they would accomplish that was through
the United Nations."
David Funderburk, a former U.S.
Ambassador to Romania, 1991
"A radical alternative
scheme for the next century [would be] the creation of a common
currency for all the industrial democracies, with a common monetary
policy and a joint Bank of Issue to determine that monetary policy
... How can independent states accomplish that? They need to turn
over the determination of monetary policy to a supranational body."
Richard Cooper, Harvard professor
and Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member, in Foreign Affairs,
1984
"The world is ... prepared
to march towards a world government. The supra national sovereignty
of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable
to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries."
David Rockefeller at the June 1991
Bilderberg meeting in Baden-Baden, Germany
"We shall have world government
whether or not you like it - by conquest or consent."
James Warburg, son of Council on
Foreign Relations founder Paul Warburg
"The organized intellectual
powers of the West - the principle think tanks and banking interests
- have sought to create a perfect global system of governance,
one in which power does not sway from nation to nation, or West
to East, but rather that power is centralized globally... it is
through crises - economic, political, and social - that this process
of global governance can be rapidly accelerated."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2011
"The big question is why
hasn't government and the Fed tried to solve the economic situation
[in the United States]? The answer is they have no intention of
doing so, because they want the public on their knees economically
and financially so they can impose World Government."
Bob Chapman, 2011
"The network of world financiers
are not pro-Communist. Their motivation is profit and power. They
are now working to bring both Russia and the United States into
a world government which they expect to control. War and threats
of war are tools to prod the masses toward the acceptance of that
goal. It is essential, therefore, that the United States and the
industrialized nations of world have credible enemies."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island", 1994
"The entities who now control
the wealth and power will accumulate even more wealth and power.
A new global reserve currency will emerge and a global central
bank will be the global governing authority where the heads of
state report to a group of central bankers and their anonymous
shareholders who control the money, power and politicians on a
global scale."
Craig Harris, 2008
"The two aims of the Party
are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish
once and for all the possibility of independent thought.
The capitalists owned everything in the world, and everyone else
was their slave. They owned all the land, all the houses, all
the factories, and all the money. If anyone disobeyed them they
could throw him into prison, or they could take his job away and
starve him to death."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
PATHOCRACY
government created and run
by psychopaths
"Pathocracy is a system
of government wherein a small pathological minority takes control
over a society of normal people."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: a science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes"
"During the past fifty
years, psychopaths have gained almost absolute control of all
the branches of government."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: a science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes", 1998
"CIvilization, as we know
it, is largely the creation of psychopaths. All civilizations,
our own included, have been built on slavery and mass murder.
Psychopaths have played a disproportionate role in the development
of civilization, because they are hard-wired to lie, kill, cheat,
steal, torture, manipulate, and generally inflict great suffering
on other humans without feeling any remorse, in order to establish
their own sense of security through domination."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: A science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes"
"Our society is ever more
soulless because the people who lead it and who set the example
are soulless - they literally have no conscience."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: a science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes"
"The problem of psychopathy
in politics remains steadfastly ignored. Political scientists
refuse to look at psychopathy, and psychopathy experts refuse
to look at politics. The results of such blindness are evident
in history - and the present - for anyone to see. Genocides, dictatorships,
state-sanctioned torture, "war without end", political
assassinations, death squads, corruption, blackmail, spying on
civilians, "state secrets", illegal "espionage",
and on and on."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: a science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes"
"The political psychopath,
in a position of the utmost prestige, power, and influence, has
the potential to rule - and ruin - empires. His influence reaches
every level of society and his decisions have the potential to
affect billions."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: a science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes"
"A normal person's actions
and reactions, his ideas and moral criteria, all too often strike
abnormal individuals as abnormal. For if a person with some psychological
deviations considers himself normal, which is of course significantly
easier if he possesses authority, then he would consider a normal
person different and therefore abnormal.
... Any person rebelling internally against a governmental system
shall easily be designated by the representatives of said government
as "mentally abnormal", someone who should submit to
psychiatric treatment. A scientifically and morally degenerate
psychiatrist becomes a tool easily used for this purpose."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: a science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes"
"Experts have made it increasingly
clear that psychopaths can occupy prominent positions in all professions:
law, business, medicine, psychology, academia, military, entertainment,
law enforcement, even - and perhaps especially - politics."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: a science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes"
"In his book "Political
Ponerology", Andrej Lobaczewski explains that clinical psychopaths
enjoy advantages even in non-violent competitions to climb the
ranks of social hierarchies. Because they can lie without remorse
(and without the telltale physiological stress that is measured
by lie detector tests), psychopaths can always say whatever is
necessary to get what they want... All hierarchies inevitably
become top-heavy with psychopaths. Since psychopaths have no limitations
on what they can or will do to get to the top, the ones in charge
are generally pathological. It is not power that corrupts, it
is that corrupt individuals seek power."
Clinton Callahan in his book "Beware
the Psychopath, My Son"
"Psychopaths, like anyone
else, are born with different basic likes and dislikes and desires,
which is why some of them are petty thieves or rapists and others
are doctors and presidents."
Martha Stout, author of the book
"The Sociopath Next Door", 2005
"If violent offenders are
psychopathic, they are able to assault, rape, and murder without
concern for legal, moral, or social consequences. This allows
them to do what they want, whenever they want. Ironically, these
same traits exist in men and women who are drawn to high-profile
and powerful positions in society including political officeholders."
Jim Kouri
"Some of the character
traits exhibited by serial killers or criminals may be observed
in many within the political arena. They share the traits of psychopaths
who are not sensitive to altruistic appeals, such as sympathy
for their victims or remorse or guilt over their crimes. They
possess the personality traits of lying, narcissism, selfishness,
and vanity. These are the people to whom we have entrusted our
fate."
Jim Kouri
"The US presidency demands
sociopathic behavior, because the decisions that have to be made
once in power, harm tens-of-thousands, even millions of people
around the world."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The top people in the
foreign policy establishment, like Zbigniew Brzezinski, Henry
Kissinger and Madeleine Albright, are sociopaths. If you have
empathy, compassion and common decency, you wouldn't rise to the
top of the foreign policy establishment (think tanks, foundations,
government, academia). It is not logical to expect these people
to engage in a foreign policy that doesn't result in suffering,
war and atrocities."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"American leaders are perhaps
not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take
pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they
just don't care ... the same that could be said about a sociopath.
As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire,
as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth
and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and
suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them ...
then they just don't care about it happening to other people,
including the American soldiers whom they throw into wars and
who come home-the ones who make it back alive-with Agent Orange
or Gulf War Syndrome eating away at their bodies. American leaders
would not be in the positions they hold if they were bothered
by such things."
William Blum in his book "Killing
Hope"
"The leaders of the empire,
the imperial mafia - George W. Bush, Donald Rumsfeld, Richard
Cheney, Colin Powell, Condoleezza Rice, Paul Wolfowitz, Richard
Perle, et al.- and their scribes as well, are as fanatic and as
fundamentalist as Osama bin Laden."
William Blum in his book "Killing
Hope"
"Our leaders are cruel
because only those willing to be inordinately cruel and remorseless
can hold positions of leadership in the foreign policy establishment.
People capable of expressing a full human measure of compassion
and empathy toward faraway powerless strangers do not become president
of the United States, or vice president, or secretary of state,
or national security adviser."
William Blum in his book "Killing
Hope"
"Many politicians share
the traits of psychopaths who are not sensitive to altruistic
appeals, such as sympathy for their victims or remorse or guilt
over their crimes. They possess the personality traits of lying,
narcissism, selfishness, and vanity. These are the people to whom
we have entrusted our fate. Is it any wonder that America is failing
at home and world-wide?"
John Kozy
"Psychopaths seek positions
of power and influence, and politics offers publicity, prestige,
and other perks. It also provides positions of ultimate authority
over military, industry, and entire populations. In a world where
psychopaths are understandably viewed as morally repulsive, often
finding themselves at home in the criminal world, politics offers
an opportunity to create a new world, to be free from the ridiculous
(in their minds) moral and legal rules of society."
Harrison Koehli
"While political psychopaths
are instrumental in the rise of totalitarian political groups,
they play an equally important role in apparently democratic governments."
Harrison Koehl
"Most [psychopathic] serial
killers and many professional politicians must mimic what they
believe are appropriate responses to situations they face such
as sadness, empathy, sympathy, and other human responses to outside
stimuli. ... If violent offenders are psychopathic, they are able
to assault, rape, and murder without concern for legal, moral,
or social consequences. This allows them to do what they want,
whenever they want. Ironically, these same traits exist in men
and women who are drawn to high-profile and powerful positions
in society including political officeholders."
Jim Kouri
PATRIOTISM
"America's state religion:
patriotism, a phenomenon which has convinced many of the citizenry
that "treason" is morally worse than murder or rape."
William Blum in his book "Freeing
the World to Death"
"Patriotism has got to
be more than hanging out a flag and then sitting on your ass watching
jets bomb Afghanistan."
Ruth Coniff
"Patriotism in its simplest,
clearest, and most indubitable meaning is nothing but an instrument
for the attainment of the government's ambitious and mercenary
aims, and a renunciation of human dignity, common sense, and conscience
by the governed, and a slavish submission to those who hold power.
That is what is really preached wherever patriotism is championed.
Patriotism is slavery."
Leo Tolstoy
"Today in the United States
millions find it easier to chant "USA, USA, USA" than
to accept facts that indicate the need for change."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Thomas Paine was the most
famous political thinker of his day, his books in the late eighteenth
century selling more copies than the Bible, but after the Americans
had won their War of Independence, his notions of democracy were
deemed unsuitable to the work of dividing up the spoils. The proprietors
of their newfound estate claimed the privilege of apportioning
its freedoms, and they remembered that Paine opposed the holding
of slaves and the denial to women of the same sort of rights awarded
to men. A man too much given to plain speaking, on too familiar
terms with the lower orders of society, and therefore not to be
trusted.
... In 1794, Paine fell from grace as an American patriot as a
consequence of his publishing The Age of Reason, the pamphlet
in which he ridiculed the authority of an established church...
When he died in poverty in 1809, he was buried, as unceremoniously
as a dog in a ditch, in unhallowed ground on his farm in New Rochelle."
Lewis H. Lapham
"The framework of inherent
evil in our enemies is accepted to such a high degree that war
and military threats against those enemies often engender a sense
of pride, patriotism, and righteousness. Their regular denunciation
relegates vast populations to potential collateral damage, a class
of sub-humans which can be destroyed at will by the most advanced
military on the planet in the name of freedom and democracy. Countries
are leveled to 'defend the peace' and 'protect human rights'.
The ultimate double standard, one that justifies the death of
others but from which we are immune, is highly entrenched. Its
internalization is a triumph of indoctrination and propaganda
in the service of wealth and power."
Michael Leung, 2007
"Patriotism and nationalism
are enemies of the truth."
Robert Fearn in his book "Amoral
America"
"The Japanese pilots who
bombed Pearl Harbor were being patriotic. The German people who
supported Hitler and his conquests were being patriotic, fighting
for the Fatherland. All the Latin American military dictators
who overthrew democratically-elected governments and routinely
tortured people were being patriotic -- saving their beloved country
from "communism"."
author William Blum
PENTAGON
"The US spends almost half
of all the military spending in the entire world, equal to virtually
all the other countries combined. More than half of the weapons
sold in the world are sold by the United States. The US has more
than 700 military bases scattered across dozens of countries.
The US is the world's leading trainer of paramilitaries. The US
has a series of courses, from interrogators to generals, that
have graduated military people guilty of war crimes and crimes
against humanity in dozens upon dozens of countries. The US has
a series of covert paramilitary forces of its own that get almost
no attention... This is the military machine."
journalist Allan Nairn, 2010
"Over time, a commitment
to both guns and butter has proven an unstable configuration.
Military industries crowd out the civilian economy and lead to
severe economic weaknesses."
Chalmers Johnson
"The Pentagon's penchant
for military toys makes an ambitious, aggressive foreign policy
essential. Without enemies and conflicts, real or potential, there
is no reason to spend money."
Gabriel Kolko, 2007
"Although I'm not loyal
to any country or government, I am loyal to certain principles,
like political and social justice, economic democracy, human rights.
... If your heart and mind tell you clearly that the bombing of
impoverished, hungry, innocent peasants is a terrible thing to
do and will not make the American people any more secure, you
should protest it in any way you can and don't be worried about
being called unpatriotic."
William Blum, 2009
"[The Pentagon's] five-year
campaign plan includes a total of seven countries, beginning with
Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran, L Somalia and Sudan."
General Wesley Clark
"The Pentagon sets its
own agenda in collaboration with its transnational corporate masters.
Gone is the older notion that the military is only one of several
means that a democratic government uses to implement its policies.
As their size and prominence grow, the armed forces of any empire
tend to overshadow and displace other instruments of foreign policy.
Militarism rules abroad and sets the tone at home."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
PERPETUAL WAR
"The need for human drudgery,
and therefore to a great extent for human inequality, had disappeared...
But it was also clear that an all-round increase in wealth threatened
the destruction of a hierarchical society. In a world in which
everyone worked short hours, had enough to eat, the most obvious
and perhaps the most important form of inequality would already
have disappeared. If it once became general, wealth would confer
no distinction... But in practice such a society could not long
remain stable. For if leisure and security were enjoyed by all
alike, the great mass of human beings who are normally stupefied
by poverty would become literate and would learn to think for
themselves; and when once they had done this, they would sooner
or later realize that the privileged minority had no function,
and they would sweep it away. In the long run, a hierarchical
society was only possible on a basis of poverty and ignorance.
... The problem was how to keep the wheels of industry turning
without increasing the real wealth of the world. Goods must be
produced, but they must not be distributed. And in practice the
only way of achieving this was by continuous warfare."
Winston Smith in George Orwell's
book "1984"
"'Military Keynesianism'
is the determination to maintain a permanent war economy and to
treat military output as an ordinary economic product, even though
it makes no contribution to either production or consumption."
Chalmers Johnson, 2008
"A new insanity has been
unleashed upon the world. An unlimited war that our leaders counsel
could go on indefinitely. A war against enemies in the "shadowy
networks," which means we will never know when the shadowy
enemy is vanquished. This is quite possibly the policymakers'
shot at the final, and permanent, militarization of U.S. society."
Robert Jensen in his book "Citizens
of Empire"
"The primary aim of modem
warfare ... is to use up the products of the machine without raising
the general standard of living. [The "machine" is society's
technical and industrial capacity to produce goods.]
... An all-around increase in wealth threatened the destruction
... of a hierarchical society. In a world in which everyone worked
short hours, had enough to eat, lived in a house with a bathroom
and a refrigerator, and possessed a motorcar or even an airplane,
the most obvious and perhaps the most important form of inequality
would already have disappeared. If it once became general, wealth
would confer no distinction .... Such a society could not long
remain stable. For if leisure and security were enjoyed by all
alike, the great mass of human beings who are normally stupefied
by poverty would become literate and would learn to think for
themselves; and when once they had done this, they would sooner
or later realize that the privileged minority had no function,
and they would sweep it away. In the long run, a hierarchical
society was only possible on a basis of poverty and ignorance.
... The essential act of war is destruction, not necessarily of
human lives, but of the products of human labor. War is a way
of shattering to pieces, or pouring into the stratosphere, or
sinking into the depths of the sea, materials which might otherwise
be used to make the masses too comfortable, and hence, in the
long run, too intelligent."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"Four sorrows, it seems
to me, are certain to be visited on the United States. Their cumulative
effect guarantees that the U.S. will cease to resemble the country
outlined in the Constitution of 1787. First, there will be a state
of perpetual war, leading to more terrorism against Americans
wherever they may be and a spreading reliance on nuclear weapons
among smaller nations as they try to ward off the imperial juggernaut.
Second is a loss of democracy and Constitutional rights as the
presidency eclipses Congress and is itself transformed from a
co-equal 'executive branch' of government into a military junta.
Third is the replacement of truth by propaganda, disinformation,
and the glorification of war, power, and the military legions.
Lastly, there is bankruptcy, as the United States pours its economic
resources into ever more grandiose military projects and shortchanges
the education, health, and safety of its citizens."
Chalmers Johnson in his book "Sorrows
of Empire"
"There is a special breed
of international financiers whose success typically is built upon
certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity
to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile
is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the
Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments
into war for the profits they yield... As long as the mechanism
of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible
temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual
debt."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island"
"In a closed society, one
party or despot has control over the instruments of mass communication
and the power to enforce its will. Something very similar, however,
can happen in a democratic society under specific conditions that
are recognizable only in hindsight, although Orwell recognized
one of the most important, namely, when a government wages a "perpetual
war" that keeps people terrified, focused in their hatred
against external and internal enemies, and "patriotic"
in the Orwellian sense."
Drew Westen in the book "What
Orwell Didn't Know"
"How does continuous war
act to keep the Lows "stupefied by poverty" and thereby
assure the maintenance of the social structure? The goal of the
wars is to enable the economy to be kept going for the benefit
of the High, its military, and its bureaucracy and control personnel
(the Thought Police, etc.), but at the same time to assure that
any excess production capacity is prevented from producing consumer
goods for the lower classes. That excess capacity is instead directed
to producing excess military goods which will ' ultimately rust
away or be destroyed in warfare; that is, the excess capacity
is deliberately wasted in order to turn it away from the production
of goods which would result in added leisure or well-being for
the lower classes. Those classes are instead continually forced
into group activities expressing hatred toward the current enemy
(any enemy) and dependency upon and love toward their benevolent
rulers for protecting them from that enemy. They are thereby led
to accept the consumer shortages, the poverty, and the other privations
to which they are subjected. Their economic status is kept at
the subsistence level, forcing their priorities to be focused
on simply acquiring basic food, clothing, and shelter. They are
thus denied either the time or the inclination to question the
fairness or permanence of their societal condition, or to otherwise
evolve into a threat to the established hierarchy."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"What better economic stimulus
than a foreign policy of perpetual war?"
Justin Raimondo, 2009
"In 1957 President Dwight
Eisenhower commissioned a panel of scientists to study the issue
of overpopulation. The scientists put forth "Alternatives"
advocating both the release of deadly viruses and perpetual warfare
as means to decrease world population."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"When war becomes literally
continuous, it also ceases to be dangerous. When war is continuous
there is no such thing as military necessity. Technical progress
can cease and the most palpable facts can be denied or disregarded."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
PILGRIMS SOCIETY
"The Pilgrims Society is
an aristocratic Anglo-American club. The primary purpose of this
club is to form an unofficial alliance with the United States
and to vastly increase the powers of the British empire.
... The Pilgrims Society has fused together the business centers
of New York and London, together with a large portion of the political
centers of both nations. Ninety percent of the American members
are top-level bankers and businessmen from New York city.
... Pilgrims Society presidents of the New York Federal Reserve
Bank cover the period from 1914 to 1979. Pilgrims Society chairmen
of the New York Federal Reserve cover almost the entire period
from the 1920s up to 1990.
... The Pilgrims Society represents that old dream of Cecil Rhodes
to create a worldwide English-speaking free-trade zone, with the
dominant position for the Anglo-Saxon race. Rhodes had also been
speculating about a network of secret societies that had to absorb
the wealth of the world.
... The Pilgrims Society is one of the most important privately
funded institutions of the globalist movement."
Joel van der Reijden, 2005
"The Pilgrims were founded
in London July 24, 1902, four months after the death of Cecil
Rhodes who had outlined an ideology of a secret society to work
towards eventual British rule of all the world, and who had made
particular provisions in his will designed to bring the United
States among the countries "possessed by Great Britain"."
E. C. Knuth in his book "The
Empire of the "City" - The Secret History of British
Financial Power"
"In 1897, a group of top
British and American intellectuals and money monopolists met to
plot ways to implement Cecil Rhodes' plan for a merging of British
and American interests, in preparation for the final thrust towards
the achievement of their ultimate goal - a One World Government.
The result of their deliberations came on July 24, 1907, with
the creation in London of an ultra-secret organization known as
the Pilgrim Society. The basic purpose of the Pilgrim Society
was to promote unity between the United States and Britain, to
maneuver the United States into a position of dependence upon
the Crown."
"Descent Into Slavery"
a book by Des Griffin
"At the turn of 20th century
a number of influential persons were interested in bringing the
establishments of the United States and Great Britain closer together...
The idea arose to form a new, elitist society with branches in
both London and New York. This became the Pilgrims Society.
... The Pilgrims Society predates the founding of the Council
on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International
Affairs - two closely-linked think tanks - by almost 20 years,
and therefore easily connects J. P. Morgan, Sr, Andrew Carnegie,
and Jacob Schiff to the same Anglo-American network."
"The Pilgrims Society : A
study of the Anglo-American Establishment" an article by
Joël van der Reijden
PLUTOCRACY
"Those who own the country
ought to govern it."
John Jay, US Supreme Court Justice,
1789 to 1795
"A 2005 report from Citigroup
coined the term "plutonomy," to describe countries "where
economic growth is powered by and largely consumed by the wealthy
few," and specifically identified the U.K., Canada, Australia,
and the United States as four plutonomies."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"In the late '60s and early
'70s, it was still possible to associate the word "public"
with the common good - public square, public school, public health
and so on. And "private" tended to connote selfish greed.
Now, the meanings have been reversed. Public is now a synonym
for slum, incompetence, corruption and so forth, and private is
the source of all things bright and beautiful - private school,
private stream, private plane and so on. And so the impulse has
been toward plutocracy, and it's celebrated in all of our news
media."
Lewis Lapham, 2005
"Following a major economic
Depression beginning in 1873 ... powerful American industrial
and banking families grouped around J.P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller
concentrated the wealth and control of American industry into
their own hands.
... The Morgan and Rockefeller interests deployed fraud, deceit,
violence, and bribery - and they deliberately manipulated financial
panics. Each financial panic, brought about through their calculated
control of financial markets and banking credit, allowed them
and their closest allies to consolidate ever more power into fewer
and fewer hands. It was this concentration of financial power
within an elite few wealthy families that created an American
plutocracy or, more accurately, an American oligarchy."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"The nation's top 1% of
households own more than half the nation's stocks [and] they also
control more than $16 trillion in wealth - more than the bottom
90%."
from a Federal Reserve report in
2005
"The media, owned by the
wealthy, speaking for the plutocracy, has the dual role of anaesthetizing
the public to prevent serious consideration or debate of such
staggering human issues as world hunger, AIDS, regional civil
wars, environmental destruction, and social anarchy, and emotionalizing
the people for aggression, all without a serious military threat
in sight."
former U.S. Attorney General Ramsey
Clark in his book "The Fire This Time: US War Crimes In The
Gulf"
"Plutocracy is abhorrent
to a republic; it is more despotic than monarchy, more heartless
than aristocracy, more selfish than bureaucracy. It preys upon
the nation in time of peace and conspires against it in the hour
of its calamity."
William Jennings Bryan in a 1906
speech
"The government of the
Western nations, whether monarchical or republican, had passed
into the invisible hands of a plutocracy, international in power
and grasp. It was this semi-occult power which pushed the mass
of the American people into the cauldron of World War I."
British military historian Major
General J.F.C. Fuller, l941
"The inert masses are mentally
and spiritually ill equipped to deal with reality; so they block
it out of their minds - aided, of course, by the corporate media
and the propaganda apparatus of the government, itself. This is
why fantasy is freely substituted for reality; plutocracy is mistaken
for democracy, and the majority of the people do not know the
difference."
Charles Sullivan, 2008
"US society today is neither
a tyranny nor a democracy; it is organized from top to bottom
according to the principle of oligarchy or plutocracy."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"We're not a democracy.
It's a terrible misunderstanding and a slander to the idea of
democracy to call us that. In reality, we're a plutocracy, a government
by the wealthy."
former U.S. Attorney General Ramsey
Clark
"By the end of the 1890's
[J.P.] Morgan and [John D.] Rockefeller had become the giants
of an increasingly powerful Money Trust controlling American industry
and government policy. There was little room for the actual practice
of democracy in their world. Power was the commodity of their
trade. It was the creation of an American aristocracy of blood
and money, every bit as elite and exclusive as the titled nobility
of Britain, Germany or France - despite the Constitutional ban
on titled nobility in America. It was an oligarchy, a plutocracy
in every sense of the word - rule by the wealthiest in their self-interest.
Some 60 families - names like Rockefeller, Morgan, Dodge, Mellon,
Pratt, Harkness, Whitney, Duke, Harriman, Carnegie, Vanderbilt,
DuPont, Guggenheim, Astor, Lehman, Warburg, Taft, Huntington,
Baruch and Rosenwald formed a close network of plutocratic wealth
that manipulated, bribed, and bullied its way to control the destiny
of the United States. At the dawn of the 20th Century, some sixty
ultra-rich families, through dynastic intermarriage and corporate,
interconnected shareholdings, had gained control of American industry
and banking institutions."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Gods of Money"
"Many people don't understand
our country's problem of concentration of income and wealth because
they don't see it. People just don't understand how much wealth
there is at the top now. The wealth at the top is so extreme that
it is beyond most people's ability to comprehend."
Dave Johnson, 2011
POLICE STATE
"What keeps most Americans
from being shocked by the shredding of the Bill of Rights is that
they have yet to feel the consequences, either personally or through
someone close to them. It would appear, however, that they only
have to wait."
William Blum in his book "Rogue
State"
"One of the characteristics
of tyranny is the monitoring and surveillance of citizens. Done
primarily as a means of control, this has existed in every authoritarian
state, not to mention totalitarian dictatorship, which seeks total
control of the population. The defense is almost always based
on national security grounds."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"The last twenty years of
global "free market" economy have destroyed, through
poverty and social destitution, the lives of millions of people.
Rather than addressing an impending social catastrophe, Western
governments, which serve the interests of the economic elites,
have installed a "Big Brother" police state, with a
mandate to confront and repress all forms of opposition and social
dissent."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The Defense Authorization
Act of 2007 has laid the foundation for martial law, since it
empowers the president to order' National Guard troops from one
state to any other to respond to what the president sees as a
national emergency ... the occurrence of another "terrorist
act" could provide the government with the excuse it needs."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
POLITICS AND POLITICIANS
"Everybody complains about
politicians. Everybody says they suck. Well, where do people think
these politicians come from? They don't fall out of the sky. They
don't pass through a membrane from another reality. They come
from American parents and American families, American homes, American
schools, American churches, American businesses and American universities,
and they are elected by American citizens. This is the best we
can do folks. This is what we have to offer. It's what our system
produces: Garbage in, garbage out.
If you have selfish, ignorant citizens, you're going to get selfish,
ignorant leaders. Term limits ain't going to do any good; you're
just going to end up with a brand new bunch of selfish, ignorant
Americans. So, maybe, maybe, maybe, it's not the politicians who
suck. Maybe something else sucks around here... like, the public.
comedian George Carlin
"The argument that the
two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one,
perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish
idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and